GUJARATSTATE HIGHWAYSPROJECT

SECTORAL Public Disclosure Authorized ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

4 ~~E-22? ; ;|gE Y~~ol./ Public Disclosure Authorized Public Disclosure Authorized

Project Co-ordinatingConsultancy Services A World Bank Project

FINALReport-Volume 2A

Preparedfor Public Disclosure Authorized N.D.Lea Intemational Ltd The Governmentof in association witi Roadsand BuildingsDepartment Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd

April 1998 4j4_ Contents LAssec.r2e:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION 1

2. PROJECTDESCRIPTION 3

2.1 Locationand Background 3

2.2Objectives 3

2.3 The SelectedProject Roads 4

2.4 Boundariesof Project 4

2.5 Time Periods 9 2.5.1Constuction Period 9 2.5.2 OperationalPeriod 9

3. SEAMETHODOLOGY 11

3.1 Selectionof Project Roads 11

3.2 Strip Map Data Collectionand Updating 11

3.3 Tabulation and Database Design 11

3.4 Natural Environment 11 3.4.1 AirQuality 12 3A.2Noise 13 3.4.3 WaterResources 14 3.4.4Flora, Fauna And Habitat 14 3.4.5 Soils - Minerals 15

3.5 SocialEnvironment 15 3.5.1 Socio-economicand DemographicProfile 15 3.5.2Socio-economic Profile 16 3.5.3 LandUse and Development 16 3.5.4 VulnerableGroups 17

3.6 CulturalHeritage 17

3.7 CommunityConsultation Programme 18 3.7.1 Approachand Timetable 18 3.7.2 Selectingthe Stakeholders 18

;3.8Screening And The ScreeningMatrix 19 3.8.1 Introduction 19 3.8.2 IndicatorMatrix 20 3.8.3 Componentsof the Matrix 20 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

3.8.4 Assessmentof Impacts 21 3.8.5 Identificationof Hotspots 21 3.8.6 Criteriafor SensitivityIndex 21

4. INSTITUTIONALSETTING, LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION 23

4.1 Introduction 23

4.2 NaturalEnvironment 24 4.2.1 Laws,Regulations and InstitutionsResponsible 24 4.2.2Gaps And Deficiencies 27

43 SocialEnvironment Sector 27 4.3.1Laws, Regulations and InstitutionsResponsible 27 4.3.2Gaps and Deficiencies 28

4.4 Cultural Environment 29 4.4.1Laws, Regulations and Insofions Responsible 29 4.4.2Gaps andDeficiencies 29

5. COMMUNITYCONSULTATION PROGRAMME 31

5.1 Introduction 31

5.2 The Community ConsultationProgramme 31

5.3 Task Force Role and Project Commitments 33

5.4 NonGovernmental Organisations 33

6. EXISTINGCONDITIONS 35

6.1 Introduction 35

6.2 NaturalEnvironment 35 6.2.1 Climate(Wind, Temperature and Rainall) 36 6.2.2 Air Quality 39 6.2.3Noise 42 62.4 WaterResources 45 62.5 Minerals 47 6.2.6Flora 51 6.2.7 Fauna 53

6.3 SocialEnvironment 54 6.3.1 Introduction 54 6.32 DemographicProfile ofthe Districts 55 6.3.3 Socio-economicProfile of Districts 60 63.4 VulnerableGroups 65 6.3.5Land-use and Development 69 6.3.6 Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty 69

. Contents

7. ENVIRONMENTALINDICATORS AND IMPACTS 75

7.1 Introduction 75

7.2 NaturalEnvironment 75 7.2.1Air Quality 75 722 Noise 82 72.3 WaterResource Quantity and Quality 84

7.3 Impacts Due to Operation 91 7.3.1 Contaminationby Fuel,Lubricants and AccidentalSpills 91 7.32 Interferencewith StormWater Runoff 91 7.3.3 MineralResources 91 7.3.4 Flora 92 7.3.5 Fauna 95

7.4 Social andCultural Environment 95 7.4.1 Introduction 95 7.42 HumanSettlements 96 7.4.3People 100 7.4.4Commnunity Assets 102 7.4.5 LandAcquisition 102 7.4.6 SensitiveCommunity Facilities 104 7A.7 Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty 105 7.4.8Vulnerable Groups 106

7.5 CumulativeImpacts 108 7.5.1 AirQualityandNoise 109 7.52 Lossof Treeswithin the RoW 109 7.53 InducedDevelopment 109

7.6 EA ScreeningProcess: Categorisation of Corridors 109 7.6.1 IndicatorWeighting /Inportance Value Matrix 109 7.62 Assessmentof OverallImpact for the Corridors 109 7.6.3Categorisation of Corridors 110 7.6.4 Summaryof EnvironmentalScreening Results 116

8. ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN-MITIGATION ANDMONITORING 119

8.1 Introduction 119

8.2 NaturalEnvironment 119 82.1 AirQualityandNoise 119 822 WaterResources 122 82.3 MineralResources 124 82.4 Flora 125 82.5 Fauna 127 8.2.6 EstimatedCost of lInplementingthe EMAP 127

833Social and Cultural Environment 128 8.3.1 Introduction 128 8.32 Mitigationof Impactson HumanSettlements 128

iii Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssccawtes

8.3.3People 129 8.3.4 Inpacts onCommnunity Facilities 130 8.3.5Archaeological and CulhualProperty 130 8.3.6 VulnerableGroups 132

8.4 EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan 132

8.5 ResettlementPlanning Guidelines 133

8.6 Community ConsultationGuidelines 142

9. RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN 143

9.1 Introduction 143

9.2 Policy,Objectives and Principles 143

9.3 Project Descriptionand Planning 144 93.1 The Boundaries 144 93.2 Measurestaken to Mhinise Resettlement 145 933 Responsibility 146

9.4 Entitlement,Compensation and Assistance 146 9.4.1 Entitlementsfor Project-affectedHouseholds (PAHs) 146 9A42Entitlements for Project-affectedPeople (PAPs) 149 9.4.3 Entitlementsfor Project-affectedGroups (PAGs) 150

9.5 Gujarat's CompensationPackage 150

9.6 The EntitlementPolicy 151

9.7 Definitions 152

9.8 Entitlements 154 9.8.1 Loss of PrivateProperty 154 9.8.2 Loss of Livelihood,Crops and Shelter 158 9.8.3 Effectson Communitiesand Groups 161 9.8A RelocationAssistance and TernporaryAccommodation 163

9.9 Host Communities 163

9.10Taxes and GovernnfentFees 163

9.11Temporary Construction-RelatedImpacts 163

9.12Guidelines for Socio-EconomicSurveys and Census of EPs 164 9.12.1 Objectivesand Boundariesof the Censusof PAPsand the Socio-EconomicSurveyl64 9.12.2Undertaking the Surveys 165 9.123 The ProjectAffected People (PAPs) 165 9.12.4 FurtherCensus and SurveyResponsibility 166 9.12.5Description of ConsultationProgramme 166 9.12.6 Explainingthe RAP,Defining Entitlement and Verification 166

9.13 The GrievanceProcedure 168

iv Contents SaAsocinte:

9.14 Guidelinesfor Resettlementof PAPs 169 9.14.1 LandMarket Value Assessnent 169 9.14.2Availability of Land 170 9.143 Identificationof PotentialResetdement Sites 170 9.14.4Profile of HostCommunities 171 9.14.5Physical Development Plan 171 9.14.6Demolition/Construction of Structure 171 9.14.7Moving Arrangements 171 9.14.8Provision of BasicAmenities 172 9.14.9Income Generation and Training 172

9.15Guidelines for Implementationand Schedule 172 9.15.1 ImplementationProcedure 173 9.152 Timingof LegalPossession of Land andEviction Notice 174 9.15.3Timing ofResettlement 176

9.16Organisational Framework 176 9.16.1The EnvironmentalManagementUnit (EMU) 176 9.162 ImplementationResponsibility 176 9.16.3Development Plan and Training 176 9.16.4Involvement ofNGO 177

9.17Resettlement Budget 178 9.17.1 Estimateof Unit Costs 178 9.172 TotalCosts of Resettlernent 181

9.18Monitoring, Evaluation and Reporting 181 9.18.1Intrduction 181 9.182 Indicatorsfor Monitoring 183 9.18.3Reporting Anangements 183

10. INSTITUTIONALCAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING 185

10.1 Introduction 185

10.2The Road andBuilding Department's Organisation 185

:10.3Gaps and Deficiencies 185

10.4Strengthening the Organisation 186 10A. I A Frameworkfor The EnvironmentalManagement Unit 186 10.42 Targetsand Tasks of the EMU 189

105 EMU Models 190 10.5.1Model I: An EMUwithin the R&BD 190 10.52 Modelll: The EMUExtenalto R&BD 191 10.5.3EMU Model m: EMU StaffedByAn OutsideConsultant 192 10.5.4Comparison of ThreeEMU ModelOptions 193

10.6Needed Human Resources and TrainingPlan 194 10.6.1Additional Human Resources 194 10.62 The SelectedEMU Model(alrady established) 195 10.6.3Training of ExistingR&BD Staff 195

v Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAuociates

10.7Estimated Budget 196

10.8Implementation at the Local Level 196

11. ENHANCEMENTOPPORTUNITIES AND ROADSIDE REHABILITATIONPLAN 199

11.1ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES 199 11.1.1NaturalEnvironment 199 11.1 2 SocialEnvironment 199

11.2Roadside Rehabilittion Plan 199 112.1 BorrowPits/Drainage Ditches Within Row 200 1122 Erosioncaused by SlopeInstability 200

12. REFERENCES 201

APPENDICES

APPENDIX1: PARAMETERSUSED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ALONGTHE PROJECT CORRIDORS 209 APPENDIX2: LISTOF INTER-AGENCYCONTACTS 213 APPENDIX3: ENVIRONMENTALINDICATOR WEIGHTING MATRIX 217 APPENDIX4: NGOMATRIX 219 APPENDIX5: EXAMPLEOF DATASHEET ON NGOIGOVERNMENTAGENCYINTERVIEWS 223 APPENDIX6: EXAMPLEOF A CORRIDORPROFILE 225

APPENDIX7: INVENTORYOF QUARRIES USED FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTIONALONG THE CORRIDORS 227 APPENDIX8: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION- INDICATORVALUES 231 APPENDIX9: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION- IMPORTANCEVALUES 233 APPENDIX10: INTEGRATEDFORESTRY DEVELOPMENT PROJECT-PLANTATIONMODELS Si ANDS2 235

APPENDIX11: ENTITLEMENTPHOTO ID CARD 239

APPENDIX12: NGOTERMS OF REFERENCE 241

vi Figures

FIGURES

FIGURE2.1: PROJECTCORRiDORS 5 FIGURE 22: DESIGNCROSS SECTION FOR2 LANE RURALHIGHWAY(80-100 KM/HRDESIGN SPEED)SHOWING THE CORRIDOR OF lMPACr(COI) 8 FIGURE3. 1: SUGGESTEDORGANISAnONAL STRUCTURE FOR PROJECTLEVEL CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 19 FIGURE 6.1: RIVER BASINS,ANNUAL RANFALL ANDROAD CORRIDORS 37 FIGURE62: LocATIONSOF AIR ANDNOISE SAMPLINGSTATIONS, DEMOGRAPHY ANDROAD CORRIDOR 43 FIGURE 6.3: EISTING EROSIONPROBLEMS IN THE FORMOF GULLYINGARE FOUNDNEAR CULvERTSAND BRIDGES IN THEvICINTY OF RIVERVALLEYS. (CORRIDOR 06, KM 17, EAST OFAHMEDABAD) 48 FIGURE6.4: SOIL TYPESAND ROADCORRIDORS 49 FIGURE6.5: MANY TREEPLANTAnONS ARE FOUND wIHIN THERoW WHCHWERE PLANTEDBY THE SOCIALFORESTRY DEPARTMENT. SHOWN HERE IS A DENSEPLANTATION OF SMALL TREESON CORRIDOR03 NEARMEHSANA. 53 FIGURE6.6: PROTECTEDAREAS ANDROAD CORRIDORS 57 FIGURE 6.7: DEMOGRAPHICPROFILE OF TOTAL POPULAnON 61 FIGURE6.8: TRIBALAREAS,CULTURAL PROPERTIES AND ROAD CORRIDORs 67 FIGURE6.9: DEMOGRAPHICPROFILE OF VULNERABLE GROUPS (SCHEDULED TRIBES) 68 FIGURE6. 10: DEMOGRAPH1CPROFILE OF VULNERABLEGROUPS (SCHEDULEDCASTES 7 1 FIGURE6.1 1: LAND USE ANDROAD CORRIDORS 72 FIGURE7.1: ROCKCRUSHING OPERATIONS CONImBUrE SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNTS OF DUSTTO THE AIRAS WELLAS GENERATENOISE. SHOWN HERE IS A ROCK CRUSHINGPLANT ON LINK 182, KM 80, NEARSONGADH 79 FIGURE72: ASPHALTPLANTS ON LINK 151, KM 16, NEARNAVSARI; MPORTANTPOLLUmON SOURCESOF EMISSIONSOF DUST,CONTAMINANTS, ODOURAND NOISE. t?9 FIGURE7.3: ESTIMATEDVERSUS OBSERVEDSUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER ALONG PROJECTROADS (iG/M3) 81 FIGURE7.4: ESTIMATEDAND OBSERVED SULPHUR DIOXIDE (gG/M3) 8 1 FIGURE 7.5:ESTMATED ANDOBSERVED LEAD ENMSSIONS 82 FIGURE7.6: ESTIMATEDAND OBSERVED CARBON MONOXIDE ENMSSIONS 82 FIGURE7.7: ESTIMATEDAND OBSERVED L1 DNOISELEVELS FOR 1997 83 FIGURE7.8: VILLAGEPONDS ARE IMPORTANT WATER SOURCES FOR THE PEOPLE AND LIVESTOCKSERVING MANY USEFUL PURPOSES. ROAD WIDENINGAND FLLING CAN MPACT THESETHROUGH FILING ANDSILTATION AS WELL AS INTERRUPTINGACCESS TO THE LOCALS.AcCESS SHOULD BE RESTORED AND COULD BE ENHANCED THROUGH THE CONSTRUCnONOF CEMENTGHATS. PHOTO TAKENON LINK 141, KM 3, NEAR SAHOL. 86 FIGURE7.9: BRIDGERECONSTRUCTON WILL HAVE AN MPACTON WATERCOURSES DUE TO FILLINGAND SILTATION AS WELLAS CONTAMINA71ONFROM IMPROPERLY DISCARDED ASPHALT.SLOPES SHOULD BE PROPERLYSTABLISED AND REVEGETATED. (CORRIDOR 06, KM 17, EAST OFAHMEDABAD) 88 FIGURE7. 10: ROAD WIDENING INVOLVES REMOVING TREES FROM THE RoW-A MAJORIMPACT ON THENATURAL ENVIRONMENT SINCE OFTEN THERE ARE MORE TREES IN THE RoW THANTHE SURROUNDINGAREA. 94 FIGURE7.1 1: OLDERTREES WERE PLANTED CLOSER TO THECW ANDARE PROCLAMED SAFETYHAZARD. GIANT TREEs LIKE THIs PIPAL, WHICH CONTAINS A PRAYERFLAG, ARE IMPORTANTFOR WORSHIPPING,SHADE, HABITAT OR ASCOMMUNrlY GATHERINGPLACES.

vii GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume2A: SEA LeuAssociates

KEEP THESETREES, WHERE FEASIBLE, THROUGH INNOVATiVE ROAD DESIGN. (LINK 13 1, KM 63.8, NEARANKLESHWAR) 94 FIGURE 7.12: TEMPORARYCARTS ENCROACH ONTO THE ROW OF CORRIDOR0 1 IN SANAND. 100 FIGURE 7.13 PEDESTUANSSUCH AS THESEWOMEN CARRYING WATER WALK DIRECTLYON THE PAVEDROAD. (CORRIDOR 01, SARKHEJ- VIRAMGAM) 103 FIGURE 7.14: A GLANTTREE FUNCnONSAS A COMMLNIY FOCALPOINT WrTIN THE ROW ALONGMANY PROJECT ROADS. (CORRIDOR 10, -JAMBUSAR) 103 FIGURE7.15: A TEMPLEAND THE RAILWAYCONSTRAINTHEWIDEwMNGOF CORRIDOR01 AT SACHANA. 106 FIGURE7.16: LARGEFARMHOUSES ARE LOCATED BACK FROM THE PROJECTROAD IN ONEOF THEAREAS CONTAINNG SIGNIFICANT TRIBAL POPULATONS. (CORRIDOR18, NEARVYARA) 108 FIGURE7.17: ENVIRONMENTAL SCREENNG OF 18 CORRIDORS(Y AXIS= TOTAL IMPACT VALUE,X AXS = CORRIDORNO.) 110 FIGURE 7.18:ENViRONMENTAL CATEGORISATON OF CORRIDORS 112 FIGURE9.1: DESIGNCROSS SECTiON FOR2 LANE RURAL HIGHWAY (80-100KM/JHRDESIGNSPEED) 145 FIGURE9.2: IMPLEMENTATIONSCHuLE FORTHESEA RESErLmENT PLAN 175 FIGURE 10.1: ORGANISATIONALCHARTOFGUJARATROADS AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT 187 FIGURE 102: ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNITMODELNO.I 191 FIGURE 103: ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNITMODELNO.IJ 192 FIGURE 0.A: ENViRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNrrMoDELNO.I - 193

viii Tables LeAssvc

TABLES

TABLE2.1:PRoJEcr CORRIDORROADS 7 TABLE3. 1: AIRAND NOISE SAMPLJNG LOCAnTONS AND TAFFIC VOLUMES 13

TABLE3.2: ENVONMENTAL IMPACT INDICATOR SENSMVITY MEASURE 22 TABLE4. 1: SUMMARYOF REIEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATON 23 TABLE5.1: STEPSOF THECOMMUN CONSULTATIONPROGRAMhE 32 TABLE5.2: MEMBERSOF TIE STATELEVEL TASK FORCE 33 TABLE5.3: NGOS INrVEWEDR INTE PROJECTCORRIDORS 34 TABLE6.1: CORRIDORSINCLUDEDINTHE POOLOF 1500 KMORROADSAND GEO-cImATnCREGION: BOLDEDCORRIDORs WEREINCLUDEDJ7THESEA 39 TABLE6.2:AMBENTAIRQUALTYINTBEINFLUENCEAREAOFPROJECTCORRIDORS 40 TABLE6.3: NAnONALAMBIENTAIRQUALITYSTANDARDS 41 TABLE6.4: RESULTOFAMBENTAIRQUAL1TY SURVEY-3 DAYAVERAGE* STANDARDARE FOR RESIDENTAL, RURAL AND OTHER AREAS 42 TABLE6.5: NATIONAL AMBENTNOISE STANDARDS 42 TABLE6.6:RECORDEDNOISE LEVELs. 45 TABLE6.7: MAJORRIVER BASINS WnIN THESTUDY CORRIDORS' AREA OF INFLUENCE 46 TABLE6.8: WATERQUALITYOFRIVERS CROSSING PROJECT CORRIDORS 46 TABLE6.9: WATERQUALTYSTANDARDS 46 TABLE6. 10: PROTECTEDAREAS WmIIN PROJECTINFLUENCE AREA 56 TABLE6.1 1: LEN OF PROECr CORRIDORS 59 TABLE6.12: OVERViEWOF1991 GUJARATGENDERDISPARrrY 69 TABLE6.13 SUMMARYOF CULTURAL PROPERTY AFFECTD BY PROJEcT CORRIDORiNTHESEA 74 TABLE7.1:SUMMARYOFROADPROJECTAAcnVITES ANDEFFECrS 77 TABLE7.2: "MPACS ON WATERRESOURCES DUE TO CONSuCnON 85 TABLE7.3: NUMBER OF WATER BODIES 87 TABLE7.4: NUMBER OF WATERCROSSNGS OF PRQJECT CORRiDOR 89 TABLE7.5: NUMBEROF WELLs 90 TABLE7.6:EROSION PoTeNAL 91 TABLE7.7: INDICAToRSOF AND LIELY IMPACTSON HUMAN SEILEMES 96 TABLE7.8: TOTALNUMBEROFLIKELYPROJECTAFFECrEDPROPERTiES AND PERSONS BY CORRIDOR(WORSECASE SCENARIO) 98 TABLE7.9: INDICATORSAND LIKELY IMPACTS ON PEOPLE (WORSE CASE SCENARIO) 101 TABLE7. 10:ESTATES OFLAND AcQuIsmoN BYLAND CATEGORY (WORSTCASE SCENARIO) 104 TABLE7.11 : INDICATORSAND IPACTS ON SENSIVE COMmuNrrYFEATURES 105 TABLE7.12: INDICATORSAND LILY IMPACTSoN VULNERABLEGROUPS (WORSECASE SCENARIO) 107 TABLE7.13: IMPORTANCEVALUES OF ENVIRONMNTrAL INDICATORS 111 TABLE7.14: CORRIDORIMPACTASSEsSMENT- INDICATOR VALuES (SCALE:I=LOw IMPACT,3=HIGH PACT) 114 TABLE7.15: CORRIDORIMPACT ASSESSMENF-INDICATOR IMPACT AND TOTAL IMPACTFOR THE CORRIDOR 115 TABLE7.16: ENVIRONMENTALCATEGORISAnON OF PROJECT CORRIDORS 117 TABLE8.1: ESTIMATMDCOST OF IMPLEmENING EMAP REQUMENmS 127 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea AssaclaIcS

TABLE8.2: MmGAToN oF ImpACTSoN PEDEsrIANs ANDNoN-MoToRisED TRAFFc 130 TABLE83: ENVIRONmENTALMANAGEmENT ACnON PLANFOR GuWARAT STATE HIGHWAYS(SEA) 134 TABLE9.1: PAPS ANDTHEIRETIEMErNTrS' 148 TABLE9.2: TOTALNUMBER OF PROJECT AFFECTED PROPERTIES AND PERSONS BY CORRIDOR 167 TABLE9.3: STEPSOF LAND ACQUISMoN PRocESS 174 TABLE9.4: ESTiATED LANDVALUES 178 TABLE9.5: ESMAmTED VALUE OF BUiLDINGS 179 TABLE9.6A: ESTMATEDCosTS OFTE SEA RAP (REsET1 EENTAND REHABLITATION) 182 TABLE10.1: REIATVEADVANrAGES OFPROPOSEDEMU MODELS 194 TABLE10.2: ESTIMATEDBUDGErFOREMU1998-2002 (INRSMILLIONS) 196 TABLE10.3: CO-ORDINAnNGAGENCIES FOR Lm NG EMAP ANDRAP 197

x ExectitiveSummary

A. EXECUTIVESUMMARY

A.1 Introduction Gujarat State Highways project is aimed at widening and strengtheninga set of economicallyfeasible state highways. The projectis financedby a WorldBank loan. A 'StrategicOptions Study"(SOS), undertaken by LASA in 1995,evaluated 3,000 km of Gujaratstate highways and selected1,500 km for detailedstudy. The objective of the PCC were to conducta detailedfeasibility study on these 1,500km and, using economicand environmentalprinciples, establish a road investmentprogramme for a subset of these roads. Detaileddesigns were to be conductedon 250 km of these roads. The projectfeasibility study used the economicevaluation model dTIMS to select818 km of roads for improvementwith the availablebudget. These were brokendown into ihreephases with 2463 kmnof roads in PhaseI, 250.2 km for Phase IIA and 319.5 km for Phase IIB. The enviromnentalteam undertook the Sectoral Environmental Assessment(SEA) for the total 818 km of roads.This is describedin Volume2A of this final report An EnvironmentalStudy Report (ESR) was preparedfor the 246.3 km of Phase I roads and is foundin Volume2B. The SEA is presentedwith both naturaland social componentsintegrated into one environmental assessment (EA) report. Assessment of the social and natural environment was done in concert, since the two are intertwinedand, as such, conclusionsshould be presentedso that they emnbracethis more realisticnotion of the environment This approachcould become the model for future SEAs, and hopefully vwilbe reflected in the way that future Terms of Reference(ToR) are written. For approval purposes within the Bank, the ResettlementAction Plan (RAP) can be extractedfrom the SEAas a standalone document. Theobjectives of the SEA were: * to perform an environmentalscreening of the project corridors in order to classifyeach road corridoras eitherhigh, medium or low levelsof impact. * to provide a practicalplan for mitigatingand monitoringthe impactswhich would occur as result of the road rehabilitationand constructionactivities as well as due to futureoperation of the road comdors.This plan was preparedat an overview level of detail, providing guidance to the Gujarat Roads and BuildingsDepartment as they initiatedwork on each specificroad section. * to design and implement an Enviromnental Management Unit (EMU), intendedto act as a unit implementingthe EnvironmentalAction Management Plan and ResettlementActon Plan on behalfof R&BD. Detailedinformation on naturaland social environmentalfeatures was collectedalong the corridorof imnpact(Col) for the full 1,500km of roads, and addedto existingstrip maps and assets were verified within and adjacent to the right-of-way. This informationwas transfemedto a databaseand is describedin the 'Natural and Social Environment:Source Information' as well as in the "Naturaland SocialEnvironment A Compendium". Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssomales

A.2 Consideringthe Environmentin RoadDesign There was co-ordinationand discussionswith the engineeringdesign team to ensure that as many environmentalimpacts as possiblemight be avoided through design changes and constraints.Examples of design changes includedplacement of large trees in medians,providing bus stop platforms,and paving of shouldersto facilitate non-motorisedtraffic. In the SEA eight key mitigativeactions were taken during the early design work. Thesemeasures were the responsibilityof the engineeringdesign team and the R&BD and inputfrom other stakeholders.They included: * avoidingunnecessary displacement by modifyingproject alignments, reducing the widthof the corridoror modifyingdesign; * reducingthe width of the right-of-way(RoW) or corridorof impact wherever possible; * ensuringaccess to businessesand residentialunits that may have been imnpacted by construction; * using the land outside the RoW controlledby R&BD, but not needed after construction,to quicklyrelocate people; * minimisingthe lossesto users of public property,such as the tree plantations withinthe RoW, by restrictingthe clearedzone to an absoluteminimum width given designand safetyconstraints; * finding new plots and houses on the open market (letter of credit) for relocating;and, * providing roadside amnenitiessuch as bus stops or lane markings for non- motorisedtraffic alongthe pavedshoulder. The ESR(Volume 2B) providesdetails on how these measureswere applied.

A.3 ExistingConditions The road corridorsunder study span almostthe entire length and breadth of the state from the boiderof Rajasthanto Maharashtraand out to the SaurashtraPeninsula along the Gulfof Kachchh,with isolatedcorridors in other areas of the state. Fiftypercent of the state is servicedby these statehighways that traverse 16 districtswith a varietyof demographicand developmentcharacteristics.

A3.1 NatumlEnvirnment Air qualitydata of six parameterscollected in the field at eight samplingstations did not exceedIndian standards with the exceptionof Suspendedparticulate matter (SPM) on one corridor.Water qualitydata fromrivers in the study area did not exceed Indian standards. Gujarat as a whole is a water scarceregion. Due to low reliabilityof rainfall,ground water is extractedat a massive scale.Large scale exploitationhas led to intrusionof saline sea water. Numerouswells, minor water bodies and cross-drainagestructures exist withinthe right-of-wayand were enumeratedfor each corridor. The road corridorstraverse flat to slightlyundulating terrain and there are very few slopeswhich are confinedto river and streamvalleys. In addition,there are a few areas

(ii) Executive Summary 2Sz La A=nAssodates

of significantcut and fill so that erosiondue to slopesand landslidesare negligible. Existingerosion problems are present in areas of degradedland or in some areas of gullyingnear river valleys.Southem Gujarat has the highest potentialof sbil erosion due to the presenceof deepblack cottonsoil and high rainfall. Gujarathas one of the lowestpercentage of forestcover in due to predominantly low rainfall and a long history of over use of forest resources.While 9.7% of the state's land area is declaredforest, only 6.7% is actuallycovered by forest,as against 24% of the countryas a whole.Due to the lackof forestcover in the state,there is an aggressivecampaign of plantingtrees in the RoW and other areas throughthe Social ForestryProgram programmes. There are largeareas of tree plantationsalong a numberof RoWs.In general,larger and denser plantationsare found on Corridors01 and 03 (west of Ahmedabadand Mehsanato Palanpur)and on Conidors 17 and 18 (east of )and few are found along Corridors28 and 29 (the Gulf of Kachchh area). In some areas of older plantationsthe trees actuallygrow in an arch over the road which is referredto as a 'green tunnel'. Thisdense swath of maturetrees (in otherwisedeforested lands) serves many ecologicalfunctions such as providingshade, shelterfrom the wind as well as a significant ecological micro-habitat for tree dwelling birds and animals, and organisms.Often there are more trees withinthe RoW than in the adjacentland. In addition, mature or 'giant' trees in populated areas often serve as community gathenngplaces, business transaction points or bus stops. None of the road corridorstraverse any protected areas (NationalParks, Wildlife Sanctuaries or Reserved Forests). One endangered species, the Wild Ass, is occasionallysighted along Corridor 02 but the sanctuaryis about 10km from the nearestproject road.

A.3.2 Social Environment Gujaratis one of the most developedstates in Indiaand, as describedin Chapter2, had a populationof 413 million,as of the 1991Census. Habitation is not uniformly distributeddue to the agricultural productivityand industrialgrowth patterns.The central and southern areas of Gujarat are the most densely populatedregions. The populationdensity is high in the districtsof ,ranging from 236 to 630 persons/km2. The average literacy rate of Gujarat State is 51%,slightly less than the national averageof 52%. Only eight districtsare above the state average literacyrate. Those eight districts are highly urbanised, industrialisedand densely populated and are locatedin centraland south Gujaratregions. The literacy rate of the ScheduledCaste populationis 61% and is relatively high comparedto that of the total population,whereas for the ScheduledTribal population, it is only37%. Gujarat retainsa vast and significantcultmual and built heritageas a resultof its rich history and traditions.Many of these traditionsare still alive and have shaped the culturalpattem of the state. ,Kutchch, North and havetribal areasthat formmany sub-cultual regionsin Gujarat

(iii) lvlln$a%a. GujaratState Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates

AA EnvironmentalScreening All corridors,except two bypasses in Link 031 and Link 051 respectively,were classifiedas eitherMedium Impact or LowImpact category projects. For PhaseI there are two MediumImpact category projects (Corridors 01 and 17)and three Low Impactcategory corridors(Corridors 03, 06, and 28). For Phase IA there are four MediumImpact category corridorsand one High Impactcategory corridor containingthe bypassat Unava on corridor03. An ESR was preparedfor all Phase I roads and included a detailedEnvironmental ManagementAction Plan (EMAP)and ResettlementAction Plan (RAP). For Low Impact category corridors the environmentalhotspots were identifiedin a Hotspot IdentificationMatrix and specificmitigation measures were describedin a Hotspot MitigationMatrix, included in the ESR docurment(Volume 2B).

A.5 Assessmentof Impacts For all corridors,except the one bypass, the environmentalinpact corridor was definedas beingequal to the RoW. Enumerationof naturalfeatures was confinedto withinthe RoW and its border,while air, noise and waterresources impacts analysis were extendedup to 200m. For the social assessment,the area was confinedto the RoW. The predictedimpacts tended to be mostly directwith relativelyfew indirect effects (indirect effects are more the norm for new road constructionprojects). Impacts were categorisedas short-term or long-term and their magnitude and significancewas noted. The impactindicators selected were sufficientto clearlytrack the predictedimpact of the road work on the corridorson both the naturaland socialenvironment Because of the varyinglengths of road corridors,the valuesfor each indicatorwere averaged per km for comparisonpurposes.

A5.1 NaturalEnvironment AIR QUALITY.None of the links exceededthe Indian pollution standards for six parametersmeasured. In generalsuspended particulate matter (SPM) appears to be the largest concem among all of the parameters for existing road operation. Road constructionimpacts were assessedto be equal for all of the road corridors. Key sources contributing to air quality degradation were; construction equipment operation,noise from equipment, hot-mix plants and rock crushingoperations. Future air quality was modelled using projected traffic volumes and future road operatingconditions. Emissions were estimatedto exceed standardson Corridors01 and 03 and were rated mediumimpacts. All other coridors were rated low impact NOISEAmbient noise levelsat eight locationsexceeded the residentialnoise standard (65dBA)nearly all the time and levels,A and B some of the time. Future projections suggestedthat noise levels at most locationsalong the RoW would exceed the A standard,ie the maximumallowable limit for industrialland use areas.However, the contributionof this project to the existing and future noise levels is marginal. The projectwill bring downnoise generatedby traffic.All suitablemeasurcs, applicable at the levelof the project were proposedin the designof roads.

(iv) ExecutiveSummary

WATER RESOURCES.The indicators were: the number of minor water bodies physicallyintruded on by proposedroad work,number of culvertsand bridgesalong the road,and the numberof wells affected.The corridorswith the greatesthumber of minor water bodiesper km were 10 and 22, both are consideredhigh impact.Corridor 05 is mediumimpact Therest ofthe 16 corridorsare lowimpact CROSS DRAINAGES.Of the 16 projectconidors, the maximumaverage number of cross drainageswere foundwthin Cornidors26 and 28, and all scoredas havinghigh impact Corridor22 was predictedto experiencethe lowest impact and all the rest would sustainmedium impacts. EROSIONPOTENTIAL The corridorswith the highesterosion potential due to high rainfall and the presenceof black cotton soil were 10, 17 and 18 which are found in the southernpart ofthe state. TREES. Corridorswith the highestconcentration of tree plantationswere 01 and 03. Of all of the corridors,corridor 17 has the mostimpressive stretch of greentunnels and is markedwith signboardsby the SocialForestry Department calling for the protection ofthe environment. RESERVEAREAS AND ENDANGRDSPECIES. The Wild Ass, while often sighted from Corridor02, is not at risk of collisionas it keeps its distancefrom the road, is swift and alerLMoreover the actualboundary of the sanctualyis about 10 km away from any projectroad.

A.5.2 Socialand CultumIEnvironment The impactson the social environmentfocuses on people,property and assets.When the strip mapping exercisewas completed,the entireright of way was used as the conidor of impact (Col), even thoughthe Col is narrowerthan the fill RoW width. Everyunit and propertylocated within or on the edge of the RoW has been included in the impact analysis,thus making this assessmenta worst case scenario. Actual projectaffected people (PAP)will be about two-fifthof the estimatesobtained from the stripmaps. There are a significantnumber of small shrineslocated close to the carriagewaywithin the RoW along many of the road corridors.There are a few cultural and religious featuresalong the roadsidewhich will be avoided,mitigated or relocatedto minimise the adverseimpacts. However there are no significantarchaeological features located in proximityofthe road cornidors. Aside from the two bypasses,no new roads will be constructedfor this project It was determinedthat the impactson tnbal populationswould be no more significanthan for other membersof identifiedvulnerable groups ofthe population,or for that matter, the populationat large. A.6 MitigationMeasures All measuresincluding environmentally conscious engineering design have been/will be taken to minimise,and to compensatefor impactson the natural environmentIn the followinga brief descriptionof the variousmeasures suggested is given. AIR QUALITY AND NOISE For minimisationand control of air pollutionand noise the followingmeasures will be taken in the constructionas well as operation

(v) GujaratState Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAsociates

phase. All suitablepreventive measures were taken into considerationin the design phase. Dust: Water will be sprayedduring construction phase, in the limeand earot mixingsites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporaryroads. In illingsubgade, water sprymingis neededto solidifythe material. Afrercompacting, water wouldbe sprayedat egularintervals to preventdust Coal ash with 30% water contentwill be used to preventthe ash from dispersing,especially in warehousesand piling yards. The coal ashes wouldbe covered,except when they are to be used immediately.Vehicles deliveringmaterials will be coveredto reducespills. Asphalt mixing sites will be locatedmore than I km down-windfrom any commurities/residences. Mixing equipmentwill be well sealed, and vibratingcrusher equipment would be equippedwith dust-removal devices. Adequate fill height will be providedto avoidacawnulation of duston roadway.Proper rad surflicerunoff and drainagewill be providedto preventaccumulation of sand/dust from stormwater. Roadside tree plantationslost due to constructionwill be replacedand newafforeslation prjects willbe encouraged. Air Pollution:Vehicles and machinerywill be regularlymaintied so that emissionsconform to Gol (Cental PollutionControl Board, 1988 and 1989)standards. Asphalt mixingsites will be located more than I km from any commumnitiesresidences. Vehiclar emissionsof CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM, Pb will be cdeckedand PUC Progrmmneswill be reinforcedLAir pollutionand health of roadsideworkes willbe monhoredTrees will be plantedas part of the afforcstationprogrammes. Noise:Noise standardsof industrialenterpises will be strictlyenforced to protectconstruction workers from damage.Workers in vicinityof strongnoise willwear earplugsand helmetsand their workingtime would be limited.In constuctionsites within 150 m of residentialareas, construction will be stopped between22:00-6:00 hous Maiteance of machineryand vehicleswill be improvedto keep their noise at a minimum.According to monitoringresuls, at placeswith noise exceedingGol A and B - level noise standrds, sound baniers,bems or other measurs will be instlled. Public will be educatedabout the regulationson airpolluion and noise of vehicles. However the above will have limitedeffect in reducing overall pollution. Until state and nationalstandards for pollutionemissions are enforcedand other issues such as accessto leadfree fuels,decreased congestion and improvedroads becomethe norm, there will continueto be seriousair and noisepollution problems in the state. WATER RESOURCES. Water bodies includingsmall ponds, inundationwill be protectedby provisionof retainingwalls; excavationto replacearea of water bodies lost; compensatorywater body restoration;change of road aligmnent;etc. Cross- drainage structureswill be providedwith mitigationmeasures in terms of minimising earth moving in the vicinityof water courses,avoiding contamination from fuel and lubricants,as well as proper disposalof cement and steel reinforcements.All wells affectedby the projectwill be replacedor relocated. GroundwaterRecharge Areas will experiencenegligible impacts and as a resultwill not requiremitigation measures. Water qualitywill be monitoredat specifiedlocations by the EMU in co-ordinationwith the GPCB. MINERALRESOURCES& Wind Erosion on Soil would be minimised by dust control and re-vegetationmeasures. Water Erosion on Soil would be contained by replanting and reseeding.Existing borrow pits wihin the RoW in urban/ industrial areas which have accumulatedcontaminated water, waste or refuse wouldbe filledin. No mitigationmeasures are requiredfor existingquanries other than to ensure the use of proper excavationtechniques in ongoingoperations and to ensure they are licensed under the GPCB. All borrow pits and quarrieswould be rehabilitated. Only GPCB licensedquarries would be used but some quarriessuch as the TarangaHills (a lone granite out crop protrudingapproximately 40 m abovethe surroundingplains) would be eannarkedfor conservationowing to their naturaland scenicqualities.

(vi) ExecuLtiveSummary

FLORA. Impacton roadsideplantations will be minimisedby protectingcritical giant trees by the constructionof retainingwalls and the installationof roadsidebarriers; by delayingthe removalof trees withinthe clear zone untilreplacement vegetation has a chance to develop and have meaningfulvalue; by constructingshort corridorswith roadsidebarriers and a reducedcross sectionto attempt to retain portionsof green corridors;and, by off-setting,wherever practicable, the road designto retainone side of a green corridor. Thismay be coupledwith additionalmitigation measures such as barriersor reduced clear zones. Trees removedas a result of constructionactivities will be replaced by compensatory afforestation through the Social Forestry Department Afforestation will be completed using the Integrated Forestry DevelopmentModel (IFDM)which includesa maintenance/monitoring programme as describedin the appendix10 of the SEA (Volume2A). FAUNA.No mitigationmeasures will be requiredfor this componentas there are no threatenedor endangeredspecies nor protectedareas whichwould be impactedby the Phase I corridors.However, for subsequentphases, suitable arnelioration measures wouldneed to be specified,as per design.

A.7 Environmental ManagementAction Plan (EMAP)and 3mplementationSchedule Mitigationmeasures for eachofthe impactsdue to roadconstruction and operationare listedalong with monitoringrequirements in the EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan (EMAP).For eachof the mitigativemeasures the implementingorganisation and responsibleentity, along with a unit cost where applicable,is listed. The EMAP providedfor the SEA is a detailedguideline for completingmitigation and monitoring measuresand is not locationor time specificexcept in a few cases. In general,the R&BD (with assistancefrom other agencies)is the responsibleagency for ensuring that the mitigativemeasures are carried out. In many cases the contractorwill be requiredto implementthe environmentalmitigative measures defined in the EMAP, and as such provisionsare incorporatedin the contractdocuments. EMAPfor SEA are appendedwith this executivesummary.

A.8 EntitlementPolicy and ResettlementAction Plan In this project,engineering and safetyconcems have dictatedthat whateveris located withinthe Col must be completelyremoved. All people experiencinglosses due to this clearingare consideredentitled PAPs. ENTITLEmENT.The entitlementpolicy has been developedin accordancewith the principlesand objectivesstated above. There are three typesof entitlement: 1. Householdbased benefits for projectaffected families (PAF) for the loss of land, structuresand other assets. This also includes compensationfor crops, shifting allowance,the right to salvagebuilding materials, and counsellingon alternatives and assistanceas well as otherbenefits. 2. Individual based benefits for project affected people (PAP) for their loss of livelihood.The project will provide rehabilitationand assistance for lost or diminishedlivelihood for any individualimpacted by the project.There may be more then one personeligible in each household.Additional support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establishor enhance their livelihood through existing government employment programmes. If at all

(vii) GujaratState Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA

possibleemployment activities associated with the projectshould be provided.In the case of loss of livelihood,every householdmember over the age of 14 is eligiblefor assistance. 3. Community based benefits for project affected groups (PAG) will also be providedwhere possible,and targetedespecially at vulnerableand weakergroups. Community based benefits include issues such as the restoration and improvementof commonproperty resources, the provisionof women's needsfor gatheringfuel wood and water,provision of safe operatingspace for businesses, and safety measures for pedestrians,particularly children and non-motorised trafficalong the roadways. Table A.1 shows the categories of affected individuals,households and groups impactedby the projectand eligiblefor entitlement,plus the 18 compensationoptions availableto qualifyingPAPs. The entitlementsare brokendown intothree main categories: * The first categoryis that of individualand households,and considerstheir loss of landand otherassets. For simplificationthe Unit of Entitlementis the Project Affected Family(PAF). These lossesmay occur insideor outside the public RoW and may involvetitleholders, tenants squatters and encroachersfrom non- vulnerableor vulnerablegroups. The detailentitlement policy is locatedin the SEA. * The secondcategory concems only individuals,although it may includemore than one person from each household(all adults over 14 years of age). It is primarilyconcemed with the loss of livelihood.For simplificationthe Unit of Entitlementis the ProjectAffected Person (PAP). These losses may occur insideor outsidethe publicRoW and may involvetitleholders, tenants squatters and encroachersfrom non-vulnerable or vulnerablegroups. o The third and final categoryconcems collective and group based entitlements that may be in the vicinityof the conidor of impact.It is primarilyconcemed withthe opportunitiesfor enhancementor benefitsrelating to the completionof the project For simplificationthe Unit of Entitlementis the Project Affected Group (PAG). This categoryis targetedtowards providingadditional support mechanismsfor vulnerableand weaker groups in society. Details on these categoriesand the EntitlementPolicy are presentedin the SEA.

A.9 ImplementationMechanisms After discussionswith the GoG and the WorldBank, an EnvironmentalManagement Unit (EMU)within the R&BD, has been created. The Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will be responsible for the implementationof the EMAP and RAP as well as handlingall other enviromnental mattersfor the R&BD suchas hazardousmaterials transport, emergency response and environmentalhealth and safety.EMU will be underthe directionof PIJ/R&BD and is staffedwith a Co-ordinator,two technicalspecialists on deputationfrom other GoG Departments,and a specialistwith NGO backgroundto be recruited.The EMU will act as an implementingcell, triggeringand monitoringactivities undertaken to meet EMAP/RAPcommitments made by the R&BD. The EMU would also be charged

(viii) Executive Summary

with confirmingthat actionsneeded to implementthe mitigativemeasures defined in the EMAP,have beentaken at the appropriatelevel (ie state, districtor taluka)in order to physicallyput measuresin place. The short term taret for the EMU wbuld be to credibly implementthe ResettlementAction Plan (RAP) and the Environmental ManagementAction Plan (EMAP)for the existingproject, quickly building technical competence.The long termtarget would be to buildingenvironmental awareness into the Department,sensitising the senior officialsto the environmentalconcems and values. A.10 DevelopmentPlan and Training A skillsand needsassessment was completedby the PCC and the EMU now needsto operationaliseit Mechanismsfor a GrievanceProcedure as well as an institutional frameworkfor a Committeefor determiningmarket value of assets,was proposedand endorsed by the R&BD. Training and capacity building progmmmes were also suggestedwith regardto naturaland socialenvironmental components. A.1l Involvementof NGO The R&BD does not have adequateresources to cany out many of the activities proposedin the EMAPand RAP.Some NGOs havingthese skillswill be retainedby the EMU. Initially, NGOs were involved on the Task Force and in the early consultationprogramme. They couldbe involvedagain. The SEA proposesthat a state level NGO be involved in the implementationof the RAP since it can act as a messenger,passing PAP grievancesto the R&BD and establishlinkages with local NGOs. The EMU,in addition,is staffedby an expertwith about 10 years' experience of workingwith the NGOs. Additionally,a differentNGO will be retainedto evaluatethe implementationof the EMAP/RAPtwo times duringthe fiveyears of the project;once midwaythrough and again at the end. A.12 Cost The cost for implementationof the EMAP is estimatedto be Rs 74 million plus another Rs 9.6 million for the EMU's total functionsfor the next four years. This estimatedoes not cover the environmentalcomponents which went in as part of the "good engineeringdesign". The social component comprising almost entirely of the resettlement compensation/assistancemeasures, is estimated to cost Rs 71 million. Detailed breakdownsof thesefigures are providedin the SEA.

(ix) I&E£,, GujaratState Highways Project-Volume 2A:SEA

Table A.1: PAPs and Their Entitlementsl Typesof ProjectAffected Persons

OutsidePublic Right of Way InsidePublic Rightof Way

'idle Holdas Teas2 Squatersand Encach= 3 Tns

. Vuheable |~~~~~~~~~W-~Non V V umaa Non - I b Vublae e e I V e LOSS OF LAND AND OTHER ASSETS Unit of Entilement:Pro jectaffectedHousehold (PAM,

ICaisjza waUllit*ig I Samansiu.midaw- ickod5nugnews YES YES YES YES YES YES andqM_xzunm 2 c Yp YEfSriNdO=spbh NONONO

3 dmcmcDwct--Wrmriap YES YES YES YES YES YES

4 Capmo a paumWaamp ad gm. okmd ami umz jeua md mum YES YES NO EO ympj 1 NO

5 da YRepEuhr YS YE YES YE Y

6 R W m sn YES YS YES YES YES YES

7 mkImEI W. in-g YES N YESV/ YES NO NO

.sigmcm YES YES YES YES ESW YES

9Omw Ofi Mnwig I ,mt si r dam g nos fo d ad YES Ys YES YES YES YES

LOSS OF LIVELIHOOD Unitof Enklement: Project-affectedPerson (PAP)

10 admmcfolo vgo YES YES Y1 YES YES YE

Ii IAddian4 me fs whaWie gw in e.ciiiddg adiidl YES NO YESV/ YES NO NO

1212IEv Eflmoyd. n}ans-Xlabeoid. mamkmnmwb*o&c=au-YS YES NOWYES YES YES

LOSS OF COMMUNiT STRUCrUlEFACUXIS Unitof Entitlement:APoject-afaeed Group (PAG)

13 Rsm nd nptfand umLya e '. pw zppsmn=mmd I.aidnmmiiqdI a et

14 Pnrim fbw's,dpw nd tbn f s f ww r65 fsypma be_

15 ifor o i i r-

16 Safee inufrpidnaim tyikd Ad&uiaieuaqd 1

17 l ig emy n a in_

I8 n dnimaduciddm

I/ lsTaIlewinDbeumte dwgibdihxmasifvmanidEPs WsDpAas uwyfirdieR&BD _whDwfi be npmmg the Ri AaFPb 2/ Tamcm ind Vuhael(VardNn Vubcu VGup VAp d6EAn snddt6eoa gpp NN-NuIuNaeNs: PA2UennatEnWhd YESV-V.lFePAPsaated. 3/ Enadm wita die IJ RoWswi n beeigIe fo uernzmm of I a i wid ty mmlanie..in whichd theyWM fail um die YE9N0M-9_= YBEmN 41 IPAPa ar noved ffiue RoW wabidde 2 mm.Aicam pinod aid piagmd1 isnoUAdieg omnotuy iamW wil be pcuded u21 thFpun.asaiuwuaes '.

(X) Executive Summary

LeaAssociates

TableA.2: Environmental ManagementAction Plan for Gujarat State Highways(SEA)

Component/Impact MitigativeMeasures taken or to betaken Implementing I Responsible I______I Organisation Organisation A. DESIGN PHASE

Alignment * Thealignment is selectedso asto minimisethe land occupation to avoid archaeologicalsites and temples DesigningUnit R&BD and otherenvironmentally sensitive areas. Environmental * In placeswhere significant stretches of densemature trees forming canopiesover the road,alignments Management and shouldbe considered which avoid or minimiseloss of thesegreen tunnels. Resettlement Unit (EMU) Landand * Informationdissemination and publiccontact R&BD R&BD Property/Assets * Compensationwill be given to PAPsbased on the RAPwhich includes the EntitlementPolicy.-See RAP EMU,NGOs EMU acquired ____ for details on all aspectsof resettlement. recommended in RAP CulturalHeritage * Culturalheritage sites along the alignmentshould be identifiedand surveyed up front In the caseof ASI R&BD Archaeologicalsites and Temples adjustment of alignmentis requied.In thecase of shrines,they may be EMU movedwith prior consultationand approval of local community.

Flood * Bridgesand culverts have been well designedfor the purposeof the flooddischarge (100 year flood DesigningUnit R&BD frequencyfor big bridgesand 50 yearflood frequencyfor mediumsize bridges). Fill heighthas been EngineeringConsultants EMU designedfor 50 yearflood avoidance. CONSTRUCTIONPHASE Air Dust * Watershould be sprayed during construction phase, in thecrushing and aggregate processing sites, asphalt Contractor R&BD mixingsites, and temporary roads. In filling sub-grade,water spraying is neededto solidifythe material. EMU Aflerthe compaction, water spraying should be done at regular intervals to preventdust. (At presentno in house * Accessroads and any unpaved construction roads should be watered, based on a prescribed schedule, so s Environmentalcapacity to preventexcessive dust. in R&BD,Induct Env. * Vehiclesdelivering materials should be covered to reducespills. Eng.From GPCB for * Asphaltmixing sites should be over one km fromany communities/residences. monitoring. * Mixingequipment should be well sealed, and vibrating equipment should be equipped with dust-removal GERI- Monitoring device.Operators should wear dust masks and ear protection. qualitystandard of equipmentand

______materialsused.

(xi) LeaAssoclates

Component/Impact MitigativeMeasures taken or to betaken Implementing Responsible Organisation Organisation Air Pollution * Vehiclesand machinery are to beregularly maintained so that emissions conform to Nationaland State Contractor R&BD Standards EMU * Bitumenheaters are to useonly high quality fuels, and be serviced regularly to avoidexcessive SO2 and SPMemissions. Noise * Noisestandard of industrialenterprises will bestrictly enforced to protectconstruction workers from Contractor R&BD damage.Workers in vicinityof strongnoise will wearearplugs and helmets and their working time should EMU belimited. * In constructionsites within 150 m of residentialareas, construction should be stopped from 22:00-6:00. * Maintenanceof machitery and vehicles should be enhanced to keep their noise at aminimwn. Water __ . Lossof minorwater * Alignmentand filling should avoid ponds and wells. DesignUnit R&BD bodiesand ponds * Wherevillage ponds are affected, an equivalent area should be excavated/replaced. Contractor EMU .______Forest DepL Alterationof drainage * In sectionsalong water courses, earth and stone will beproperly disposed of soas to notblock rivers and Contractor R&BD streams,resulting in adverseimpact on water quality. EMU * Inbuilding pernanent drainage systems, temporary canals and culverts will bebuilt for thesake of inigatingdrainage. * All necessarymeasures will betaken to preventearthworks and stone works from impeding the rivers and watercanals or existing inigation and drainage system. Siltation * cementand coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricksor earth wall, and kept away from water, Contractor R&BD to preventleachate formation and contamination of surface and groundwaters. EMU * Seemeasure for soilerosion. ForestDept. Contaminationfrom * All justifiablemeasures will betaken to prevent the waste water produced inconstruction from entering Contractor R&BD Wastes directlyinto rivers and irnigation system. A minimumdistance of 200m fromwater sources would be EMU maintained.Work camps of morethan 20 people will require,as a minimum, a wellconstructed pit privy at least200m from any water source Contaminationfrom * Vehiclemaintenance and refuelling should be confined to areasin constructioncamps designed to trap Contractor R&BD fueland lubricants discardedlubricants and fuel spills. -EMU- GPCB Sanitationand Waste * Sufficientmeasures will betaken in theconstruction camps, ie provisionof garbagetanks and sanitation Contractor R&BD Disposalin facilities.Waste in septic tanks will becleared periodically. EMU.-GPCB ConstructionCamps * Drinkingwater will meetIndian National Standards.

(xii) Executive Summary e1s. LeaAssoclofes

ComponentlImpact MitigativeMeasures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Organisation Organisation * Garbagewill be collectedin a tankand disposedof daily. * Specialattention shall be paid to the sanitamycondition of camps. a_* amps should be located minimwm distancr of 200 m,fim water suurces. Soil SoilErosion * In slopesand othersuitable places along the roadside,trees and grassshould be planted. On sectionswith Contractor R&BD highfilling and deep cuttingtheir slopes should be coveredby stonewalls and plantedwith grass, etc If EMU existinginigation and drainagesystemn ponds are damaged,they shouldbe rebuiltor recoveredby suitablemethods. Lossof topsoil * Arablelands should not be usedas earth boimwing whenever possible. If needed,the topsoil(15 cm) Contractor R&1BD should be kept and refilled after excavation is over to minimise the impacton productive lands. EMU Compactionof Soil * Constructionvehicles should operate on tempornvyaccesses to avoiddamaging soil. Contractor R&BD

______EMU Flora E.ossof trees * Aseasof treeplantton ckeard willbe replacedaccording to CompensatoryAfforestation Policy under the Dept of Forty(DOF) R&13D ForestConservation Act - 1980,as wellas the applicationof the shelterbelt planting programme defined in EMU the Interard Foresty Deopnt Planfor GuJalm(1996), Dept of Forssry. * Treecleating within RoW shouldbe avoidedbeyond what is directlyrequired for construction activities Contractor and or to reduceaccidents-Trees to be cut willbe dearly marked DOF R&BD * Greentunnels would be conserved,by naiowing the CW, introducingvarious speed control tmes, and EMU encouragingthe constructionof roadsiderest areas. PIU,Chief Engineer, Dept of Fomstry ______Contractorand DOF Compactionof * See soilcompaction. Contractor R&BD vegetation EMU Fauna * Constructionworkers should be toldto protectnatural resources and wildanimals. Hunting is prohibited. Contractor R&BD,EMU and Fores Department

SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Lossof Access * Temporaryaccess should be builtat the interchangeof the highwayand otherroads. Contractor R&BD EMU TrafficJams and * If thereare trafficjams during constnuction, measures should be takento relievethe congestionwith the co- Contaor R&BDand StatePolice congestion ordinationof tansportationand trafficpolice department.

(,If;", >eaAssociates

Component/Impact MitigativeMeasures taken or to betaken Implementing Responsible .______Organisation Organisation Roadsafety * Controlspeed of constructionvehicles through road safety education and fines. Contractor R&BD Collisionswith * Allow for adequatetraffic flow around construction areas. vehicles,people and * Provideadequate signage, bariers and flag persons for trafficcontrol. livestock * Communicateto the public through radio / TV/Newspaper announcements regarding scope and timeflame of project. Increasein disease * Allow naturaldrainage to occurand avoid creation of stagnantwater bodies especially in urban/industrialContractor R&BD waterbome areas.Standing waters, even scattered puddles, old tires,etc., can become breeding grounds for insect- Dept.of HealthDept., insectbome bomediseases, leading to seriousillness among work crews and others. GoG communicable * Provideadequate sanitation and waste disposal at consructioncamnps. diseases * Provideadequate health care for workersand locate camps away from VGs. AccidentalRisks from * Effectivesafety and waming measures will betaken to reduce accidents. Contractor R&I3D blasting * Blastingwill notbe carried out during rush hours so as not to causetraffic jams and injuries. StatePolice alongroadway * The managementand use of blastingmaterials will bein strictconformity with the safety requirements for in quarnies publicsecurity.

C OPERATIONPHASE

Air _ ___ Dust * Provideadequate fill heightto avoidaccumulation of dust. Contractor R&BD * Replaceroadside tree plantations lost to construction and encourage new afforestation projects. ForestDepartment EMU Pollution * Checkvehicular emissions of CO,HC, NO, SPM, RPM - reinforcePUC Programmes. MotorVehicle Dept. R&BD * Monitoringair pollution EMU- GPCB MotorVehicle Dept. * Afforestationprogrammes -Tree Plantations Forestdepatment Noise * Accordingto monitoringresults, at places with excessive noise, sound barriers or other measures should be MotorVehicle Dept. R&BD considered. EMU * Publicwill beeducated about the regulations on air pollution and noise of vehicles. _ MotorVehicle Dept. Water Contaminationfrom * Contingencyplans for clean up of spillsof oil, fuel,toxic chemicals. FlyingSquad of Motor FlyingSquad of Motor spillsdue to traffic . vehicleDept and State vehicleDept. and State movementand Police Police

(xiv) ExecutiveSummary

LeaASSOCIates

Component/Impact MitigativeMeasures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible ______..______.______I Organisation Organisation accidents . Maintenanceof * Thedrainage system will be periodically cleared so as to ensureadequate Stormwater flow. R&BD StormwatcrDrainage MunicipalCorps. System l l _ _ Fauna Collisionwith wildlife * Postsigns for WildAss Crossing. ForestDept. R&BD EMU EMUI

SOCIAL Accidentalspill of * Regionalor municipaltransportation bureaux (State Police) will set up respectivetransportation co- R&BD R&BD hazardous materials ordination unit for hazardous substances. * For deliveryof hazardoussubstances, three certificates issued by transportation department are required - FlyingSquad of Motor pennitlicense,driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous substances will be VehicleDept. printedwith unifiedsigns. * Publicsecurity, transportation and fire fightingdepartments will designate aspecial route for these vehicles. Thesevehicles can only be harboured atdesignated parking lots. * Thisproject's hazardous substances will be administeredby highway managementdeparment registration system. * In caseof spillof hazardousmaterials, report to the relevantdepartments atonce and dealwith it in accordancewith the spill contingency plan. Safetyand noise * Buildingsare prohibited within 50 m of theedge of CW.No schoolsand hospitals are allowed within 200 Env.Eng. Of each R&BD disturbance m of theedge of CW. Divisionof RBD and Planning Dept. CYL:9ta uujaratorate Hign ways IProject-VoIlwne 2A: SEA LesAssoclates

D.ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Component Actionto be Taken ImplementingAgency AgencyResponsible Atmosphere OperationPhase GPCB,EMU/R&BD R&BD * MonitoringItem: SPM, RPM, NOx, CO, Pb * Monitoringfrequency: 4times per year for one day each * Lengthof time: 5 years * Locationof MonitoringPoints: Where threshold was exceeded now or infuture. MonitoringStandard Atmosphericmonitoring standard issued by the CPCB. Noise MonitoringFrequency R&BD R&BD * OperationPhase: four timestyear incollaboration with GPCB EMU MonitoringPoints EMU R&BD * ConstructionPhase: Ad hoc only if complainedislodged GSPCB * OperationPhase: one location on Link 033 MonitoringStandard GSPCB R&BD Existingnoise standard issued by the CPCB WaterQuality Parameters: R&BD R&BD * BODS,COD, SS, OL Grease,Gasolime, Detergent, Pb,Asphalt, pH EMU- GPCB MonitoringFrequency: * Constructionphase: three times during bridge construction activity (twice/day) MonitoringPoints: * Atcross-drainage structures where bridges and culverts are to be replaced tobe determined inESR MonitoringStandard * Waterquality standard issued by the CPCB

Flora Parameters R&BD,EMU R&BD * No.trees surviving afler 6mnths, lyr and1.5yrs, in relationto totalplanted LocalCommunities * revegetationsuccess, in terms of survival of plantings _

(xvi) ExecutiveSummary £eaAssoc/ates

Table A.3: EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan: Operational Schedule

1998 1999 _ 2000 2001 2002 ITEM Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4Qtr.1 |Qtr.2 Qtr.3Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4aQ 'Qtrtr1 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.i Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Phase I

Identification of Hotspots - - Mitigation Measures

Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors = - = - - Designfor Phase I Corridors A Construction Period for Phase I

Mitigation Measures Taken During Construction - - - _ _ - Turfingand Revegetation = - - - Tree Plantation - - - _ e = - _ Operation Period for Phase I Air Pollutionand WaterMonitoring Programme _ -

Mitigation Measures for Operation Period - - - Phase Ila

Identification of Hotspots - - - = = ------MitigationMeasures Recommendationsfor Realignmentof Corridors Designfor Phasella Corridors A __ Phase fib Identification of Hotspots . - - - - - Mitigation Measures - - -_ - - -

Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors ------Design for Phase llb Corridors - - - - _

Progress A Milestone

(xvii) Chapter 1-Introduction LsAssocias

1. INTRODUCTION

This is Volume2 of the finalreport for the GujaratState HighwaysProject (GSHP). It is dividedinto two parts: * Volume2A (thisvolume)-the SectoralEnvironmental Assessment (SEA) * Volume2B-the EnvironmentalStudy Report (ESR) The SEA provides the assessmentof the impact of the project as a whole on the naturaland socialenvironment of Gujaratat a state level.Through the SEA,all project corridorswere categorisedinto one of three levels of environmentalsensitivity. As well the SEA established guidelinesand generalprocedures for the conductof road- relatedenvironmental assessments in Gujarat. The ESRis the detailedEA for the corridorsto be improvedin Phase I of the GSHP.It dealtwith site specificinformation and addressedissues more at the talukalevel. Key outputswere site specificHotspot impact and mitigationmatrices, a site specificRAP and EMAP,both costed and includingan implementationtimetable. The projectroad network was dividedinto Corridorsand Links(see Vol.I for details). Thirtycorridors were taken up for the feasibilitystudy, which had total lengthof 1500 km. Out of these corridors,18 corridorswith a combined length of 818 km were selectedfor the strengtheningor wideningin GSHP. Throughoutthis reportcorridors are referredto by two-digitnumbers (e.g., corridor 01, corridor02, etc.). A corridor comprisedof one or more Links. The Links are referredto by three-digitnumbers (e.g., corridor01 comprisesof Links 011, 012 and 013, etc.). Not all links in the corridors,included in PhaseI, wereconsidered in the ESR1. Historically,SEAs are appliedat the 'sector'level, namely to conductingan impact analyseson various solutions to a large scale transportationproblem spanning a region, state or even a country.Alternative transportation solutions assessed might include rail, roads, traffic managementor air transportation.The SEA takes both natural and social environmentfactors into account,yielding an assessmentof each optionalstrategy in terms of environmentaleffect over a predefinedtimeslice. SEAs are also used to go to the next step, namelyto screena large numberof sectorwide projects(those which fit withinthe preferredtransportation solution) in terns of the levelof environmentalanalysis required if a project is initiated.While yielding some actual resultsat the project level,SEAs are more applicableat a strategicand macro level, flagging environmentalproblems associated with specific constructionand operating period activities and providing guidance on how best to mitigate and monitorsuch impacts. Based on the World Bank's definitions(World Bank Source Book Update, 1995 and Africa EA Seminar Book,1996)of a SectoralEA, it is clear that there is no single definition,and various interpretationsare possible. The Bank's Asia Division has appliedthe sectoralprocess to screeningsets of projects,where the specificsolution has been predetermined,eg road rehabilitation,and work concentrateson establishing

I ForCorridor 06, Links 063 and 064 are in Phase I while061 and 062 are inPhase 11. Links 281and 282 on CorTidor28are in Phase I whileLinks 284 and 285are inPhase 11.

1 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates

the extent of EA neededfor each specificproject and the methodologyneeded for undertakingthe EA studies.The SEA undertakenfor this projecthas used this latter approach. Volume2A concentrateson describingthe environmentalconditions along the project roads,pointing out the generalsensitive natural and socialenvironment features, and goes on to link general constructionand operation activitieswith effects on the sensitive environmentalfeatures. General plans for dealing with social impacts focusingon displacedpeople and on lossesto the naturalenvironment ,are addressed in a genericEnvironmental Management Plan, and withinthis a ResettlementAction Plan. An importantoutput is a policy on dealingwith displacedpeople, called the "EntitlementPolicy for GujaratState Highways Projece'. The volume ends by layingout the organisationalrequirements for implementingall environmentalrequirements, assesses the R&BD's capacity to complete such an undertakingand describeshow and withwhat resourcesthe projectis proceeding.

2 Chapter2-Project Description Aso LaAasoc~

2. PROJECTDESCRIPTION

2.1 Locationand Background Thestate of Gujaratis locatedon the Westernpart of India,north of Maharashtrastate. Gujarat straddlesthe Tropicof Canceralong the ArabianSea borderingPakistan and occupiesan areaof 195,904km 2. The Roads and BuildingsDepartment (R&BD) of the State Governmentof Gujarat (GoG) contractedthe ProjectCo-ordinating Consultant (PCC) servicesto select a priority numberof road corridorsto be rehabilitatedover two phases in the Gujarat State HighwaysProject. The project is being funded by a World Bank loan. This projectfollows on the heels of the StrategicOptions Study 1 which identified1500 km of high densitytraffic corridors out of 3,000km of roadsfor the presentstudy. These 1,500km of roadsare locatedthroughout the state fromthe borderof in the north to Maharashtrain the south, covers the whole of SaurashtraPeninsula along the Gulf of Kachchhand also includesisolated corridors in other areas of the state. Roughly50% of the state is servicedby these state highwayswhich traverse16 districts of varied demographicand developmentcharacteristics. (see - Project Corridors). The feasibilitystudy using the DeightonTotal InfrastructureManagement Software (dTIMS)economic evaluation model, selected818 km of road corridors,from the pool of 1500km, for implementationin GSHP.Selected corridors of a toatallength of 246.3 km weredesignated as Phase I, to be taken up for detailedengineering. Another 571.7km were chosento be includedin PhaseIIA and PhaseIIB of the project,which will be taken up for detailed engineering later. The environmentalteam then undertookthe SectoralEnvironmental Assessment (SEA) for the total 818 km of road corridorschosen to be completedwith tie US$4IOM budget 2.2 Objectives The first objectiveof this SEA2 was to perfonn an environmentalscreening of the projectcorridors, based on data on naturaland socialenvironment conditions collected through a detailed field surveyand updatingof Strip Maps providedby the R&BD (see Section3.2). The environmental screening process (see Section3.8) involved: * Assigninga levelof impactto eachroad link. * Determiningwhich corridors would require further environmentalanalysis; and, * Determining if any of the corridors should be dropped from further considerationfor environmnentalreasons. The secondobjective of the SEA was to providea practicalplan for mitigatingand monitoringthe impactswhich would stem from the construction,as well as the future

1 LeaAssociates South Asia, 1995. 2 SeeSection I fora discussionon the applicationof an SEAto thisproject.

3 ;a022t:, GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Let Assocites

operationof the roads. The plan is composed of an EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan (EMAP)which identifiesthe mitigativeand monitoringmeasures to be taken during all stagesof the project.Within the EMAPare a numberof sub plan the most important being the ResettlementAction Plan (RAP) which deals with the resettlementof ProjectAffected Persons (PAPs).

2.3 The SelectedProject Roads The economic evaluation model (see Volume I of this report) incorporated engineeringcosts as well as environmentalcosts at every 100meter intervals along the 1500km.the originalpool of roads.Since there were no preliminarydesigns 1 for any of the corridors,the environmentalcosts had to be calculatedas worst-caseconditions, assumingthat, within the entireRoW, most environmentalfeatures would be affected. This assumptionwas used in the dTIMS model to identify road sections which exhibited high environmentalcosts. While none of the roads were dropped due to environmentalcosts 2 defined by the model,this action marked the rare and explicit inclusionof environmentalfactors in engineeringcost estimation. TIheproject roads selectedby the dTIMS modelfor PhaseI and PhaseII are presented on Figure 2. land listed in Table 2.1. Five corridorswere selected for Phase I and elevencorridors (plus portionsof two of the Phase I) were selectedfor Phase11. 2.4 Boundariesof Project The followingsection describes the spatialand temporalboundaries for the area of influenceof the study.

DIRECTAREA OF INFLUENcE3. The projectconsists primarily of road rehabilitation along existing alignmentswith the exceptionof one planned by-pass.Consequently, the area of direct influenceis confinedin a linearfashion along the corridorswhere road constructionactivities will take place.The RoWis the primaryboundary defining the projectarea of influenceand has been usedto set the limitsfor datacollection on natural and social environmentalfeatures (see Box 2.1). Unfortunately,the RoW throughoutthe corridorsvaries from 24 m, 30 m, 45 m to 60 m, thus requiringthe use of a variablearea-of-influence.

I In otherwords, at thetime of the SEA,there was no cleardefinition of wherefour-laning, widening,widening through villages or newbypasses might occur. 2 Giventhe hugedifference between engineering and environmentalcosts, it wasclear that themodel would not be sensitiveenough to pickup thecosts of environmentalimpacts, it neverthelesssignalled unparalleled inter-disciplinary cooperation. 3 Thisis svnonymouswith "corridor of impact"which is usedin laterparts of the document. As we are referringto road corridors,it was not used in this discussionto avoidconfusion.

4 RAJASTHM~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DA

LEGEND

...- JIERNATIONAL BOUNDARY

-STATE BOUNDARY

- TRAFFICZONE i

-NATIONAL HIGHWAY 13 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~STATEHIGHWAY r 02 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~* DISTRIC't HEADQUARTERS

1IAVW ai4M ~~t * MAJORTOWNS 2 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASEI CORRIDORS A OCOtIRA / ~~~~ PHASE1I CORRIDORS OWA 28 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~".MAHA~ CORRIDORSNOT SELECTED MADYAFOR PCC

*Conidom,are Shownby two digit n.. _f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~such0,01, 02 and03 atO., Linksarf ShOPtnby threedIgIt not. Louchas 0111, 012 and 013 at., 2 ..eL~~~~InICa01n,1,011.n30ampsnof OF ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corridor01,02 aft. Figure 2.1

SECTORALEA PROJECTCORrIDORS.

050 100 KlaometerS 1I AT SJ T

MAKARASHIR NE.AEA LASIA Af I I I Chapter2-Project Description LeaAssc,.

Table 2.1: Project Corridor Roads Road Corridors Included in SEA Corridor Name Phase I PhaseIIA PhaseIIB (kin) (km) (kn) _1 Sarkhej-Viramngam 47.7 02 Viramgam-Maliya 38.3 03 -Paianpurl 65.0 63.0 04 Deesa-Boider 05 Shamnaji-Lunavada 85.5 06 Lunavada-Halol 38.0 36.0 07 -Ladvel 08 Ladvel-Dakor 18.0 09 Dakor-Godhra 47.7 10 Vadodara-Jarnibusar 47.0 II1 Padra-Kaijan 12 -Dahej 47.2 13 Ankleshwvar-lchhapur 10.3 14 Kim-Ank-OlpadXing 15 Ilchhapur-Palsana 10.4 16 Surat-Kadodra 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 35.6 18 Bajipura-Songadh 30.2 19 -Daman 20 Vapi-Kapnli 21 Dholka-Bagodra 22.4 22 Watman-Dholera 23 23 -Vertej 24 Vertej-Dhasa 25 Vertej-VaDabhipur 26 Jetpur- 26.5 27 -Morvi 68.2 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 60 59 29 Khambalia-Okhaport 30 -Naldkarana Total 246.3 250.2 382.5 Total Phase I + PhaseIIA + II 818

Notes: 1/ Actualtotal = 881,but indudes CorridorO3 two times. once forthe upgradingofexisting lanes and then fbrtwo new lans alongthe same cTkidor,widiin the existingRoW.

7 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA

Box 2.1 The Road Corridor Boundaries

THE CORRIDOR OF IMPACT ( Col): The Conidor of Impact (Col) approach has been proposed by the Gol and the World Bank. It was applied to Phase I roads ( the ESR) of this project.The Col is defined on the basis of roadway design-speedand the distanceneeded (the clear zone) for a vehicle leaving the road to come to safe stop or to swerve back onto the carriageway.For example, for a design-speedof 80-100km/hthe clear zone should extend 4.5m beyond the standard2.5m road shoulder,thus creating a 7m-wide cleared area, beyond the edge of the carriageway.For this design speed the Col would be 21m (4.5m clear zone plus 2.5m shoulder plus two 3.5m carriageways).In urban areas, with design speeds of 50- 60kmhli,the Col would be about 16m.These Col boundaries,when drawn onto the strip maps, yield much lower and, hopefully, more realistic impacts on PAPs. In this project, the Col concept has not been applied as an absolute measure but, rather,as a guideline.For example, when schools or hospitalsborder the RoW, the Col is extendedto includethe RoW boundary and beyond. The engineering team members indicated that safety concerns dictate that obstacles within the ROW can remain only if properly matched with design speed and and the clearzone needs. Therefore,it is possibleto retaintees, but the speed must be reduced.

In rural areas, the study included adjacent land use of up to 100 m on either side of the pavement edge as well as entire villages that were traversed by or were adjacent to the existing or planned RoW. In large urban areas the first row of buildings/properties adjacent to RoW was used as the study boundary. Therefore, the relationship of the carriageway, and the edge of the Col varies, yet can be schematically shown as generally ending near the 'ditch component of the road x- section (see Figure 2.2).

30 m Typial il

R ig h t-o -W Yi

| : ~~~~7.0 nn m1 3 5m 3 . m

F C orrIdor ol tmI pact (C ol

Figure 2.2: Design Cross Section for 2 Lane Rural Highway(80-100 km/hr design speed) showingthe Corridorof Impact(Cot)

INDIRECT AREA OF INFLUENCE A distance of 10 km on either side of the corridor (a Gol specification) was used to define the indirect area of influence within which the following environmental features were recorded: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, protected forests, archaeological and cultural/religious sites.

8 Chapter2-Project Description £,.Ass7w~tEs

2.5 Time Periods

2.5.1 ConstructfonPeriod Road constructionactivities will generallybe confined to the months outside the monsoonseason. Construction activities for Phase I will begin in the 3rd quarterof 1998 and continueuntil 2001. Constructionactivities for Phase IIA should begin in late 1999 and continueuntil 2002. In the discussionof environmentalimpacts this 'periodwill be referredto as the constructionphase. More specifictiming is presented in the EMAPImplementation Schedule in Table8A.

2.5..2 OperationalPeriod Exceptin caseswhere the analysisreflects specific traffic scenariosfor years 5, 10, 15, 20 (such as for air qualityand noise),the discussionof futureenvironlmental impacts refers to the general time periods when the road will be operationalin the future. wlhichis nominally2002.

9 I I Chapter3-SEA Methodology LuAssoci.e

3. SEA METHODOLOGY

3.1 Selection of Project Roads The 818 km of Project roads were selected using the dTIMS model which incorporatedengineering as well as enviromnentalcosts for every 100m sectionofthe projectroads. Environmental cost datawere obtainedby variousevaluation techniques and enteredalong with standardengineering cost data intothe model(Vol.). 3.2 Strip Map Data Collection and Updating The main objectivesof the strip mappingwere to: * Verify and updatethe social and naturalenvironment data recordedon strip mapsprepared by the R&BD; * Plot the social,bio-physical and culturalelements within the RoWfor the study corridors;and, * Crate a strip map data base which wouldform an inputto the dTIMSmodel, the SEA,the ESRand couldbe usedfor compliancemonitoring purposes. Obtaining additionalinformation using Surveyof India (SoI), 1:50,000scale topo sheetswas not possiblesince most of Gujarat'sterritory maps are classifieddue to the proximityofthe Pakistanborder. Two surveyteams of six professionalswere deployed for one monthto recordthe land use and naturalenvironmental features along ttle project corridors. The new data collected included the number of residential and business units potentially affected by the project corridors and adjacent land uses, trees and vegetation,water crossings,wetlands, wells, archaeologicaland culturalassets. For a full list of the type of data collectedplease refer to Appendix1. Data which was not directly relevant to the text is collated in a document titled Natural and Social EnvironmentSource Infornation (NDLI, 1998c).

3.3 Tabulation and DatabaseDesign Updatedinformation for each corridorwas recordedin the field on copiesof the strip maps. The informationwas recordedusing a set of symbolsstandardised for this field exercise(see Appendix 1) and was tabulatedon data sheets in the office.Tabulated data were then transferredto a database designed in Visual FoxPro Version 5.0 (NDLI, 1998a).The updatedstrip map data sets were then transferredto AUTOCAD and computerdrawings were prepared.

3.4 Natural Environment Informnationfor the naturalenvironment was collectedat two levels. State-widedata from secondarysources were used to describebackground setting along the corridors. Additionalnatural environmentdata were obtained from the field survey, during which time the Strip Maps were updated . An ambientair quality samplingprogam

11 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates

was undertakenat eightlocations within the studyarea. National experts on the natural environmentwere consultedthroughout the project(see Appendix2).

3.4.1 Air Quality Air quality monitoring was undertaken for six parameters in order to establish if any existingor future field conditionsexceeded Gol standards.Total emissionload was also calculatedfor the corridors.Data wereassernbled from the GujaratState Pollution ControlBoard's (GPCB) database as well as fromthe eight fieldlocations. PARAMETERSSELECTED. The six parametersselected were: * CarbonMonoxide (CO) - primarilycaused by combustionof petrolconsuming engines; * Hydrocarbons(HC) - resulting from incomplete fuel combustion and evaporation; * Oxidesof Nitrogen(NOx) - resultingfrom the bumingof petrol * SulphurDioxide (S02) - due to the sulphurcontent in dieselfuel; * SuspendedParticulate Matter (SPM) - includingsuspended particulates from diesel fuel, materials/ produced from friction,tire wear, heavy metals and machine movement; and, - Lead (Pb) - addedto the petroland dischargedinto the air on combustion. DATACOLLECTION. Air was sampledat eight stations(see Table3.1) over a period of four weeks using high volume samplers(HVS) installed30-45 m away from the edge of pavementand 3-4 m aboveground. Continuous samples of ambientair were taken overa three day period(24 hours)at all eight stations.For HC and CO, hourly samplingin seamless(5) Latex Valve Bladderover an eight hour periodwas used. Thesesamples were analysed by standardmethods (Gol) in the CometEnvironmental ConsultantsLaboratory in Rajkot. Selectionof the eight sampling locations were basedprimarily on the need to capre the fuil rangeof taffic volumes(Table 3.1) in the study area. SECONDARYDATA SOURCE. Air qualitydata covering 1994-96and recorded by GPCB underthe National AmbientAir QualityMonitoring programme (NAAQM), were also used. CLIMATEAND WIND DATA. Climate data for the state were collected from secondarysources (PlanningAtlas of Gujarat,1987 and CensusAtlas of India, 1991). Wind velocityand direction,air temperatureand rainfall data were obtainedfor the samplinglocations and incorporatedinto the air qualitymodel. TRAFIC VOLuMwE The total daily traffic volume and compositionare two key factors determining emission levels along highways. As shown in Table 3.1, AADT1 traffic volumes at

1 AADT or averageannual dailytaffic volumeis measue of theaverage number of vehicles of all types, based on an annual total value travellingpast a locationdaily for a given roadway.

12 Chapter3-SEA Methodology o£ L,aAssac

the eight locations averaged from 3,182 to 13,276 vehicles per day and are representativeof the rangeof valuesfound within the study roadcomidors. Table 3.1: Air and NoiseSampling Locations and TrafficVolumes Link Link Name Sampling AADT Location (veh/day) 012 Sanand- Sachana Sanand 9,090 033 Sidhpur- Palanpur Sidhpur 10,295

& 061 Lunavada- Shehra Lunavada 5750 064 Kalol- Halol Kalol 10,532 132 Olpad - Ichhapur Olpad 6180 171 Bardoli- Bajipura Bardoli 13,276 241 Sihor- Sanosara Sihor 3,182 293 DwarkaOkhaport - Mithapur Mithapur 4,843 ANALYSIS.For calculatingair pollutionover road corridorsthe GaussianLine Source method was used to determine the concentrationof various pollutionparameters (Compendiumof Working Papers (NDLI 1998b). These estimated levels were calculatedbased on presentday trafficvolumes.

3.4.2 Noise Variationin traffic volume,vehicle type (composition)and surroundingcommercial industrialactivities are the dominatingfactors which influencethe propagationof noise.Equivalent noise level Leq was the primaryparameter selected. Dueto time constraintsnoise levelswere estimated in mostcorridors by using a single AADTvolume and vehicle compositiondatum, as well as a standardvehicle speed and then applyingthe noise estimationformulae and comparingthat with the noise levelsrecorded at the surveylocations. The locations selected for surveys are representativeof residential, commercial, industrialand institutionalland use zones. Noise levelswere recordedat all the eight locationsfor a periodof 24 hours (6 am. to 9 pm. and 9 p.m. to 6 am.) at 15 minute intervalsand at a distanceof 15m fromthe CW and 1.2m aboveground level. Soundmeasurements were tabulated as one hour mean noiselevel and then calculated for 24 hours. Recordednoise was used to establishequivalent sound levels (Leq) over a 24 hour period. These were broken down further to define six thresholds expressed as exceedingGol standardsfor varyingperiods of the time over a 24 hourcycle, ie LIO, L9Q,Lnight (9pm-6am), Lday (6:01am-8:59pm),Ldn (24hr avg.)and Lmax. Noise rating values Ldn and Lqnaxwere used to estimate sound level from all sources. Standardnoise estimation formulae were appliedto determinethe six noiseLeq levels at eachof the eight locations1.

Fordetailed discussion of calculationmethods refer to WorkingPaper on NoisePollution in theCompendium of WorkingPapers (LASA/NDLL 1998a).

13 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

3.4.3 WaterResources Identificationoi water sources,cross drainageand water infiltrationare importantin impact assessmentof road projects. This is particularlysignificant in water scarce regionssuch as Gujarat.

PARAMETERSSELECTED. * SurfaceWater. The parametersselected for the surfacewater resourceswere type and number of wetlandswithin or along road corridorsand type and number of water crossings.Characteristics of major rivers and water quality datawere obtainedfrom secondary sources. * Ground Water. In Gujarat,ground water is the main sourceof water supply for drinking,irrigation and commercialuse. The parameterschosen to help identifyany possible impactsroad rehabilitationmight have on the ground water were locationof aquifer rechargezones, depth of ground water table, levelof watertable, and the groundwater developmnent(ie extraction)zones. DATA COLLECrION AND ANALYSIS. The data for surface and ground water resourceswere obtainedfrom the IrrigationDepartiment, Ground WaterBoard, GPCB recordsand otherpublished and unpublisheddocuments. The data analysis involvedthe identificationand quantificationof the following features: * numberof water crossings(surface channels) for eachroad; llocation of groundwater recharge areas; and, * surfaceand groundwater quality in waterscrossing roads or found in the RoW.

34.4 Flora,Fauna And Habitat PARAMETERS SELECrED. The parametersselected for the inventoryof flora and faunawere: * Numberof protectedareas ie NationalPark I Sanctuariesand reservedforests influencedby the projectcorridor, * Species,size and densityof tees, greentunnels 1; * bio-diversitydata on flora and fauna;and, * rareand endangeredspecies. DATA COLLECnON AND ANALYSiS In additionto extensive,field surveys on roadside trees, data on flora and fauna were obtained through contacts with the followingagencies; the ForestDepartment, Wildlife Department, Gujarat Ecological Commission,World Wildlife Fund, and from other published and non-published sources.

1 Green tunnelsare denseRoWs of tree plantationsalong the roadsidewhich form a completecanopy over the road.

14 Chapter3-SEA Methodology ZjEt LeaAssoca.

"Tree density"along RoW plantationswas calculatedby enumeratingthe trees into three size groups (ranging in diameter-breast-heightfrom <10cm to >90cm) and countingthe number of rows plantedwithin the RoW, over a linear distancethen multiplyingto get a two-dimensionalmeasure of tree density (m2/km). With this measureit waspossible, for the SEA,to simplycompare tree standsalong many linear corridors,without undertaking major surveys.

3.4.5 Soils - Minerals PARAMETERSSELECTED. Erosion potential and condition of existing pits and quarries,to be usedfor road constructionwere the two parametersused to assessroad relatedimpacts on soils. DATA COLLECriONAND ANALYSIS. Soil quality data were obtained from the Census of India (1991) as well as from the PlanningAtlas of Gujarat (1979).Soil quality was overlainwith rainfall data in order to determinesoil erosion potential. Soils were categorisedinto high, medium and low erosion potential zones. An inventory of pits and quarries, using field forms developed jointly by the environmentaland materialengineering specialists, was undertakenin orderto assess the presenceof existing environmentalproblems such as chronic erosion,stagnant waterand licensingand generalsite managemnent. 3.5 SocialEnvironment For the socialenvironment, data needed to be presentedat three levels:(I) At the State level, background informationwas necessaryto describe the socio-economicand demographicfactors which characteriseGujarat (2) At the district level, a socio- economicprofile of districtssince the roadcorridors pass throughmost of the districts of Gujarat (3) At the local level, pinpointingdirect local impacts along the project corridorsthrough the strip mapping1 (see Section7.4). Oncequantified and assessed, these indicatorsprovided the most accuratemeasure of the impacts on the human (socialand built)environment The parameterschosen to definethe impactson the socialenvironment fell underfour major headings: demography, socio-economic,land use and development and VulnerableGroups (VG). Data for districtlevel forest area and land utilisationdetails were obtainedfrom the DistrictCensus Handbooksfor the years 1982-83and 1989- 90. The informnationon population,demography and VGs was collected from the Census of India(1991) for Gujarat State and the Socio-economicReview of Gujarat State (1997)from the Directorateof Economicsand Statistics.

3.5.1 Socio-economic andDemographic Profile The following standard parameters were used to prepare a socio-economicand demographicprofile of the State of Gujaratand the districtstraversed by the project roads.The parameterswere: * Area and People;

1 Stip mappingwas used in the SEAas a methodfor inventoryingimportant natural and socialenvironment features. Strip mapping results were also used for the naturalcomponent work of the ESR,whereas specific censuses were used for all work involvingthe RAP activityfor the ESR

15 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 4ea Assocrales

* PopulationDistribution and Density; * PopulationGrowth; * OccupationalStructure by IndustrialCategory; * Sex-Ratio; * LiteracyRate; and, * Rural-UrbanPopulation Growth. The geographicalarea, distributionof population,population growth and population density are all essential parametersin understandingthe social environmentin the districts.These parametersreflect the importanceof the location,employment base, stress and demand on infrastructureand other associatedproblems of development. The higher the density of the districtstraversed by the project roads,the higher the growth potential and therefore the greater the level of impact on the social environment. The sex-ratio(ie the numberof femalesper 1000 male population)is an important indicatorof migrationand gender equity (in a developingcountry context)since it helpsto point out the employmentopportunities in a given district.Literacy rate is a significantindicator of any districtor state's economicas well as socialdevelopment status.The higher the literacyrate the higherthe development,and vice-versa. These seven parameterswere used to assess the social developmentstatus of the districtsas well as the economicbase in relationto predictedproject induced effects. At a communitylevel, the stripmapping focused on a numberof indicatorsrelated to human settlementsand the peoplewho livein them. Thesewere: * Numberof unitsof residentialproperty; * Numberof unitsof businessproperty, * Numberof unitsof industrialproperty; and, - Numberof PAPs,both residents and businesspeople.

3.5.2 Socio-economicProfile In order to determineproject impacts at the more macro level,district socio-economic profileswere prepared.Key parameters used to generatethe economicprofile were in the followingsix productivesectors (output and growthstatistics were estimatedfor each sector):Agriculture including irrigation; Livestock; Fishing; Forestry; Minerals; Industry.

3.5.3 Land Useand Development The followingkey parametersare taken into considerationto reviewthe development that has taken place in the districtsthrugh which the projectcorridors are passing: * UrbanLand; * Agricultural(rural) Land; and, * ForestLand. The land uses affected by the project roads were measuredby five parametersthat show the amount of land in a given land use categorythat is lost as a result of the project: * UrbanLand;

16 Chapter3-SEA Methodology

* VillageLand; * IrrigatedLand; * Non-irrigatedLand; and, * UncroppedLand (in ruralarea).

3.5.4 VulnerableGroups The vulnerablegroups selectedfor this projectinclude people from the Scheduled1 Castes (SCs), ScheduledTribes (STs), LandlessAgricultural Workers, and Women (in particularwomen headed households). The term 'Scheduled' refersto the various tribal and non-tribal,economically and sociallybackward communities and ethnic groups that are listed in the Eighth Scheduleof the Indian Constitution. Although women headed householdsare also regarded as vulnerablein this project, for the purposeof statisticalanalysis, the main emphasisis givento the ScheduledCaste and ScheduledTribal population(relevant data for women headed householdswas not available).The parameters considered were: * populationgrowth; * distributionand density, * literacyrate; and, * workforceparticipation rate occupationalstructure. The data was collectedfrom Socio-economicReview-1997 from the Directorateof Economicsand Statistics,. For the purposeof the ResettlementAction Plan,any projectaffected persons from a householdwith an averagemonthly income less than Rs 2,000are also entitledto the specialsupport mechanisms for VulnerableGroups. The Socio-economicSurvey and Census of the PAPs provide the necessary data to identifymembers of vulnerable groups in the projectcorridors. Children,elderly and the disabledwho couldalso be consideredas membersof vulnerablegroups, will be eligiblefor support underthe collectivegroup categoryin the EntitlementPolicy.

3.6 CulturalHeritage India is a countrywith a vast amountof culturalheritage and Gujaratis no exception. There are many sites of archaeological,heritage and culturalsignificance throughout the state that are includedon the ArchaeologicalSurvey of India (ASI). Additionally in a very spiritualcountry like India numerousshrines and templeslocated along the roadsidesare foundin generaland throughoutthe projectcorridors in particular. Significantefforts are requiredto protectand enhancethese cultural resourcesin the face of modenisation and rapid development Efforts were made to identifyand assessthe affectedarchaeological and culhtualproperty to ensuretheir protectionand to recommendimproved access to culturalheritage sites which fall withinthe area of

1 Theterm 'Scheduled' refers to the varioustnbal andnon-tnibal, economically and socially confinedcommunities and edtic groupsthat are listed in theEighth Schedule of the Indian Constitution.

17 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaAssosates

influenceof the projectcorridors 1 *Special attention was givento the areas of cultural significanceto local communitiesand those cultural properties not protected by conservationlegislation. Stripmapping, surveys on archaeologicaland culturalproperty, and secondarysources of informationwere usedto identifythe areas of culturalsignificance of this project However,detailed informationwill be requiredwhile carryingout on-site protection and enhancementprogranimes (NDLI, 1998b). Impact and influencezones were delineatedto identify,assess, and devisean approachon protectionand enhancement of the affected cultural property. The impact and influence zones include archaeologicaland culturalproperties which were: * locatedwithin the RoW of the projectcorridors; * locatednext to the RoW and withinthe physicalinfluence zones of the project corridors;and, * located in the region of the project corridors; however, only properties protectedby the State and NationalArchaeological Departments, and places and settlementsof greatercultural significance were considered.

3.7 Community Consultation Programme

3.7.1 Approachand Timetable Communityinvolvement during the projectimproves the chancesthe affectedpeople will participatein the decisionmaking process and that they will providefeedback on issues of concem. A consultationprogramme, involving PAPs and stakeholders, includingGovemment/Non-Government Organisations and Agenciesworking in the project corridor areas was completed. Participation involved dialogue with all interested parties before making key decisions pertaining to the project. The participantswere from all sectors affected by the road improvements.Figure 3.1 showsthe organisationand compositionof a comprehensivecommunity consultation programmefor both the SEA and the ESR processes2.

3.7.2 Selectingthe Stakeholders Efforts were made to select stakeholdersfrom various administrativeand technical levels; mainly representingGovernment Departments and Agencies,representatives of Non Govemmental Organisations(NGOs) and local experts. The R&BD establisheda State-levelTask Force to provideguidance and feedbackon the social, economicand environmentalissues that could arise duringthe next four years of the project, as well as advising on specific compensationand assistance measures proposedin the SEA.

1 Oneof the mosteffective ways of preserving cultural heritage is for thepublic to visitthese sitesin an appreciativemanner aided by improvedaccess and interpretativesignage. This would raise their culturalconsciousness and serveto supportthe g,eneralconservation of culturalproperties. 2 PAPsare not consulted during the SEA,since the entire process is at a moregeneric level.

18 Chapter3-SEA Methodology

State level, leading NGOs were also consulted for their views, concerns and suggestionson issuesrelated to the projectdesign, implementation of the project,and in particularthe RAPand EMAP. Experts working with leading Research hnstitutes who have experience in resettlement,rehabilitation and communitydevelopment were consulted for their opinionabout the projectdesign and the implementationofthe RAP and EMAP.

Govemmentof Gujarat

Revenue partment ~~SocialWelfare DEpateto

Deatet RBDepartment Departmient

NGO's ~Co-ordinating PAPs LocalExperts

Figure3.1: SuggestedOrganisational Structure for ProjectLevel Consultation Programme Communitiesthat were directlyaffected by the projectwere identifiedand consulted througha limitednumber of organisedVillage Meetings and Focus GroupInterviews along the project corridors.An InformationDisclosure Guide and a Focus Group DiscussionGuide were preparedand their format followedduring the meetingsand focus groups (see AppendixI in Volume2B-ESR). The meetingswere taped and notes taken by a facilitator.Detailed meeting reports were prepared on issues and concemsraised at the meetings.These meeting reports are in Appendix2 of the ESR (Volume2B).

3.8 ScreeningAnd The ScreeningMatrix 3.8.1 Introduction Due to the scale of the engineering related economics, the dTIMS economic evaluation model was not sensitive to the much smaller (in relative terms) environmentalcost factors,therefore it was necessaryto screenthe 18 selectedproject corridorsusing a largerset of environmentalfactors 1 .

Screeningwas in fact doneon all 30 conridorssince the data were available and the sample largerto allowa more rigorousstatistical comparison. For the analysisof impactsonly PhaseI andII roads, totalling 818 kn, wereexamined.

19 .4r=atl GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates

Quantitativevalues were estimatedfor a set of indictorsfor which data were obtained from various sources includingthe strip mapping.Using this approachthe project corridorswere sorted intothree 1 categories: * CategoryA: A full EA is required,as the project may have diverse and significantenvironmental impacts; * Category B: Although a full EA is not required,environmental analysis is appropriate,as the projectmay havespecific environmental impacts; and, * CategoryC: Environmentalanalysis is normallyunnecessary as the project is unlikelyto have significantenvironmental impact. Numericalvalues for indicatorsdescribing the amount and types of land-use(urban, rural, commercial,residential and agricultural)and sensitivefeatures (such as cultural properties,people, tribal and protectedareas, trees and water sources)that would be affectedby the road constructionwere calculated.

3.8.2 IndicatorMatrix The indicatorsselected for screeningthe road corridors(see Sect. 3.4 and 3.5) were listed in a weightingmatrix (see Appendix3). The weightingwas done throughthe use of a modified Delphi technique2 relyingon professionaljudgement, based on quantitative baseline data. Professionals from the Project's environment and engineeringteam, as well as membersof the GoG Task Force including:Scientists, Planners,Economists, Engineers and NGO representativeswere askedto participatein the exercise.All were askedto considerthe relativeimportance of eachcomponent of the environmentas well as the selectedindicators in the contextof the projectand the study area.They were given a copy of the indicatorweighting table (see Appendix3) and askedto assign an importancevalue (0-100)separately for the main components and sub-componentsof the environmentas well as the selectedindicators. The values for each indicatorwere recalculatedso that the total for all of the indicators would equal 100.

3.8.3 Components of theMatrix The matrix (see Appendix3) summarisedthe significantimpacts of the road project activitiesduring the design, constructionand operation phases on the Natural and Social Environment.While a range of indicatorswas selected,most of the indicators relate to the constructionphase. Air quality and noise analysisare relevantfor both constructionand opemtioinphases. The indicatorsused in the matrixwere: numberof water bodies and wells affected,amount of tree mass lost; land acquired;number of human settlements;units and peopleaffected; and shrines,temples and archaeological

TheWorld BanK's Operational Directives OD 4.0.1defines3 categories as well.Categories inthis report are not to beconsidered the same legally, as the Bank's. categories. 2 TheDelphi process is an iterativeway of determiningand refiningthe opinionsof a group of people.Each personresponds individually, that is, not in the presenceof the group. Whilethe participants may knoweach other, each person's responses are kept anonymous. Insteadof group discussion,there are successiverounds of questionsto be answered. Infornationfrom the previous round is given to participantsso thatthey may use itto revise theirearlieranswers. There is no attempttoforce consensus. (Krawetz, N.M, 1991)

20 Chapter3-SEA Methodology

sites. Less quantifiableindicators, but also used in the screeningwere: no. of water crossings,erosion potential and the presenceof green tunnels(see definitionlater in this chapter),required a professionalvaluejudgement to determineimportatice.

3.8.4 Assessmentof lmpacts The impact scores for each indicatorfor all road links within the 30 corridors (the 1500km poolof roads)were tabulated and analysedas follows: I. First, low, mediumand high impactcut-off pointswere establishedby identifying the low third, middle third and high third range for the valuesrecorded for each indicator. 2. The highestvalue in the seriesfor the 30 corridorswas multipliedby 033 and 0.66 in orderto obtainthreshold values for low,medium and high impact 3. Thosecorridors falling below 033 of the highestvalue were determinedto be low impact; those between0.33 and 0.66 were medium, and those above 0.66 were high impact.As therewere no standardsto applyto any of the indicatorsother than air quality,it was felt that this statisticalsample of 30 corridors(1500 km) would providea more credibleassessment ofthe relativeimpacts for the 818 km of roads.

3.8.5 ldentiflcationof Hotspotsl For road links going to detailed design,ie all roads in Phase 1, the environmental features were tabulatedalong with their kilometrelocation and level of sensitivity. Using this approach hotspots were identified (in the ESR only) to help focus mitigationplans. This method shouldbe used for all road corridorsthat requirefuture environmentalanalysis.

3.8.6 CriteiaforSensitvityindex The wideningof roadswill impactthe naturaland culturalfeatures within and outside the road RoW. Each of these featureshas a tangible as well intangiblevalue. These valuescoupled with the replacement/mitigation costs can be convertedinto a measure of sensitivityof each of the features.To reflectintrinsic sensitivity of key potentially affected features, each was classified as Critical (most sensitive), Sub-critical, Standardor Sub-standard(least sensitive). Criticalfeatures are: I. Temple/Mosquecoupled with another "sensitivearea" on the opposite side within2 m ofthe existingCW; 2. Series of "sensitiveareas" on eitherside withinan urbanlink, constrictingthe highwayimprovement; and, 3. Presenceof an archaeologicalstructure within 15m of the existingCW. Sub-Criticalfeatures are: 4. Temple/mosquewithin 7 m edge of existingtravel line; 5. Presenceof a seriesof shrineson eitherside of the CW; 6. Presenceof "GreenTunnel" within the RoW of a projectroad;

1 Minimalimpacts for roadalignment were determined based on intrinsictrade-offs between sensitivefeatures, land acquisition and engineeringcosts and the recommendationswere passedon to theEngineering design team.

21 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LegAss=a;iltes

7. Presenceof a Pond,near the existing CW, on one side and shrine/RoWsof large trees on the opposite; 8. Presenceof giant treeon bothsides ofthe road; 9. Presencein the RoWsof largetrees on bothsides of the CW; and, 10.Presence of a welltube well/bore well/ at a distanceof <3.5 m from the edge of existingCW.

Standardfeatures are: I 1.Presence of Gianttrees, near the existingCW; 12.Presence of a pond nearthe edgeof the existingCW; 13.Presence of a Temple,at a distanceof more than 7 m from the edge of the existingCW; 14.Presence of a shrinewithin 7 m fromthe edge of the CW; 15.Presence of row/sof large trees on one side and within3 m of an existingCW; and, 16.Presence of a welltube well borewelV at a distanceof >3.5 m and <7 m from edge of CW. Sub-StandardFeatures are: 17.Presence of a Pond,at a distanceof morethan 7 m, fromthe edge of the CW; 18.Presence of a shrine,at a distanceof morethan 7 m, fromthe edge of the CW; 19.Presence of a temple, at a distanceof more than 12 m from the edge of the existingCW; and, 20. Presenceof a well/tubewell bore well/ at a >7 m from edge of CW. The identificationand classificationof these featuresin a hotspot matrix table (Vol. 2B) servesas a guidelinehighlighting sensitive features along the corridors.The likely impactsof ignoringthese and thesefeatures is describedin Table3.2. Table 3.2: Environmental Impact Indicator Sensitivity Measure Likelihood of Serious Likelihood of Recovery Action Needed Impact (Indicator No.) When Mitigative Measure I Applied Critical: (1-3) Mitigation unlikely. Relocate highway. Relocation, not possible. No- Alternate alignment . practical options. preferable. Sub-critical :(4- 10) Relocation, not possible. Highway design to be ______Mitigation, difficult. altered. Standard: (11-16) Reasonable risk of failure: Construct protection: Mitigation possible. walls/barriers. Relocation possible. Relocation of sensitive area may be preferred solution. Sub-standard: (17-20) Mitigation preferred. Provide mitigation or Relocationpreferred. relocationmeasures regardlessof the road alignment.

A.2

22 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration Li AssOiat

4. INSTITUTIONALSETTING, LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Introduction Environmentalregulations, legislation and policy guidelinesthat may impact this project,are the responsibilityof a varietyof governmentagencies (see Table4.1). The implementationof mitigativemeasures proposed in this SEA, often requireseveral agenciesto work co-operatively. Table 4.1: SummaryofRelevantEnvironmentalLeslation Act Year Objective ResponsibleAgency The ForestConservation Act 1927 To checkdefostaion by ForestDeparient, GoG(for land The Forest(Conservation) Act 1980 restrictingconversion of conversionbelow 5 hectuare& 40% The Forest(Conservafion) Rules 1981 fomStedamtEito non density). ______forested areas. Wild Life(Prowction) Act 1972 To protectwildlife tugh ChiefConservator, Wildlife, Wildlife creationofNational Parks Wing ForestDepartment. GoG. ______and Sancties_ NationalForest Policy 1952 To mantainecological ForestDepartnent, Gol andGoG. NationalForest Policy (Revised) 1988 sabiity throughpesevation and resation of biological diversity. Air (Preventionand Cotrol of 1974 To cotrml air polluionby GPCB& TransportDepartment Pollution)Act contolling rision arndair pollutantsaper die l______presmbedstandards. Environental ProtecionAct 1986 To poWtectad inpove the DoEF,GoG. ______overall env bomneft CoastalRegulation Zone 1990 To restricsettingup and MoEF,Gol. Regulations expansionof industries, operationsorprcesses etc betweenHigh TideLine and Low'rrde Line. CentralMotor VehicleAct 1988 To checkvehicular air and Motor VehicleDepartment, GoG. CentralMotor Vehicle Rules 1989 noisepollutior GujaratMotor VehicleRules 1989 AncientMonumnt and 1958 Conservationof cultal and IndianHritage Societyand Indian ArchaeologicalSites and historicalrenains fond in NationalTrust for Antand Culture RemainsAc:t . xda Heritage(IWrACH) TheLand AcquisitionAct 1894 Set outnrle foracquisition of RevenueDeparmen and lamdby government 1989 This Sectionpresents a review of the existing insfitutionsand legislationrelevant to this project,at the Nationaland State level,and which technically,need to cooperate in order to implement the project's environmental requirements. Regulations concerningprocedures and requirementsthat may directly concern this project are annotated. Some gaps and resource deficiencieshave been identifiedwithin the institutionsand agencies discussed, concerningtheir ability to respond to various policyand resourcerelated needs (see Section 10).The capacitiesof these agenciesto implementand conduct the necessarymitigative measuresdefined in the SEA and recommendationsfor institutionalstrengthening are discussedin Chapter 10.

23 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

4.2 NaturalEnvironment

4.2.1 Laws, Regulations andinstitutions Responsible The Ministry of Environmentand Forest (MoEF) has overall authority for the administrationand implementationof govemment policies, laws and regulations related to the environment, including conservation, environmentalassessment, sustainabledevelopment and pollutioncontrol. MoEF identifiesthe need to enact new lawsand amendexisting environmental legislation when required,in orderto continue to conserveand protectthe environmnentAt the state level,the MoEFauthority is the Departmentof the Environmentand Forestry(DoEF). The Forest Department is a sub-divisionwithin DoEF. In 1976,the 42nd ConstitutionalAmendment created Article 48A and 51A, placingan obligationon everycitizen of the countryto attemptto conservethe environment.As a result, a number of laws related to environmentalconservation were passed to strengthenexisting legislation. The MoEF gives environmentalclearance for any developmentalproject that may have an impact on the air, water and land by conductingan EnvironmentalImpact Assessment(EIA). If a project generatesadverse impacts then it requires MoEF clearancevia the submissionof an EnvironmentImpact Statement (EIS) followingthe guidelinesof the MoEF. There is no environmentalact or law exclusivelygoveming road and highway projects.Generally, such projectsfall underthe Environment(Protection) Act, 1986. Item No. 21 of Schedule-Iof the Act specifies that any highway project needs environmentalclearance from the centralgovernment in the fommof an approvedEIA. InJanuary 1994,the MoEFissued a notificationon EnvironmentalAssessments (EA), followed by an amendmentin May 1994 and in 1997. Under these notifications certain activities must obtain clearancefrinm Central and State Governmentsand obtain a No Objection Clearance (NOC) before commencing.EIA is a statutory requirementin orderto obtainclearance, if a project: * Fallsunder the 29 prescribedactivities in Schedule-Iof the notification; * Affectscertain designated area such as a reserveforest, a protectedforest, or a wildlifesanctuary, and, * Is a projectwith potentialto polluteand is an investmentof Rs 500 millionand above. In April 1997,a notificafionwas issued by MoEF amendingSchedule-I of the EIA Notification,1994 which lists projectsrequiring Environmental Clearance. The April, 1997notification replaced Item 21 of the Scheduleand stated: [Environmentalclearance by MoEFis notrequired for] highwayprojects relating to improvementwork including widening and strengthening of roadswith marginal land acquisitionalong the existingalignments provided and whichdo not pass through ecologicallysensitive areas such as NationalParks, Sanctuaries, Tiger Reserves, ReserveForests. As a result of this amendment,GSHP: Phase I does not require environmental clearancefrom the MoEF. In the case of GSHP:Phase HA and Phase IIB projectsalso the clearancerequirement is low (arisesonly in specificcases of bypasses,etc.). None

24 Chapter4-lnstitutional Setting, Laws and Administration LOSAssowal. of the projectroads pass throughany ecologicallysensitive areas ,sensitiveareas or reserveforests, etc. In the case wherea projectdisplaces a large numberof people(> 1000 people)or has significantadverse ecological ramification, public hearings and consultationmust take place. After the decisionof the MoEF is givento the proponent,it is valid for up to fiveyears. The MoEFcan playsan importantrole as the monitoringagency, ensuring the appropriateimplementation of the project accordingto the recommendationsand conditionsunder which clearancewas granted.These requirements are defined in the EIA Notification(MoEF), 1994 and are basedon the impact statementsubmitted. In 1989, the MoEF in conjunctionwith the Ministry of Surface Transport (MOST), publishedEnvironmental Guidelines for Rail, Road and HighwayProjects, and these are usedas a guideto conductingenvironmental studies of roads. FORESTCONSERVATION ACT - DEPARTMENTOF ENVIRONMENTAND FORESTS. Of all the laws, the Forest ConservationAct stands out as having particular significancefor this project Manyproject corridors will impactdozens of hectares1 of protectedforests within the RoW of the road corridorsas a result of the rehabilitation work proposed.R&BD must obtain administrativeapproval from the Departmentof Environmentand ForesVsChief Foresterto clearthe over 20 hectaresof designated reserveforests. In 1986, when MoEF enacted the EnvironmentProtection Act, the entire linear stretchesof roadsideplantations along the state highwayswere declaredas protected forest.Although the land is underthe controlof the R&BD, due to its protectedstatus, approvalof Central,Regional or State Governmentfor using the land for widening and rehabilitationmust be granted. The Forest ConservationAct (1927)was amnendedin 1980in an attemptto checkthe rapid deforestationoccuring throughoutIndia. At the state level,the governmentwas empoweredto declarereserves and protectedforest and was alsogiven the authorityto acquireland for extensionand preservationofthe forests.An advisoryCommittee was formedto supervisecompliance, within other governmentdepartments. In December 1996,a SupremeCourt Judgement further defined the types of foreststo be protected. Dependingon the size of the tract to be cleared, clearanceare applied for at the followinglevels of government * if the forestexceeds 20 hectarethan priorpermission of CentralGovernment is required; * if the forest is between 5 to 20 hectare the Regional Office of Chief Conservatoris required; * necessaryif the forestis below or equal to 5 hectarethe State Governnent can give permission;and, * If the constructionarea is more than 40% forest, permissionto undertakeany work is needed from the Central Government,irrespective of the size of the area. More then thirty years ago the State Forest Department,was, with the consent of Provincial Works Departnent, asked to be responsible for the reforestationin

1 Theestimated number of ha of treeplantations removed as a resultof roadreconstruction for eachof the PhaseI corndorsis found in the ESR (Volume 2B).

25 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .ea1Assoca=tes210CZ

highwayRoWs and along other roads,. Sincethe, forest cover of Gujarat was only 10%compared with the nationalaverage of 22%, these stripsand linearplantation are consideredto be quite important Applicabilityof the provisionsof the Forest(Conservation) Act, 1980 to the linear (road or canal side)plantations was modifiedby a notificationfrom the Gol, MoEF, dated 18 February 1998.The new notificationrecognises that the spirit behind the Forest (Conservation)Act was conservation of natural forests, and not strip plantations.In case of the "notifiedto be protected"roadside plantations, the clearance now may be givenby the concemedRegional Offices of the MoEF, irrespectiveof the area of plantationlost. While issuingthe approval,in place of nornal provisionfor compensatoryafforestation, the RegionalOffices will stipulatea conditionthat for every tree cut at leasttwo trees should be planted.If the decisionis not accordedby the concernedRegional Office within 30 days of the receipt of fully completed application,the proponentagency may proceed with the widening/expansionunder intimationto the StateForest Department, and MoEF. This projectwill requirestate govemmentapproval since the total forestedland that needsto be clearedwill notexceed 20 hectares. The approvalrequires that all forested land to be used must be surveyedand the species,size, numberof trees and location recorded. These data, plus other specific data must be prepared in a lengthy applicationfor clearance. WILDLIFEPROTECTION ACr. The Wildlife Protection Act has allowed the governmentto establisha number of NationalParks and Sanctuariesover the past 25 years, to protect and conservethe flora and fauna of the state. Locationsof these protectedareas and theirproximity to the projectroads are discussedfurther in Section 6.2.7. WATERAND AIR (PREVENTIONAND CONTROL OF POLLUTION)ACIS - GUJARAT POLLUTrIONCONTROL BOARD. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act resulted in the establishmentof the Central and State level PollutionControl Boardswhose responsibilities include managing water qualityand effluentstandards, as well as monitoringwater quality, prosecutingoffenders and issuinglicenses for constructionand operation of certain facilities, but onlv in the industrial sector. Additionally,GPCB is empoweredto set air quality standards and monitor and prosecuteoffenders under The Air (Preventionand Controlof Pollution)Act. The responsibilityfor monitoringvehicular air and noise pollutionlies with the State TransportAuthority (STA),not the GPCB.For waterpollution and erosion,there is no institutionalset-up for the roads sector.Neither the GPCB, STA or the R&BD is empoweredto monitorthe pollutionlevels and enforcethe standards.There is no co- ordinationbetween the R&BD,the GPCBand the STA. The Government of India (Gol) standards for the discharge of pollutants to the environment(water and noisestandards) are listedunder the EnvironmentalProtection Act (see Sections6.2.2 and 72.3). These standardsapply mainly to the control of industrialpollution, with someapplying to road constructionprojects. INDIANMOTOR VEEHCLE ACT - STATETRANSPORT AUTHORITY. In 1988, the Indian Motor Vehicle Act empowered the State Transport Authority to enforce standards for vehicular pollution and prevention control. The authority also checks

26 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration Le Associa

emissionstandards of registeredvehicles, collects road taxes, and issueslicenses. In August 1997,the Pollution Under Control Certificate(PUC) was launched in an attempt to crack down on the amount of vehicular emissions in the state. The Authoritys inability to carTyout the PUC tests, since they lack adequate human resources,has led to severalpetrol stationsreceiving licenses to conductthe tests and issuecertificates. To date it has not beenhighly effective.

4.2.2 GapsAnd Deficiencies The lack of co-ordinationamong these agencies is often the main reason for unnecessarydelays and ineffectiveactions. For example,the responsibleagencies for ecologicallysensitive areas (ESAs),are the Departmentof Environmentand Forest and The WildlifeAuthority (State and CentralGovernment). GPCB also acts as the regulatorfor approvingthe locationof pollutingindustries, which is the domainof the Water and Air PollutionActs and these industriesare sometimeslocated in or near ecologicallysensitive areas. Moreover,the CentralGovernment also plays a separate role underthe CoastalZone Regulations,controlling certain industrial, operational and processingactivities that are to be built in the coastal zone. Lack of co-ordination among these agencieshas increasedthe risk of seriousthreats to ESAs giventhat, in some cases, the regulatingagency for pollutionis also that same agencywhich can pennit pollutingindustries to locatein ESAs. A closeanalysis of the humanresources, organisational and legalfranework of STA and GPCB,indicates the needto strengthenexisting policy. There is no co-ordinationbetween R&BD, Motor Vehicle Departrnent and GPCB. It would be usefulif STA wouldco-ordinate with GPCBon mattersrelated to vehicular maintenance standards, thus establishing a powerful preventative mechanism. However, pollution control in the state is suffering since there is a general unwillingnessto take on additionalresponsibility since legal powers are limited, Noise standardsas well as emissionstandards have been set for motorvehicles but both are unrealisticallyhigh and rarely achieved. Enforcement is difficult and resourcesare constrained. The analysis also revealed the urgent need to create an in-house capacity within R&BD, to implementand monitorthe mitigationmeasures identified in this SEA the ESR and all future EAs (see Section 10).Until such a unit is createdthe PCC or an NGO may have to be appointedto carryout the implementationplan.

4.3 Social EnvironmentSector

4.3.1 Laws, Regulationsand Instittions Responsible There is no legislation,as yet, at the National or State level that govems the resettlementand rehabilitationof PAPs.There is howevera draft RehabilitationPolicy at the National Level, that has been formulatedand awaits approvalby the central governmentThe draft statesthat: "The effortsso far made for resettlementare utterly disappointingand hardlytouch even the fringeof the problem.The approachhas been purelyad hoc, provisionaland unprincipledand variesfrom stateto state,from project to project and from authority to authority.No single comprehensiveand common nationalpolicy has been contemplatedand adopted.The frameworkand principlesof the only national law for the acquisitionsof property,namely the Land Acquisition

27 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA leaAssociates

Act 1894.under which all land and propertiesare acquiredfor all projects, is totally inadequate and inappropriate for the problem of community displacement, compensationand resettlement.It has a differentphilosophical and ideologicalbasis." In brief,the proposedpolicy acknowledgesthe inadequatemeasures taken in the past and the inaccessibilityto studies,reports and data aboutthe projects,for the PAPs and NGOs. It suggestsfull access and informationdisclosure to PAPsand NGOsto ensure effectiveparticipation and representation.The draft policyfurther emphasises the need for a separate institutionalframework and organisationalstructure, as well as a sustained system for monitoring and evaluating Resettlementand Rehabilitation projects. The Land AcquisitionAct (LAA), 1894 is the legislationthat gives the govemment the power to acquire private land for public purposesby paying compensationin monetaryterms. It was passedover one hundredyears ago, when the role of the state in promotingeconomic development was negligibleand was basedon the doctrineof laissez-faire.Much has changedsince that time, yet different levels of govermment have increasinglybeen usingthe Act to acquireland for a spectrumof publicpurposes such as the building of thermal power stations, multipurposeirrigation systems, development of planned urban areas, widening of roads, defence purposes, constructionof publicspaces and amenities.In 1984,the Act was amendedto extend the scope of the definitionof "publicpurposes" to enablefurther land acquisitionfor the purpose of Resettlementand Rehabilitationcaused by some of the above mentionedprojects. However, legal proceduresremain the same as the originalAct and it doesnot includeany specialprocess in the case of resettlement

4,3.2 Gaps and Deficiencies In the absenceof any law, regulationor policyguidelines dealing with rehabilitationat a national level, an ad-hoc approachto resettlementand rehabilitationcontinues to divide the publicand the governmentThe approachesadopted to date were project- specificand formulatedin isolation,and are inconsistentand inadequate.This ad-hoc approach often leads to the marginalisationand impoverishmentof the affected communities in general and PAPs in particular,by disturbingtheir natural, socio- economic and cultural milieu. A definitiveNational Policy on rehabilitationand resettlement is needed with Gujarat and other states, endorsing this policy and adoptingthe legislation. The frameworkand principlesused when public propertyis acquired is found in the AcquisitionAct 1894.It is totally inadequateand inappropriatefor the problem of communitydisplacement, compensation and resettlement.The LA Act needs to be updated to include a procedure for dealing with cases of resettlement and rehabilitation.When the draft NationalResettlement Policy becomeslegislation there should be a link between the two pieces of legislation,allowing the National ResettlementPolicy to overridethe LA Act for casesof resettlement. The land prices registeredin the Sub Registrarsoffice do not reflectthe real market value of land, since owners do not give accurate informationin order to save on property taxes. Therefore,the market value assessed by the Governmentis always lower than the actual prevailing market value of land at the time of possession.

28 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration LaAssoa.

IndependentProperty Valuationexperts should be used for valuing land on this project. No statutoryassistance is providedto PAPs for moving property,or losing income duringtheir relocation. As well,no assistanceis givento coverthe differencebetween compensationand the marketvalue that would allow a PAP to replacethe property and assetsthey lost fairly. Encroachments,squatters and non-titleholders are not recognisedand are generally not consideredfor compensationunder the LA Act. The MoEFand the DraftNational ResettlementPolicy mention the need of rehabilitationsupport for encroachers identifiedduring road projects but do not require anyone to act. To carry out resettlementand rehabilitationin the future,the R&BDhas to buildup its institutional capacityand human resourcescapabilities to an adequatelevel, or assign a special extemalunit, suchas a respectedNGO or governmentagency to implement,monitor and evaluateresettlement and rehabilitation.

4.4 CulturalEnvironment

4.4.1 Laws,Regulations andinstitutfons Responsible The IndianConstitution states that, "it shall be the duty of every citizenof India to value and preservethe rich heritageor our compositecultures". As a resultof growing interest in cultural heritage in the nation, both govemment agencies and NGOs concemed with the preservationand conservation of this heritage have been established. The ArchaeologicalSurvey of India is the oldest organisationconcemed with conservationin India and continuesto be an importantorganisation, working on the protectionand conservationof monumentsand archaeologicalsites. It is supportedin its endeavoursby the state level Directoratesof Archaeologyand administersthe AncientMonuments and ArchaeologicalSites and RemainsAct, 1958.In the stateof Gujarat, only 212 monumentsand sites of national importanceand 329 sites of regional importanceare protected by the ASI and Gujarat State Directorate of Archaeology. There are numerousNGOs interestgroups involved in the conservationof cultural property in India includingthe Indian Heritage Society (IHS), the Indian National Trustfor Art and CultureHeritage (INTACH). INTACH has regionalchapters in most statesand is the most significantNGO. It acts as a referencefor governmentagencies on conservationissues.

44.2 Gaps and Deficiencies The greatestproblem with the conservationand preservationof culturalproperties is that it is often lookedupon as beinga concemof the educatedand elite,affording little accessto the rank and file citizens.In order to make conservationof culturalheritage an integral part of mainsteam economic and physical development, it needs significantinstitutional support from the sectors currentlyconcemed with economic development,policies and programmesin this country.To that end, the management of these propertiesmight be betterserved if the GujaratTourism, Tourism Corporation of Gujarat Ltd.were give responsibilityand a budgetto manage,use and developthis resource.

29 I Chapter5-Community ConsultationProgramme

5. COMMUNITYCONSULTATION PROGRAMME

5.1 Introduction In all developmentprojects the main focus is to enhanceand increasefacilities for society at large. Communitieswithin the project corridors will benefit overall, however some will experienceminor negativeimpacts as a result of the project's constructionand operation.Community consultation with interestedparties on social and naturalenvironmental concems, was an integralpart of the project,on the Phase I corridors.The projectaffected groups consulted were those who live and work along the corridor,or are locatedwithin or adjacentto the RoW, including:businessmen, residents,farners, agriculturalworkers, squatters and encroachers.Additionally, the GSHPdoes affectsome religiousand culturalproperties falling within or adjacentto the RoW Withinthe projectcorridors and communities.Local people will participate in the relocationof suchproperties before civil worksbegin. Throughout the process of consultation,the focus should be on understanding communityimpacts and obtainingfeedback from localcommunities on projectdesign and the implementationofthe EMAP and RAP. 5.2 The CommunityConsultation Programme The CommunityConsultation Programme (see Table 5.1),that shouldbe completed in each of the projectroad corridors,was irnplementedon a pilot basis in the five corridors(250 km) of the PhaseI projectroads. It yieldeda useful modelto presentin this SEA. The first step involved designingthe communityconsultation programme. The establishmentof a state leveltask force, recommendedby the PCC and WorldBank, providedguidance and advice on project specific issues. The R&BD selectedthe membersand convenedthe Task Force,which will hopefullycontinue to meet until the overallproject is finished5-years from today.Task Force attendanceneeds to be improvedor membershipadjusted by R&BD. Next, NGOs located in the project corridorswere identified. An initial meetingto explain the projectand the NGOs potentialrole was held and details of the NGOs activitiesin the project corridorwere gathered. An NGO profileor Data Sheet was completedafter eachmeeting. iutalmeetings with NGOs duringPhase I were very general. All future meetings with NGOs, spearheaded by the Environmental ManagementUnit plannedfor the R&BD (see Section 10) will be more focusedand NGOs will be asked directlyto participatein RAP implementation.Linkages have been initiatedbut now need to be firmlyestablished between the NGO, R&BDand the PCC, once interestedorganisations are identified.

31 .. :@rzQt1 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LezAniiates

Table 5.1: Stepsof the CommunityConsultation Programme Steps Group Involved FeedbackObtained MethodUsed

Develop Consultation GoG/R&BD, GoG's views and IndividualMeetings. Prgranme. SocialWelfare Dept, Revenue sgesuon for consultation Ccup Discussions Dept.. Forest DepL programe. Establish State Level GoG/R&BD, Selectionof Membersof GroupDiscussions TaskForce. Stat elvel TaskFott= Social WelfareDept, Revenue Dept., NGOs. Forest DepL NGOConsultation. NGOsin theProject Conidors Complete details as per Meetingswith Headsof .______NGOProfiles. NGOs. Consultationwith Lcal Researchistinates Obtain suggestions on IndividualMeetings Experts. proect design and implementation. Identiy and Categorise GoG/R&BD.Local NGOs. Categoriselist ofPAPs. Socio-economicSurvey likelyPAPs. and Censusof PAPs, IndividualMeetings with PAPs. Project Engineering GoGJR&BD, Local NGOs, Incotporatepreferences in VillageMeetngs Focus DesignOptions. PAPs. EngineerngDesign. Gup Interviews ConrnuituyConsultation GoG/R&BD,Revenue Dept., Plan inputs on RAP and Vilage Meetings,Focus Specific to RAP and Forest Dept., Social Welfare EMAP. Group Interviews, EMAP. Dept.,NGOs, PAPs IndividualMeetings Assessment on HRD PAPs,NGOs, GoG/R&BD | dentifytrauiingneeds. IndividualMeetings, Needsand Training GroupDiussions

The Census of PAPs and the Socio-economicSurveys for the Projectcorridors was completed by the PCC. Consultationtook place with potential PAPs when the preliminarydesign was completedand membersof the engineeringdesign teamn were availableto answerquestions on the project This way commentson the design from the communityand other stakeholderscould be passed to the design process and mitigationincorporated into the finaldesign. Community consultationspecific to the EMAP and the RAP was completed once EntitledPersons were identifiedfrom the pool of PAPs and the EntitlementPolicy and GrievanceProcedures was explained. The EntitlementPolicy had been approvedat least by the R&BD secretary,before it was taken to the EPs. Each EPs entitlement packageshould be verifiedand the process by which the EPs claim their entitlement will be definedby the EMU as part of the implementationplan (see Section 10). The EPs will be given some time (minimumthree weeks) to considerthis entitlement options beforethe EMU, accompaniedby RevenueDepartment representatives and the NGO, retumsto eachEP to make finalcompensation anrangements. Consultationwill be continuedafter resettlement,with EPswho have their livelihood impacted and who require vocational or other HRD training to re-establish themselves. EPs will be encouraged by the EMU to participate in existing governmentprogramme and the EMU will continue implementvarious components of the RAP.

32 Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programme

5.3 TaskForce Role and ProjectCommitments R&BD proposedthe make up of the Task Force and invitedthem to participatein May 1997. The first meeting,held in June, describedobjectives of the project and provideda ToR and missionstatement for the TaskForce. The membersof the Task Force are from the followingGovenmment Departments, Agenciesand NGOs and were invited.Table 5.2 liststhe Membersof the Task Force. Table 5.2:Members of the State LevelTask Force Insfitution Nameof Member Designation R&BD 1412, Sardar Bhavan, Mr.S.S. Rathore Special Secretary& Chief Engineer Gandhinagar (Chair) (CP& SP)

Revenue Department 11/8, Sardar Mr.K.C. Kapoor Secretary(Land Reforms) Bhavan,Gandhinagar

Foresty ChiefConsavator Mr. BXKMandal Conservatorof Forest Block 14, Jivraj Mehta Bhavan, Gandhinagar Tribal Research hisate, Gujawat Prof R.B. Lal ExecutiveDictor Vidyapith,Alnedabad

SocialWelfare Department, 5/8, Sardar Mr. RK. Makwana ExecutiveDirector Bhavan,Gandhinagar

GPCBSector 10 -A, Gandhinagar Dr. G.B.Soni SeniorEnvironment Scientist

WorldWildlife Fund IndumatiMahal, Ms. SmitaPradhan StateDirector WWF J.N. MargVadodara.

World WildfifeFund Vadodam Dr. SanatA Chavan IFS The R&BD is mainly responsible for planning, surveying, designing, constructing, supervising,maintaining and managingthe roads and bridges in the state. R&BD is the prime authorityfor roads and highwaysin Gujaratand is the executingauthority for this project The other membersof the TaskForce were invitedfor their technical knowledge and mandated role in issues surrounding the natural and social environmenteffects of this project 5.4 Non GovemmentalOrganisations The selection of NGOs to participate in the implementationof environmental requirementswas based on their local presence,programme linkages with potential PAPs,the number of trained staff,and past experiencein developmentprojects. An NGO Matrix was preparedand is in Appendix4. From this Matrix some of the leadingNGOs were consulted. As well NGOs working along the Phase I corridors were identifiedfor consultationand initialmeetings were completedin July (see Table 53). At these meetings(see Appendix5 for a sampleData Sheeton NGO Interviews and NDLI (1998c). Natural and SocialEnvironment Source Informationfor all Data Sheets) it was found that very few of the NGOs worked duectly in the project corridors or road side villages. Many of the NGOs interviewedcarry out their

33 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le.Associaes

programmesin the remoteparts of the districts,assuming that villageslocated near the stateroads have betteraccess to facilities,such as educationand healthcare. The NGOs contactedhave programmesin health care,rural development(recharging of wells) and Khadi VillageIndustries focusing on the rural poor and women.NGOs identifiedas having programmelinkages in the projectcorridors were asked if they would be willing to take part in further discussions and most welcomed the opportunity to participate furither. Future meetings will take place to target willing NGOs and agenciesto participatein the implementing,monitoring or evaluatingof the EMAP and RAP. Guidelines on the community consultation programme and proposed involvement of NGOs were also developed (Section 9.13).

Table 5.3: NGOs Interviewed in the Project Corridors

Name of NGO Place

Anarde Foundation Morvi Shree PudlibaUdhyog Mandir Rajkot

Red Cas Society of India Rajkot Shree Rankrishna Ashrmn Rajkot Family Planning Association of India Rajkot

Kanta Sti Vikas Grub Rajkot

Integrated Child Development of Service Rajkot

World Wide Fund forNature -India Rajkot

Grain SwarmJMandal Tankara

Integrated Child Development of Service Morvi

Orpat ChanTable Trust Morvi Mahila Samakhya Society Rajkot

Aga Khan Health Service India Sidhpur

Sarva Seva Tnst Bhandu, Mehsana Aarogya Seva Samnid Bhandt, Mehsana

Uttr Gujarat Khadi Grnmodhyog Samiti Unjha

MLN Patel Mahila Vikas Tnst Unjha

Anarde Foundation Palanpur Aga Khan Housing Board for India Sidhpur Jillt Gram Vikas Agency Palanpur

34 Chapter6-Existing Conditions L,Arncis

6. EXISTINGCONDITIONS

6.1 Introduction The followingchapter describes the existing conditionsfor the natural and social environmentat the state levelwith some informationfrom the districtlevel. Detailed informationof environmentalfeatures found alongthe roadsideare summarisedin the Coridor Profiles(see Appendix6 for an exampleand NDLI (1998c)Natural and SocialEnvironment Source Information for all CorridorProfiles). 6.2 NaturalEnvironment Overall,the study area reflectsthe dominatinginfluence of densehuman occupation and intensive exploitation of resources over long periods of time. Very little undisturbednatural habitat exists along the study corridors.Land Use is mostly intensiveagriculture or urban residential/mdustal/commercialexcept in degraded areasor in low rainfallzones. The State of Gujaratcovers a total geographicalarea of 195,904km 2, and is situated between200 06' to 240 42' North latitudeand 680-10'to 740-28'East longitude.The state has the longest coastlinein the country measuringabout 1,600 km, extending from Lakhpatin Northto Damanin the South. The statehas been dividedinto five majorphysiographic divisions: AlluvialPlains: Theseextend in North Gujaratto Bulsar in the south,and westwards to the littleRann and Banniarea of Kachchh. TheEastern hilly tract- Thistract lies betweenthe altitudeof 300-1400m and forms a majordivide. Uplandsof Kachchhand SawrashtrwThese are uplandconsisting of sandstone,shale and basalt rock with elevationsof about 150-500m sloping radicallytowards the coast The Gimarhill forestis at an elevationof 1117m. The low-lyingcoastal tract rangesin elevationfrom 3-25 m surroundingthe Kachchh and Saurashtrauplands. These low lyingareas extendfrom Rann of Kachchhto little Rann of Kachchhand to the low lying delta regionof Bhadar, BhogavoSabarmati, Mahi, Dhadar,Narmada and Tapi rivers. The Rom and little Rann of Kachchhare a vast expanseof saline wildemesswhich extend intothe salineTracts around the .For most of the year it is a desertplain but floodsin the summerdue to the monsoonrains on top of a tidal surge. The generalelevation ofthis tractvaries between 1-4 m. Most of the road corridorsare found in the alluvialplains or in the coastaltract. As a result,there is very littletopography and road corridorstraverse terrain that is flat to slightlyundulating.

35 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssocawtes

6.2.1 Climate(Wind, Temperature and Rainfall Climate plays a vital role in determiningthe character and productivityof the ecosystemas well as the pollutionlevel of the environment Wind,temperature and rainfallare the main factorsof climatewhich serveto transport,disperse and diluteair pollution. Winds in Gujarat are generallylight to moderatewith some increasein force during the late summerand duringthe south-westmonsoon season. Coastal areas experience strongerwinds, especially during the monsoonseason. The prevailingwind directions are mostly west or south-westduring the monsoonseason and north-eastand north- west duringthe Octoberto April. Temperaturehas severe effects on the condition of road asphalt. During the hot months,due to high tempemtureasphalt surface melts and withcooler temperatures at night this leads to deteriorationand road pavementcracking through expansion and contraction. Annualpeak temperatureof 450C are recordedin some parts of the State duringthe monthof May and a large partof the statelies betweenthe 350C and 450C isotherms. The temperaturealong the west coastsof Kachchhand Saurashtrais moderatedby sea breezes.The coldestmonth of the year in all parts of the State is Januarywhen the maxirnumtemperature does not exceed300C. The isothermsgenerally run east-west and the temperatureincreases steadily as one moves southwardsfrom 230 in the north to 300 in the south. Temperatureinversions can occurat varioustimes throughout the year which cantrap air pollutantsand due to acuteair pollutionconditions. The monsoonsarrive earlier in the south and east and last longerthan in the north- west; hence, the rainfallpattem ranges from over 2400 mm in the south-eastto less than 250 mm in the extreme Northwest.There are large variations in year-to-year rainfalldue to the movementof depressionsfrom the Bay of Bengalwhich move W & NW and affectthe weatherover the State considerablyduring the summermonths. The Statecan be dividedinto three differentrainfall zones (Figure 6.1): * Humidareas with more an 1000mm rainfall,includes the districtsof , The Dangs, Suratand the eastemparts of Bharuchwith the Rajpiplahills; * Mediumdry areas receivingrainfall between 500 mm and 1000mm, spreads over PanchMahals, Vadodara, and Ahmedabad,and, * Dry areas receivingless than 500 mm of rain, includesKachchh, Banaskantha and coastalJamnagar. (Census of India 1991,.Figure6.1). GEO-CLIMATICREGIONS. These rainfall zones can be combinedwith major soil divisions to generategeo-climatic regions which reflect soil erosion potentialas a result of constructionactivities, and therefore make up one of the key impact indicators. Areas have been distinguishedbetween those with black cotton soils from those withoutblack cottonsoils. Sincethe formerare highlyerodible once exposedthrough constructionactivity. The deep black cotton soils are found generally in southem Gujaratsouth of the 1000mm rainfallcontour (see Table6.1, Section5.2.5 and Figure 6.1 for details).

36 IL-

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

,-* . -. ,,,..:,...... ,w., .. 5'3

!U. . _ 0:. . I Chapter6-Existing Conditions LeRAsSaciStts

Table 6.1: Corridors Included in The Pool of 1500 km or Roads and Geo- climatic Region: BoldedCorridors were included in the SEA Dry region: Saurashtra & Central Humid Rdgion: NW and Kachchh Gujarat Southern Gujarat 0-500 mm 500-1000 mm 1000-2000 mm SomeBlack Cotton Soil DeepBlack Cotton Soil 02 Viramgam- Maliya 01 Ahmedabad- Viramgam 10 Vadodara - Jambusar 27 Rajkot - Morvi 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 11 Padra - Karjan Road 28 Rajkot - Vadinar 04 Deesa -Zerda - Border 12 Bharuch - Dahej 29 Khambalia - Okha 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada 13 Ankleshwar-Olpad- Port Ichhapur 30 Bhuj - Nakhatrana 06 Lunavada - Halol 14 Kim-Ankleshwar/Olpad X-ing 07 Ahmedabad- Ladvel 15 Ichhapur - Palsana 08 Ladvel - Dakor 16 Surat - Kadodra 09 Dakor - Godbra 17 Kadodra - Bajipura 21 Dholka- Bagodra 18 Bajipura - Songadh 22 Wataman- Dholera 19 Vapi - Daman 23 Bhavnagar- Vertej 20 Vapi - Koprali 24 Vertej - Dhasa 25 Vertej - Vallabhipur 26 Jetpur - Junagadh Based on these findings, six of the 18 corridors included in the SEA fall within a high risk erosion zone.

6.2.2 Air Quality In parts of Gujarat that are away from heavily industialised areas, vehicular emission becomes the major source of air pollution. Therefore it is essential to obtain existing ambient air quality data from the proposed road projects. To that end, ambient air quality data were collected from GPCB and firm this project's field survey. GPCB monitors 22 stations which were installed under the NAAQM programme. Out of these 22 stations, 14 fall alongside the proposed project corridors and cover a large area of the State. For the reconnaissance survey eight locations selected, which were representative of the urban, village and indigenous communities (see Figure 6.2) and complemented the GPCD stations (NDLI, 1998b). SOURCEAND FACrORS. The following are the sectors which generate atmospheric pollution: * Construction * Transportation, ie motor vehicle emissions addressed in this study * Industry * Energy * Domestic The factors which modify pollution generated by these sectors include, the use of various types of fossil fuels and other raw materials for operation. However, for this study, the following factors assume importance: * Prevailing wind direction * Weather conditions * Roadside plantation

39 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LevAssocvates

* Traffic speed, composition,type mode, vehicle maintenance,volume, road geometryand congestion.

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND EMISSION. Theambient air qualitydata were collected in the fieldover a three day period,while the emissiondata obtained from GPCB were annual averages representinga record over a three year time period. The latter revealedthat SPMis generallyincreasing in most ofthe locations(Table 6.2). Existing paved and well maintainedproject corridors contribute very littleto SPM; but at the time of constructionregular monitoringwill be requiredto ensure that ambientair qualitydoes not exceedCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB,Gol) standards(see Table6.3). Results of the ambientair quality survey are summarisedin Table 6A. These data reflectall of the pollutingsources, within the local area of the Project Corridorswhere roadswill be importantcontributing fraction to air quaility. Table6.2: AmbientAir Qualityin the InfluenceArea of ProjectCorridors

Location 1993 1994 v 1995 SPM S02 NOx SPM S02 NOx SPM S02 NOx (gim3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (& 3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (m 3

Anrkeshvwar J6 33 17 10 5 i603 36 15 Bharuch 106 35 18 6 5 3 38 19

Godhra 49 71 11 14 64 17 3 _ Sevalia 24 5 15 67 9 18 Dakor 1 55 7 67 188 9 38 Raikot 24 6 - 18 602 32 10 Jetpur 47 11 17 10

Morvi 350 46 16 122 -

Jamnagar 204 47 2 25 15 - Dhrangdhra 8.7 8 X 18 17 Bhavnagar I1 308 10 10

Modasa 156 3 12 170 3 l l _ - Palanpur 252 2 5 250 3 5 252 29 11 Deesa 241 1 6 240 2 5 268 29 13

Mithapur 241 32 5 _ - - .57 12 8

Bhuj 224 6 10 - - - 467 15 15

Standard Res 140 60 60 140 60 60 140 60 60

IndusL 360 80 80 360 80 80 360 80 80 Sensitive 70 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 Source. CPCB(1988); A'ote:Dash means datanot recordedor available,shaded area = exceedanceoflndustial standard

(

40 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions r=mz AAsowates

Table 6.3: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutant Time Concentration of Ambient Air

Weighted Industrial Sensitive Res, Rural Average Area Area *** and Other

______Areas

Suspended Particulate Annual Average * 360 u g/m3 70 pgmg140,ugIm3 3 Matter(SPM) 24 hours** 500upg(m3 50,p g(m3 200,ughO

Respirable Particulate Annual Average * 120 pg/m 3 50 pg/rm3 60,u g(m3 Matter(size less than_ 10micrograms(RPM) 24 hours** 150 g/m3 75ug(m 3 100,upgm3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Average * 8_og/m 3 15upg/m3 60S g/rm3 24hours** 120ugim 3 30ugjm 3 80ug/m 3

Oxides ofNitrogen as (N02) Annual Average * 80ougm 3 15,ug/m 3 60,ug1m3

24 hours ** 120,ug(m3 30u g(m 3 80,pg/rn 3 Hydmcarbons (HC) Not established Not established Not established Not established Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hours ** 5.0pg/m 3 1.0pg/rm3 2-0 pgrm3 3 3 3 ______Ihourst 10.Opg'm 2.0pgrn 4.0 ug/m Lead (Pb) Armual Average* 1.0pg/m 3 0.50uS g/m3 0.75 p g/m3

3 3 3 ______24 hours ** 1 _ g/m 0.75pu g/m 1.0ug/m * Annual Aithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week at regular intervals, over a 24hr period. ** 24 hourly (8 hour interval ) values should be met 98%/ of the time in a year. However, 2/o of the time, it may exceed but not for two consecutive days. t Maximum hourly average permited *** Sensitive areas may indude: 1. One km around the periphery of health resots so notified by SPCBs in consultation with Depatment of Public Heahh 2. One km around the periphery of Biosphere Reserves, Sanctuaries and National Parks, so notified by MoEF 3. One km around the periphety of an Archaeological Monument declared to be of national importance or otherwise so notified by ASI in conmltation with SPCBs. 4. Areas where crops sensitive to air pollution are grown, so notified by SPCB in consultation with Department ofAgriculture 5. One kn around the periphery of tourism and/or pilgrimage sites due to their religious, historic, scenic or other attmaction,so notified by Department of Tourism of the concemed State in Consultation with SPCB. Sourcw CPCB,Gol (1988)

41 GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA ceaAssocates

Table6.4: Result of Ambient Air Quality Survey-3 Day Average*Standard are for Residential, Rural and Other Areas

Parameters Standards Sidhpur Olpad Bardoli Kalol Lunavada Mithapur Sihor Sanand (residential)

SPM(tm 140 105.6 0.7 128.0 164.1 144.6 205.5 140.5 144.5

60 21.8 15.6 21.1 25.5 222 153 18.7 15.1

No(jA/m') 60(vr.avg.) 17.1 9.1 17.1 19.7 13.6 12.1 18.6 11.1 HC(ppmn' notestab. 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 CO Velm;1 2.0 (8hrs) 1.4 1.3 1.5 IA I.A 1.4 1.4 1.4

Pb (im; 1.0(24hzs) 0.2 0.1 02 0.2 02 03 03 02 A Source: Gujarat State Highway (PCC) Field Survey 05/1997; Planning Atlas of Gujarat Resource Profile, 1987; Census Atlas of India 1991; Indian MeteorologicalDepartment (Gol), Ahmedabad;Gujarat Pollution Control Board 1993- 1995;Primaty Survey by LASA.

6.2.3 Noise STANDARDS.Ambient noise standards were established through the MoEF Gazette Notification Date 26th December, 1989. They are based on the 'A' weighted equivalentnoise level(Leq.) (Table 6.5). Table 6.5:National Ambient NoiseStandards Code LanduseZone Day/Night' Limits Leq in dB(A) A Industrial 75 70 B Commercial 65 55 ( C Residential 55 45 D Silence Zone2 50 40 Sour= CPCB,1989, and Go, 1989 Notes IDay time isfrom6am. to 9p.m.; 2 area up to 100 meters aroundpremises of hospitals educationalinsitutions and courts whereall laudnoise isprohibited Roads are the major contributorsto noise. Sourceswhich increasethe noise on the roads are: * Trafficvolume; * Roadconstruction and maintenance; * Tyre and road friction; * Use of horns;and, * Poor maintenanceof vehicles. AMBIENTNOISE. For this projecteight locationswere selectedbased on the average daily traffic volume, vehicle composition, road construction and maintenance, observedduring the engineeringinspection surveys. Noise levelswere recordedfor 15 minute intervalsover a 24 hourperiod (see Table6.6). The data analysedrevealed that noise levels recorded often exceeded standards prescribed by the CPCB (NDLI, 1998b).

42 ~IOfF,N

LEGEND

.,. INTERNATIONA BOUNDARY STATEDBOUNDARY DISTRICTBOUNDARY NAWTPMA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SEA.PHASEI & PHASE 1I(BIB Eks) PHASE I CORRIDORS- ESR

CORRIDORSNOT SELECTED FOR PCC 0, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~* DISTRICTHEADQUARTERS * MAJOR TOWNS

POPULATIONDENSITY jPtfsonhjoq,Rns4

260 400 ffK ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~10,0.-250 IN MADHYA~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EJ NOROAO CORRIDORS "Y.n j ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FIELDSTATIONSFOR AIR UALITY 1 AND NOISEMEASUREMENTS ERAS ' ER~~~~ANAGART ,* GPOB AIR QUALITY MONITORNGSTATIONS *ANIREU , J ~~~~~~~~ow ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C-rrdo.bytIw.,11fif05,.. sUch a,11. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~$01 02 .od 03 tI.,. *Llk. wr shown by thrme dIgIT i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Rh nos, ., O11, 012 Sod 013 SI.., UnkOS011, 012 .013.t. 1,9-I 0.1 .. ,,Id., 01. 02 etC.

IL ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure6.2 SECTORALEA * ~~~~~ARWA LOCATIONOF AIR AND NOISE SAMPLINGSTATIONS, DEMOGRAPHY ANDROAD~ CORRIDORS GIJIARATSTATE HIGHWAYS PROJECT 550 100 .. ~ MHRS-tAPROJECTC000RDI00N0COIISULTDJITSERIhCEI Kiloinotes 2AVEL., ~ ~~ ~~~~N.DAEAAd LASA l I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions lsaAsso,aas

Table 6.6: Recorded Noise Levels. Location Leq(dBA) Leq (dBA) Gol Noise Standards Measured Measured L.. L.' Indust Std. Resid Std (24 hr avg.) (24hr max.) day/night (A) day/night (C) Sidhpur 67.0 77 75/70 55/40 Olpad 63.0 73 75170 55/40 Bardoli 66.0 77 75/70 55/40 Kalol 67.1 72.9 75/70 55/40 Lunavada 66.4 72 75/70 55/40 Mithapur 61.7 70.2 75/70 55/40 Sihor 68.5 77.0 75/70 55/40 Sanand 66.2 74.5 75/70 55/40 Source: FieldSurvey,1997 Notes: 1 Lmaxrefers to max valuerecorded over 24 hrs (A), (C),are landusecategories shown in Table6.5 Existingnoise level recorded in the fieldsurveys exceeded Industrial standards as well as residentialstandards at all eight locations.

6.2.4 Water Resources SURFACE WATERQUALITY STANDARDS. Ambient water qualitystandards are set by the CPCB, accordingto a sub-sectionof the Environmental(Protection) Act 1986. Water qualitystandards have been stringentfor Inlandsurface water, publicsewers, land for irrigationand marine coastalareas underthe headingof "GeneralStandards for Dischargeof Effluents"after the SecondAmendment of Environment(Protection) Act, 1988. Water quality standards vary accordingto level of contamination,and the most effectiveuse of that water,ie "best designateduse of water". The five categories of use, basedon the Gol designations,are: A: Potablewater (without treatrnent, but afterchlorinating). B: Bathing,swimming and recreation. C: Waterpotable only afterconventional treatment D: Aquacultureand wildlifefarming etc. E: liigation, industrialcooling and controlledwaste disposal. SURFACEWATER. Only threerivers (Tapi, Narnada and Mahi) are perennial in Gujarat, the other rivers are seasonal . South Gujarat receives the highest rainfall (1000-2500 mm), hence has an abundance of surface water. The river systems in southemGujarat flow from the east to west and their catchmentare large. Table6.7 liststhe major riverbasins with in the areaof influence. Surfacewater qualityof the riverswas obtainedfrom GPCB.The data is a recordof five years (1991-1996).The riverswere selectedfor the monitoringunder the national MINAS (MonitoringIndian NationalAquatic Systems)scheme which monitorsthe water quality in India's major rivers.The parametersmonitored are pH, BOD, COD and DO. The eight rivers (Table6.8) whose quality is monitored and which are crossed by projectroad corridorsare listedin and on Figure 6.1. The data at all monitoringstations revealed that existingthe quality of the riverwater is withinthe prescribedstandards(Table 6.9).

45 2=s~__' Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 5oC,ates=ia

Table 6.7: Major River Basins Within the Study Corridors' Area of Influence Corridor Name River Area Rainfall Nature of Basin (m2) (mm) river 03 Mehsana - Palanpur Saraswati 970 605.8 Non-perennial 04 Deesa - Border Banas 2937 627.5 Non-perennial 09 Dakor - Godhra Mahi 2385 1097.4 Perennial 11 Padra - Karjan Bhadar 1580 1099.8 Non-perennial 14 Olpad - lchhapur Tapi 1395 1976.1 Perennial 22 Wataman - Dholera Bhogava 2770 652.8 Non-perennial Bhadar 772 668.0 Non-perennial 25 Vertej - Vallabhipur Kalubha 500 762.0 Non-perennial 27 Raikot - Morvi Machchhu 904 675.0 Non-perennial 30 Bhuj - Nakhatrana Khari 373 335.3 Non-perennial Source:Planning Atlas of Gularat 1987. GujaratPollution Control Board (1991- 1996) and No water qualitydat availablefor these rivers, exceptfor the Mahiriver. Table 6.8: Water Quality of Rivers CrossingProject Corridors

Corridor Name Name of the Monitoring Parameters Results Obtained from

I______River Station Monitored Monitoring ' 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada Meshwo Shamlaji BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits 06 Lunavada - Godhra Panami Lunavada BOD, COD, pH. DO Within prescribed limits 09 Dakor - Godhra Mahi Sevalia BOD, COD, pH. DO Within prescribed limits 10 Vadodara -Jambusar Vishwamitra Kamatibaug DO, pH Within prescribed limits 13 Ankleshwar- Amblakhadi Ankleshwar BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits lchhapur 15 Ichhapur - Palsana Mindhola Paisana BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits 26 Jetpur - Junagadh Bhadar Jetpur BOD, COD, pH, DO Within prescribed limits 27 Rajkot - Morvi Aji Rajkot BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits Source:GPCB, (1991-1996). Table6.9: WaterQuality Standards Parameters Limits IS: 2490 Limits IS: 10500 (Industrialuse) (potable use) pH 5.5-9.0 6.5-8.5 DissolvedOxygen _ B.O.D.(5 days200 30 C) C.O.D. 250 _ Source: CPCB,199: IS = IndianStndrd Toerance Limitsfor Water;IS 2490= For industriaJeffluents dischaged intoiland surface waters;IS 10500= Specificationfordrinking water.

GROUND WATER. The groundwater resources have littlesignificance to this project, since the water is confinedin aquifers 100 metersbelow the surfaceand there are no existingrecharge areas along the projectcorridors except the narrowlong stretchfrom Mehsana to Deesa at the Rajastan border, far fom the project road corridor. Furthernore,there are no knownwells within any of the study RoWs. STATEOF WATERRESOURCE. Gujarat as a whole is a water scarceregion. Due to low reliabilityof rainfall,ground water is extractedat a massive scale. Large scale exploitationhas led to intrusionof saline water from the sea, due to reversal of the hydraulicgradient up to 160km inlandfrom the coastline.In northemGujarat ground water depletion is pronounced especially in Water quality and quantityhave deteriorateddue to gross exploitation.Every year an averageof 1500

46 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions LeaAssociates

deep tube wellsare dug for irrigationor otheruses which has led to seriousground waterdepletion; none affected by the project

6.2.5 Minerals SOILS.The mineralresources or relevancefor this projectare soil and aggregates. Thesoils in Gujarathave been classifiedby the All India Soil and LandUse Survey Organisationinto the followinggroups described below. For the locationof these soil groupssee Figure 6.4. BlacklSoils Thesesoils constitute the majorportion of Gujarat'savailable land. The sub-groupsof blacksoil are: * MediumBlack Soil: These soils are of lightershade, with low depth; and, * DeepBlack Soil:Soil depth varies from less than one meterto as much as six meters. These soils are very hydroscopic; expanding and contracting dramaticallywith changesin soil moisture.These soils are productivefor agriculturebut problematicin road engineeringas describedbelow uider Existingand PotentialErosion. Alluvial Soils. These soils are very deep and uniformvary widely in colourand texture and bear different local name. The alluviumsoils are subdividedinto i) AlluvialSandy and ii) AlluvialSandy Loam to ClayLoam. Due to high percentageof sand and claysthese soilshave higherrate of permeability.There is high agricultural potentialfor growingperennial crops as well as higherosion potential if denudedof vegetation. CoastalAndDelteicAlluvium (SalineAndAlkatine). These soils are formed due to the actionof tidewater along the coastalzone. The soil is oftensaline, poorlvdrained andwith verypoor productivity. ExISTINGAND POTENTIAL EROSION. Most of the roadcorridors transverse flat to slightlyundulating terrain and as such there are few significantcut and fill areas . Erosion, due to slope slippage and landslidesare negligiblecompared to more mountainousareas. Existing erosion problems are presentin areasof degradedland or in someareas of gullyingnear river valleys (see Figure6.3). The geo-climaticregions of Gujaratreflect areas of varyingerosion potential due to combinationsof soil type and surfacerunoff. The undulatingriparian land alongthe Tapi,Narmada, Mahi, Sabarmatiand othersminor rivers have remained uncultivated resultingin frequenterosion induced by surfacerunoff. On the basis of geo-climatic classification,south-Gujarat (1000-2000 mm) has the highestpotential for soil erosion , havingdeep black cotton soil and highrainfall. The physical properties of this soil are suchthat it expandswhen moist and contractswhen dry, hencethe probabilityof soil erosionunder these conditionsis high. In additionproper road engilneeringrequires completeremoval of the black cotton soil layer which can more than 2 m thick, increasingthe risk of erosion. PITS ANDQUARRIES. There are around 90 quarries in Gujarat wihiclhare designated by the R&BDfor use in road construction.These quarries have a varietyof geological origins with the aggregate rocks available being granite. Iimestone.basalt and quartzite.

47 GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Assocate

Figure63.3 Existing erosion problems in the formof gullyingare found near culvertsand bridgesin the vicinityof rivervalleys. (Corridor06, kmn17, eastof Ahmedabad) There are 16-quarries where aggregates(basalt; limestone, granite and quarTzites)are hauledfor this road project.The sturveysrevealed that these quarres are active at the( present time. All quarrieshave littlevegetaton cover and have not been revegetated (see Appendix7). The earth used for embankmentswill, basedon the engineeringpractice in this State, be taken as side borrow material within the RoW.. These depression have traditionallybeen usedas collectionbasins for stormnwater rnmoff and then used in the irrigationof near by fields. More oftenhowever, these areasend up as stagnantpools of water which form -breedingareas for mosquitoesand schistosomiasis.In some cases, garbage,liquid and solidwaste as well as more toxic chemicals(in industrial areas)are, disposed of there. Side borrowareas must be rehabilitatedat all times, and in fact side borrowing should be discouragedwherever possible, unless deeper irrgation ponds,where fishcan be introduced,are dug. STANDARDS.For the borrowpits, there is one national standardrecommended by Indian Roads Congress'(IRC) '¶RecozmmendedPractice for Borrow Pits for Road EmbankmentsConstruction"' 1961. Borrow sites managed and oper-atedby R&BD and properlylicensed, must follow these guidelinesas well as measuresrecommended in this report(see Seciion8.4). Strict enforcement is needed. STATEoF SoiL REsoURCE Thetotal land area,of the stateis 19.5million ha out of which the 18.8million ha is productiveland. However, 1 5.8 millionha of land require some soil and moisture conservationmeasures and has been classifiedinto thre categories:

48 LEGEND

STATEBouNDARY

- DITRICTBOUNDARY - S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~WA-PNASSIAPHASEN(VilSkm)

miiiiiiiiPK4ASE I CORRIDORS- ESR

C--ORRIDOR NOT SELECTED F'ORPOC a DItRICr HEADOUARTERs * MA"R TOWNS

* ~~~~~~~~~SOILTYES AVOM ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ALUVIALSAA1DLOAN * LWVIASANDY SOI *CDASTAL.ALLUVIAL SOI * **~~~~~~~*( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~iJ ~~~DEEPBLACKISOIL MADHYA Im SALINE SLAIC

Corridorsmrs shown by IwodIgit non.

suchO 01,02and 53lstc.. ~~~''- a~~~~~~~~~Linksare shown by thriandigSt non. t~~~~~) ~~~- no~Stchas 0l,012*nd01351c.. aLoa011,012 , 013oIt are partof conidor4i% aft51.

Figure 6.4 SECTORALEA -. ~~~~SOILTYPESAND ROADCORRIDORS

A S uu~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ilJAuA£1A1I KAARSHTRn 11I1WATSFRUJECT

100 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LIMLAL. AM.,4 LASA E I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions CC LeaAssci. a) Dry landwhere agricultureis rainfed (13.8million ha); b) Land under irrigationsystems ie major, mediumand minor (3.8 miljion ha); c) Landwhich is affectedby salinityor alkalinity(1.2 millionha). The land in most parts of the stateshows excessive loss of top soils, exposedsub-soil and bed rockentrenched gullies and ravinesas a resultof fluvialerosion and to some extent by aeolian action. The semi-arid climate of Gujarat and over-use of its vegetativecover and soilshas ledto a steadytrend of environmentaldegradation. This has resulted in increaseddesertification, soil salinisation,and soil loss. The loss of roadside trees will contribute to this continued degradation,until the replanted seedlingsreach a sizewhere they will produceshade and leaf litter.

6.26 Flora Gujaratcontains a great diversityof naturalecosystems ranging from desert,semi-arid lands, mangrovesand coral reefs in the west, to dry deciduousforests in the central and northernzone and to moistdeciduous and evergreenforest in the south. BIODVERSITYAND ENDANGEREDSPECIES. There are 2,198 species of higher plants belonging to 902 genera and 155 farnilies which represent 13% of the flora of the country,in Gujarat. Theecology of SouthernGujarat has been intensivelystudied whilethe rest of the State remainsvirtually unexplored botanically. Ten species of mangrovesare listedfrom Gujarat However,a drasticreduction has been noticedin recentyears due to extensivecutting for timber,fuel and fodder.As a result,five mangrove species are now on the rareand endangeredspecies list. There are about 1,933 species of Algae reported from Gujarat, out of which 210 species are marine.As a sourceof food, fodder and fertilisermarine algae have been used for a long time. Ethnobotanicalstudies canied out by severalinvestigators have identifiednearly 1200 plant species used by tribals for meeting their multifarious requirements(GEC, 1996). FORESTS.Forests play a key role in maintainingthe water cycle, soil fertility and moisture,floods and wind control,mitigation of air and noise pollution,as well as providingshade, shelter and wildlifehabitat. Gujarat has one of the lowestpercentage of forestcover in India due to predominantlylow rainfalland a long history of over use of forest resources.While 9.7% of the state's land area is declaredforest only 6.7% is actually covered by forest,as against 24% of the country as a whole (Mr. Bahrain Patty, Department Conservator of Forest, personal communication).In Gujaratthere are now 12,698km 2 (65.0%) of Reserve Forest, 1,105kn 2 (5.6%) of ProtectedForest and 5,732km 2 (29.3%) of UnclassifiedForest. The majorconcentration of forestcover of Gujaratis foundalong the easternborder of the state and the hilly portionsof Saurashtraregion. The four districtswhich contain the most forests are Junagadh,Dangs, Valsadand Surat The tree plantationsalong the roadsidesof the 818 km or roadwayaccount for a small portionof the total forest area but neverthelessprovide importantlocal habitat and climate control functions. Plans have been prepared (see EMAP, Section 8) to protect these areas wherever possible. Natural forests are classifiedon the basis of tree species, growth pattern and other factors suchas amountof rainfall,temperature variations, type of soil and its texture.

51 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume2A: SEA oastes

The irregular distributionof forest cover is due to the variation in rainfall and physiographyas well as ongoingdeforestation through illegal timber cutting and fuel wood collection.The effort to protectforest land from furtherdeforestation was laid down in the " IndianForestiy Act of 192T'which defined four categoriesof forests: * ReserveForests - These are generallylarge areas of forestedtracts which are managedby the stategovernment in which harvestingtimber and fuel wood is strictlyregulated. These includevillage forests which is any land constitutedas reserved forest that has been assignedto a village communityby the state govemment. * Protected Forests - These include either larger or small areas of forest or wasteland,which can be harvestedfor the publicbenefit and is regulatedby the ForestDepartment. * UnclassifiedForests - Theseare any forestedareas that have not been declared as reservedor protectedforests. * PlantedForests - Theseare areasof tree plantationssome of whichoccur along the roadsideand are knownas stripplantations. RESERVEFOREST . Two of the projectcorridors pass within 8-10 km of Reserved Forests.One locatednear Lunawadaalong Link 054 is a teakplantation forest that will be unaffectedby the two lanetreatment, the other is near Junagadhnear Link 261 on the way to Jetpur is called and has no forest cover near the highway.Strip plantationof trees withinthe RoW of StateHighways have been declaredas Protected Forestsin many areas.Compensation for lossof roadsideplantation forest is discussed in Section8.2.4. TREEPLANTATIONS. Tree plantations (strip plantations, plantation forests) along the RoW are characteristicof many of the road corridorsin the state. These trees have been plantedalong the state highwaysat varioustimes in the past through various programmes.As a result, there is no overallset pattem to the way trees have been planted.In general,the older trees have been plantedin an irregularfashion close to the road, while youngertree plantationstend to be denser,more regularand farther fromthe road(see Figure6.5). Banyantrees, in particular,as they get older grow very large trunksand with time this outwardgrowth puts them closerto the edgeof the CW. Some of the trees are quite old and very large and can be significantfocal points for communityinteractions and activities.These we have referredto as gianttrees and are furtherdescribed as an indicatorin {Section73.4.} In somecases the trees are-largeand regularenough to form of a canopy over the road which is referredto as a green tunnel. These are further describedas an indicatorin Section7.3.4. Most of the tree plantations have been planted through the action of the Social ForestryProgramme described below.

52 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions LeaAssocatles

Figure 6.5: Manytree plantations are foundwithin the RoW whichwere planted by the SocialForestry Department. Shown here is a denseplantation of small treeson Corridor03 nearMehsana.

SOCIALFORESTRY. The initiativetaken by the MoEF to imcreasethe forest cover nationi-wideto 33% (NationalForest Policy 1952) gave rise to the creation of the SocialForestry Programme which has involvedlocal communities in the plantingand maintenanceof plantationforests. Gujarat was the first stateto createa SocialForestry Departmentin 1969 and this departinentbecame the model for the rest of India. Between 1980 and 1995theSocial ForestryProgramme received funding from the World Bank and a number of other donors. The most recent phase called the IntegratedForestry Development Project involved the planningof multi-canopy/multi species forests,in orderto increasethe densityof trees as well as biodiversity. In conclusion,since the studyarea has experiencedintensive land use for a very long time there are no primaryforests nor naturalvegetation communities left. The main vegetationconsists of Tree Plantationswithin the RoW, which provideshabitat and shelter for wildlife. In general there are more trees within the RoW than on the adjacentlands.

6.2.7 Fauna BIODVERSrrYAND ENDANGEREDSPECIES. The invertebratefauna of Gujarat is relativelyunknown while the vertebratefauna has been studiedfairly well. There are 364 species of fish, 19 speciesof which are in the endangered/threatenedcategory. There are 19 amphibianspecies, most confinedto the southemdistricts of the State. Seventy-eightspecies of reptiles are reportedfrom Gujarat and eight of them are placed in the Red Data Book (for vulnerable,threatened and endangeredanimnals) of

53 ,lf GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeBAssociates

the ZoologicalSurvey of India.Many reptilian species are facingsevere threat due to habitatdestruction. The avian fauna of Gujaratis unique and is representedby 454 resident/migratory birds. Eight species are placed on the endangeredlist and five species on the vulnerablelist in the Red DataBook. In additionto this, I I speciesof birdsare listed as endangeredor threatenedspecies by the Marine Nationalpark authorities.The mammalianfauna of Gujaratcomprises 69 specieswhich represents 18.5% of the total number of Indian mammals. Four species are listed in the Red Data Book as endangeredwhile ten speciesare listedas vulnerable. Whilethere are a substantialnumber of the largerspecies found in Gujaraton the rare and endangeredspecies list due to habitat destruction,the non-forestbird life in particularand smallmammal populations are surprisinglyhealthy. A legacyof private reservesand a mainlyvegetarian population has enabledthe survivalof wild life populationsfar above those found in other countrieswith populationsdensities approachingthose of India(WWF, 1992). PROTECTED AREAS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA OF INFLUENCE . All of the protectedareas of the stateare depicted,along with projectcorridors, on1 Figure 6.6. A list of the nationalparks and wildlifesanctuaries of the state,which fall within 10 km of the studyroads. are listedin Table6.10. None of the projectcorridors pass directly throughany of the protectedareas, however,the boundaryof the Wild Ass Saiictuary (Link- 022)is from 2-5 km fromroad Link022. TheWild Ass is frequentlysiglhted and often crossesthe road.Fortunately, there have been few collisionssince it keeps its distanceand easilyavoids traffic. (Mr. PravinMajithia, ACF, Wild Ass Sanctuary; Mr.Pal, GaggaSanctuary - MarinePark, , pers. comm.). There is little or no effect of the existingroad corridorson the other sanctuaries. SundarpuraChinkara Sanctuary (Corridor 10) is a fencedin enclosurefor blackbuck. TlheMarine Park at Jamnagaris 10 km fromthe end of the PhaseI selectedLink 283 at Falla.It is 2 km fromBed at thejunction of Link284 - 285.All of the speciesin hie parkare confinedto thecoastal zone. The rest of the protectedareas are distantenougl fromthe roadsfor thereto be no effect.

6.3 SocialEnvironment

6.3.1 Introduction TheGujarat StateHighways Project will solvethe increasingproblems of rapidtraffic growthand realisethe potentialfor industrialisationin Gujarat.Due carewas taken in selectingthe road corridorsby R&BD in orderto spread the benefitsof the project throughoutthe state(Figure 2.1). Of the 16districts traversed by the projectcorridors, Surat has as manvas six corridors out of a total of 30. Thedistricts of Ahmedabadand Rajkotfollow with five and four corridorsrespectively. With regardto the lengthof the corridors,Jamnaaar district has 230 kmof road,followed by Surat,Rajkot and Ahmedabad(see Table6.1 1).

54 Chapter6-Existing Conditions L.e As5 8a:

6.3.2 DemographicProfile of the Districts The districtscontaining project corridors are describedin the followingprofiles which contain demographic,socio-economic and cultural information, as well as an overviewof land use and development Gujarat is dividedinto 19 districts,16 of which containthe total projectcorridors. The districtof Kachchhis the largestand accountsfor 23% of the total area of the stateand Valsad is the smallestaccounting for 2.5%. In 1991 (last census)the populationof Gujaratwas 41.3 million.The distributionof the populationshowed that Ahmedabadhad 11.6%and Surendranagarhad only 2.9% in 1991.The peopleof Gujarat are comprisedmainly of Gujaraswho are found all over the state, , Katchis,the people who have migratedfrom (now in Pakistan) and the Kathis, who are essentiallynomadic and have a pastoral occupation.The fourth groupis the Bhilswho originallyinhabited the hillytracks of Gujarat. POPULATIONDwStRIBumIoN AND DENSITY. The population is not uniformly distributeddue to the agriculturalproductivity and industrialgrowth patterns.The centraland southernareas of Gujaratare the mostdensely populated regions, namely, Mehsana. Ahmedabad,Kheda and Vadodara ,ranging in size from 236 to 630 personsper km2. Of all the projectcorridors, five pass partly or fully throughthe very high density districtof Ahmedabadand > 15 corridorspass partlyor fully throughthe high density districts; another 21 corridors pass partly or fully through the moderatelydense districts.Only one corridortraverses a lowdensity district, Kachchh. POPULATION GROWTH. The growth of the populationin the districts of Surat, Ahmedabad,Vadodara, Rajkot, Panchmahals, Bhavnagar and Banaskanthahas been high during 1981-91.Only two districts,Surat and Ahmedabadhave experienceda populationgrowth rate that is closer to the state averageof 21% (per decade).The populationgrowth rate during 1981-91in the districtsof south Gujarat was high, rangingbetween 193% to 36.3%. The growthof populationin the districtsof CentralGujarat was relativelylow ranging from 14.1%to 273%. The Districtsin Saurashtmregion have experiencedthe lowest populationgrowth rate in the state, ranging from 12.2%to 22%. Interestingly,the Kachchh districthas the lowest populationdensity but has experiencedthe highest population growth, of more than 20 %, which may be attributed to the recent developmentsin the industrialand miningsectors. Eight of the projectcorridors traverse partly or fullythrough the districtshaving a high populationgrowth rate. Thirteencorridors pass partly or fully through the districts having a mediumgrowth rate and as many as 15 corridorspass throughthe districts that have a low growth rate. Only three corridorspass through districtshaving very low growthrates (see Figure6.7).

55 Table 6.10: Protected Areas Within Project Influence Area No 2 Regional Nameof Nameof the Distanec from Distancefioom Arca(kit ) Representative Remarks I)ivision Sanctuary Districst town corridorlink # species

. ______within SEA 2. Sundarpura Vadodara 3 In S of 4km firom#101 1.3 Blackbuck Privatelyoined reserveof the Gayacoitfamily, nmn as Chinkara Vadodara a charitabletrust. Sanctuary . 3. Kachchh Wild Ass K.chchh 22 km N of 5 km from #024 4954 Wild ass, wolf, nilgai, The little Rannof Kachchhis a flat, salinewilderness Sanctuary nearMaliya chinkara, black buck, of xerophyticvegetation punctuated by isolatedBeyts fox, jackal, desert cat, (oases).The only placewhere wild assoccurs in India .______.______caracal outsideof Ladakh. 4. Saurashtra Jamnagar amnnagar 10 km N of 2-10 kmn from # Park: 163 Coral reefs, seaveeds, A very diverse area of coastal marine species, MarineNational Jamnagar 284,285,292, 293, Sanctuary: mangroves, marine including the only coral reefs in India outside of Park & 2 but has port and 295km turtles, dugongs, lIkshadweepand a uniquepopulation of mangroves. Sanctuary industrial dolphins,coastal birdlife Area threatenedby deforestationand increasing development industrialpollution. behte coast and

5. Saurashtra Khijadia Bird Jamnagar 10 km E of 6km fron #283 6 Diversevaterfowl This brackishwater wetland harbours diverse resident Sanctuary Jamnagar andmigratory biris.

56 - _ .... ,., __RAJASTHAN

PAKISTAN 1W- . _- _ | ]; )tASfl

LEGEND

_____ , !ITEAT ALBU

s-nRm.Dr_~~~~~~~~~~~ nmv _ ; =NY I I 1 EAR~~~~~~~~TAEOUDR-TRICT tv L_w_ s ;;f tK - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SEA.P"BEAPASEN (11S km-) = .dom ams CORRd-t.b ESR

0 404. -0 PHA CO GL-UFOFTKACHCHH R1Isic., T

SACUABDAIlTOCTHADOARUARTK"

NiEtTOROWNS

mw PRADESAARABSEA . L 5 l.!.!.r m} Z S L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~nsOfj LIhLAink so. ShwEA 2L yUudg nwn I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions ZsAsoE!.

Table6.11: Lengthof ProjectCorridors District Corridors length District Corridors length (km) (kmn) Jamnagar 28 & 29 227 Mehsana 03 39 Rajkot 26. 27,28 & 02 143 Ahmedabad 01, 02.07.21 138 & 22 S'nagar 02 91 Kheda 07, 08 & 09 102 Bhavnagar 23, 24 & 25 93 Panchmahals 05, 06 & 09 122 Junagadh 26 13 Vadodara 10& 11 60 Kachchh 30 50 Bharuch 10. 12 & 13 100 Banaskantha 03 & 04 70 Surat 13.14,815.16 153 17&18 Sabarkantha 05 58 Valsad 19 & 20 14 OCCUPATIONALSTRUCTURE OF POPUlATION. Agricultureemploys the largest number of people in all parts of the State. The working populationof the state accountsfor 40.2% of the total population.In the districtsof Saurashtraregion, over 60% of the workingpopulation are engaged in agriculturalactivities. The picture is more or lesssimilar with the districtsof North and South Gujaratexcept Ahmedabad, Surat and Vadodara,where secondaryand tertiary work forces dominate. These districts are industriallydeveloped and provide opportunitiesto work in both the secondaryand tertiarysectors, especially in largemanufacturing (see Figure 6.7). LrTERACYRATE. The averageliteracy rate of Gujarat State, 51.1% is slightlyless than the Nationalaverage of 52.2%.Only eight districtshave higherliteracy rate than the state average.The eight districtsare highlyurbanised, industrialised and densely populated and they are Valsad, Surat, Bharuch, Vadodara, Kheda, Ahmedabad, Mehsanaand Rajkot(mostly in cental and southGujarat regions). The literacyrate of the ScheduledCaste population(61.1% overall) is relativelyhigh compared to that of the total populationin all 16 districts through which project coridors pass, exceptin Kachchhand Banaskhantha.The Valsaddistrict has a rate of 80.9%followed by Ahmedabadand Surat districtswith 70.9%.The districtsof Kheda and Vadodarahave literacyrates of 69.6%and 69.5%respectively. The 36.5% literacy rate among the ScheduledTribe population(Census of India, 1991) is lower than that for both SC population(61.1%) and the total population (5 1.1%).In only nine of 16 districtsthe literacyrate of ST populationis more than 50%. The ST populationin Rajkotdistrict, has the highest literacyrate (61.7%)in the population, followedby STs in Bhavnagarand Ahmedabaddistricts with 58.2% and 48.5% respectively.The lowestST literacyrate is registeredin the Kachchhdistrict (19.2%).Five corridorspass partly or fully throughthe districts(Kachchh Talukas of Panchmahalsand Banaskantha) which having the lowestliteracy rate and almost all the remainingcorridors pass partly or fully throughthe remaining14 districtswhich having moderateliteracy rates (see Figure6.7). RURAL/URBANGROWTH OF THEDIsTcrs. The rural/urbansplit of the total populationof Gujarat was 34 to 66% as per the 1991 census. The share of rural populationdeclined from three fourths to two thirds as urbanisationincreased at a faster rate duringthe lasttwo decades. Of the 16districts included in this project,only three districtsPanchmahals, Bharuch and Valsad experienceda highergrowth rate in the '90s than in the previousdecade (1981-91) . In all the remainingdistricts, the nural populationgrowth rate was lowerduring 1981-91than during 1971-81.

59 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 5OcrnteS

In contrast,during this same periodduring (1981-90),the urbanpopulation increased tremendouslyin three of the least developeddistricts of Kachchh,Banaskhanta and Bharuch.The most industrialiseddistrict, Surat had experienceda significanturban growth rate of 61% during 1981-91,the highest in the state. Seven districts have recordedurban growth rates of morethan the state average(33.6% per decade).The fastest industriallydeveloping district, Jamnnagar has experiencedthe lowest urban growthrate with 17.7%(the rapidindustrial growth has beensince 1991). Ahmedabadwas the most urbaniseddistrict in the state with 74.7% of its population living in urban centres in 1991. Surat and Bharuch districts(50.6%) followed, and Rajkotin the Saurashtraregion was next with47.1%.

6.3.3 Socio-economic Profileof Districts Current GDP figures for the state of Gujarat were not available,therefore national level figureswere used. State levelnet domesticproduct (NSDP) data wereavailable and in 1996-97was approximatelyRs 526 billion. This representedan eight-fold growthfrom Rs 65.47 billion in 1980-81.Per capitaNSDP at the same periodgrew from Rs 2,940 to Rs 11,733at currentprices. However, NSDP at constant(1980-81) prices grew slowlyto Rs 141.7billion in 1994-95;consequently, per capitaNSDP in the same periodrose to Rs 3,214during the samneperiod. - Among the various sectorsof the stateeconomy, growth was particularlystrong in agriculture, manufacturing,trade and transport banking and insurancewhere the NSPD increasedby 35.5%,8.7%, 9.90/o and 12.70/orespectively in 1994-95in relation to 1993.Growth of the tertiary sectorof the economyhas been encouragingsince the late eighties. Ahmedabaddistricts contributed 21.8% of NSDP, followedby Surat (12.2%),Rajkot (9.8%)and Vadodara(6.8%) in 1996-97).Contribution of the Dangsdistrict was the lowestat 0.2%,along with Gandhinagar(1.3%) and Amreli(1.57%). None of the projectcorridors pass throughthe low incomedistricts, but morethan half the projectcorridors pass throughthe high incomedistricts. AGRICULTURE.Around 56% of Gujarat'spopulation are engagedin agriculture.For about last 20 years, net area under agricultual productionin the state is slowly shrinking.Nonetheless gross cropped area remained constant during this period.Most of the agricultureis rain fed and the croppingintensityl remains within 112to 114 since 1980-81, which is substantiallylower an the nationalfigure of 130.

1 Croppingintensity is the ratio of grosscropped area to netcropped area.

60 R; _ LEGENDUaJSTHAN

- W4mTERNmOtBOUNDAR

.... STATeBOUNDRY

SEA.-PiA I&P4HASEII(SlS km) PHASEI CORRIDORS- ESR CORRMORSPHASE i CORRIDORSNOT SEI.CTED FORPC0

D.ITRICT HEADQUARTERS * MAJORTOWNS

OcCUPATIONSTRUCTU

100

* TERTIARYSECTOR POPULATIONGROWrH RATE I%) 1001.1001 Es27.1to 36 0 20.7ta27.1 [B 14,3o 20.7 M 12 1014.3

Paid mad Figure46.6 SECTORAEA DEMOGRAPHICPROFILE OF A ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TOTALPOPULATION

...... MAMARABHTR 011A11A131111 .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~M5IIUWATS P31116T &NM ~~~~~~~~~~~0 50 1W olbii04,0660m ~~~~~~~LIAEA LASA L.AW 41 I I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions 02t LetAssowa&

Net ¢irgatedarea in Gujarat is 26.90/oin 1993-94,up from20.9% in 1980-81,during the same periodgross irrigatedarea increased from 21.7% to 28.8%.The increasewas mostlydue to groundwater irrigation.Ground water irrigationpotential in bhe stateis almost exhausted.The ultimate irrigation potential from all sources is 56% and pendingthe completionof Sardar SarovarNarmada Project (SSNP), it is difficultto extendirrigation in the state. Food crops accountfor 48.2% of the grosscropped area in 1993-94.Cereals account for as muchas 84%of sucharea underfood crops. 'Bajra' is the most importantcereal (producedon 36.6% of gross area under cereals) followedby wheat (22%), rice (18.5%),maize (11%) andjowar (10%).Cotton and sugarcaneoccupy almost all area under productionof non-foodcrops. Although area under cultivationremained more or less constant since 1980-81,the productionof all crops has doubled by 1995 (Appendices7.10,7.11,7.12,7.13). Among the districts,Mehsana contributed 10.1% agricutural productionin the state followedby Surat (9%), Banaskantha(9.2%), Kheda (6.9%)and Rajkot (6.7%), in 1996-97.The Dangshad contributedonly 03%, Gandhinagar0.9% and Bharuchhad 237%. Apart from Corridor 12, all corridors pass through districts with significant agriculturalproduction. LIVESTOCK.Total livestockin Gujaratis estimatedto be 196million in 1992.About one-third of these were cattle, with buffaloes accountingfor another 26%, goats 21.5%,and sheep 10.3%.In addition,there are around 57 millionpoultry fowl in the state.Between 1982 to 1992,livestock grew by 63% and poultryby 59.2%. Dairyfanning is an importantsector in the stateeconomy. Milk productionin the state has increasedfrom about2.1 milliontonnes in 1980-81to 3.9 milliontonnes in 1993- 94. Egg productionhas substantiallyincreased as well E[IiHEES.Gujarat has a long coastlinebroken by severalbays, inlets,estuaries and marshland.The area availablefor fishingextends from Lakhpatin Kachchhdistrict in the Northwestto Umbergaonin Valsaddistrict in the south.The total numberof active fisherman in Gujarat in 1985-86was 80,000 which rose from 49,000 in 1980-81. Productionof fish was 221,000tonnes in 1975-76;336,000 tonnes in 1985-86and estimatedat 715,000tonnes in 1994-95,which is worth Rs 10.1billion. Marine fish productionis about 900/Oof total fish productionin the state. The net worth of fish exportsduring 1994-95was Rs 4.2 billion(87,000 tonnes). With the exception of Amreli the project road corridors pass through all of these districts. Road improvementsare expected to benefit this industry through the provisionof bettertrnsportation corridors,and fasterdelivery times. FoREsTs. Total area underforests in Gujaratis 19,300km 2, which is less than 10%/o of total geographicalarea of the state. Reservedforests account for about 70% of all forestsin the state. Major forest products in the state were estimatedat 241 thousand cubic meters in 1984-85and 516 thousandcubic metersin 1985-86,worth Rs 32 million and Rs 45.9 million respectively.Forests in Surat circle (which includes the Dangs district) accountedfor 89.1%and 82.2%of suchproducts, respectively.

63 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA so-aBtes

Total revenuefrom minorforest products was Rs 2.55million in 1984-85and Rs 1.89 million in 1985-86.Vadodara circle accountedfor as much as 74% of these minor products in 1984-85,and 48% in 1985-86.Surat circle contributed 12% and 14% in those years, followedby Junagadh(6.3% and 22.3%)and Valsad (3.4% and 4.6%) circles. None of the GSHPproject corridorspass through(or even near) the reserve forests. Corridors 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 pass throughdistricts that have significant forestproduction. All roadsideplantation (within the RoW) are designatedas protected forest. Such protectedplantations are describedin the respectivecorridor profiles. MNERALS.The value of mineral productionin the state has been provisionally recordedas Rs 27.6 billionin 1995-96,up from Rs 16.4billion in 1990-91and Rs 2.9 billion in 1980-81.In currentprices, therefore, there has beena significantincrease. In terms of quantity, there was less significantgrowth. Productionof 25 major minerals rose from 19.9million tonnes to 22.9 million tonnes, a growth of 14.4% during 1991-96.In the same period, growth in the value of productionwas 68%. Productionof oil and natural gas doubled both in quantityand value of production during 1985-95. Junagadh(with 36.2%of total productionin the state)followed by Kachchh(24.6%), Jamnagar(14.8%) and Amreli (12.6%)are prominentproducers of major minerals. Bharuch,Panchmahal and Amreliare leadingdistricts in the state in productionof minor minerals. Ahmedabad, Gandhinagar and Dangs are districts without any significantproduction of minerals.In terms of oil and natural gas all coastaldistrict have high production (and potential) led by Vadodara, Bharuch, Jamnagar and Kachchh. Corridors6, 10, 11, 26, 28, 29 and 30 pass throughthe districtswith high production of minerals, whereas Corridors 01, 02, 03, 04 and 05 pass through areas of low mineralproduction. INDUSTRIALATION. Accordingto the annualsurvey of industries,1992-93, Gujarat had a share of 11.2%in the gross value of outputand 113% in net value added by manufacturingsector in the country.The numberof works in Gujarat is about20,000 in 1997,which has increasedat a rate well in excessof 10%0 annually. The numberof small scale industrialunits (SSIUs)in 1997was morethan 200,000,which was a five fold growthfrom 43,712 in 1980-81.There is correspondinggrowth in the household and cottage industries.In recent years, incrementalinvestment in large and medium size industrieswas betweenRs 20 to 40 billion.At present, large projects with an investmentof Es 1,300billion are at variousstags of implementationin the state.Flow of total investmentin the industrialsector was growingat a rate of more than 50% per annum in recentyears. Ahmedabadhad been the focus of industrialdevelopment in the state with 26.7% of the factoriesand 24.3%of SSIUs.Other industriallydeveloped districts in the stateare Valsad (with 11.4%of the factories),Vadodara (11.3%), Surat (11.3%),Rajkot (8%), Mehsana (5.8%), Bharuch (4.9%b)and Kheda (4.8%). The districts of the Dangs, Kachchh,Sabarkantia, Banaskantha and Amreliare industriallybackward districts.

64 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions

Amongthe large projectsunder implementation, Surat has 318 of these worth Rs 288 billion (22.9% of total investmentin such projects), Bharuch Rs 269.5 billion (21.43%) and Jamnagar Rs 283.4 billion (22.6%). Now proposals for industrial projectsare dispersedall over Gujarat,and a more spatiallybalanced, rapid industrial developmentis anticipated(refer to 7.15). 6.3.4 Vulnerable Groups These groupscomprise of ScheduledCastes (SCs), ScheduledTribes (STs),Women HeadedHouseholds, Landless Agricultural Workers and householdswith an average monthlyincome less than Rs 2,000.Gujarat has a significantpopulation of scheduled tribe population(more than 90/oof the total ST populationof the nation).In the case of SC population,Gujarat does not havethat significanta share(only 2% of the total SC populationof the nation).A brief discussionon Gender and Developmentissues is included at the end of this section. However,women-headed households are not discussedin detailin this reportfor lackgender specific data at this level. SCHEDULEDTRIBES.Gujarat has a significantpopulation of ScheduledTribes, 9.1% of the total ST populationof the nation.According to the 1991 census,in Gujarat, there are 30 specifiedindividual Scheduled Tribes. Among these, the Bhil tribe is the largest group. The other groups include Dubalas, Dhodias, Gamits, Kotwalias, Klathodias,Kolghas, Padhars and Siddis.These are mainly concentratedin seven districts along the eastern border of the state in Valsad, Surat, Bharuch,Vadodara, Panchmahals,Sabarkantha and Banaskantha.These districts contribute nearly 90%/o of the total ST populationof the state. Valsad has more than 50% of its populationas scheduledtribes and in contrastBhavnagar district has only 0.15% of its populationas scheduledtribes. During 1981-91,the rapidlyindustrialising district of Jamnagarregistered the highest ST populationgrowth (67.2%) followed by Surendranagardistrict with 590/o.Kheda experiencednegative growth (-8.2%) followed by Bhavnagar(3%). Whereasdistricts like Valsad,Surat, Bharuch,Vadodara and Panchmahals,the ST populationhas had stablegrowth. The literacyrate of the ST populationis comparativelyless thamthe average,as well as the SC populationliteracy levels. Though the STs achievedthe highest literacyrate in the state with 62%. In contrast,the Kachchhdistrict has a literacyrate of only 19.2%among the ST population. The occupationalstructure of the ST populationof the 16 districtsreveals that 86% of tribes are involvedin primary sectoractivities and another 7% each are involvedin both secondaryand tertiary sectors. Distnct wise, the ST populationare mainly involvedin the primary sector except in four districts(Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Mehsana and Ahmedabad)where secondaryand tertiary sectoractivities dominate and employ relativelymore than the primarysector. As many as 19 corridorspass partly or fully throughthe tribal concentrateddistricts. Only two corridorspass throughRajkot which has the highestST populationgrowth. Three corridors pass through the district that experienced the lowest growth, Bhavnagar.Another three corridorspass through a districtthat has negativegrowth, Kheda(Figure 6.8 and Figure 6.9). SCHEDULEDCASES. Unlike ScheduledTribes, ScheduledCaste populationsare distributedin all the districts in varyingproportions. According to 1991 census,the populationof SC was 7.4% of the totalpopulation of the stateand 2.2% of the total SC

65 =,c:- Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Ociates

populationof India.Ahmedabad and Valsaddistricts have the largestand smallestSC populationrespectively, with 15.8%and 2.2% ofthe total SC populationof the sixteen districts.Bhavnagar has the highestSC populationgrowth, at 39% in the state,where as Bharuchshowed the lowestgrowth rate of 10.67%,during 1981-91. The literacylevel of the SC populationis 61% in Gujarat,and is much betterthan the ST population(36.4%). Out of sixteendistricts, Valsad recorded the highestwith 81% and Banaskantha,the lowestwith 41%. The districtsin south Gujarathave registered higherliteracy rate when comparedto the otherdistricts. Occupationalstructure of the SC populationis differentfrom the ST population.Only 55% of the total workers are involved in the primary sector, 21% and 24% are involvedin the secondaryand tertiarysector respectively. The highly industrialised districtslike Ahmedabad,Surat, Valsad, Vadodara, Bhavnagar, Jarnnagar and Rajkot have more SC populationin both secondaryand tertiary sectorsthan in the primary sector. Three corridors pass throughBhavnagar district having the highest SC population growth. Another three corridors pass through that registeredthe lowest SC populationgrowth rate. Only two corridorspass throughValsad district, with the highestliteracy rate. Two corridorspass partly or fully throughBanaskantha districtwith the lowestliteracy rate. A large share of this group's populationis below the poverty line and socially underprivileged.The government has pursueda policyof positivediscrimination since the 1960s (Figure6.10). GENDER DEVELOPMENT.India ranks 103 of 137 countries in the Gender DevelopmentIndex (GDI) which reveals the reality of the insufficientlevel of developmentof women as comparedto men in this country. Gujarat ranks third among the 16 other Indianstates (see Table6.12). The economiccondition of womenheaded households varies considerably, depending on factors such as maritalstatus, the socialcontext of female leadershipand decision making, accessto facilitiesand productiveresources, income and the compositionof the household.These conditionsform the basis for definingindicators to assess the vulnerabilityof such households. The project team and the R&BD understandthe need for some form of gender analysisto minimisethe adverseeffects of the project on women and thereforehave includedthem as one of the vulnerablegroups eligiblefor a widerrange of assistance defunedin the RehabilitationAction Plan(RAP). Women make up almost50 % of the project users in general, even though women headed households are a small percentageof the PAPs (as found in the Socio-economicSurvey of the PAPs in the ESR). As evidencedby the GDI, there is considerableinequality between men and women in Gujarat.

66 RAJASTHAN A OMBAY

.C-I'/ 5r-' LEGEND.''

U - ... ~~~~~INTEKRNATIM OALBAIIRY *STATE BOUNDARY

- DISTRICTBOUNDAkRY SEA-1PHASEI&PHASE II(IIIIin) PHASEI CORRIDORS-eSR

|RILF0FK v;F PHASE0 .ORR|°St

CORRIDORSNOT SELECTEzD FORP00

GULF~ ~ CIF ~ KACHCHH~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oPROTECTED~ ~ ~ MIONMEISfT

PRADESH * PROTECTDMONULlNT I SrrESBY STATE GOVT. OF GUJARAT ARCHAEOLOGICA.AND HIISTORIICALPLACES PLORWAGEAND TOURIST AREAS

| INKLUENCEZONE OF PROJECT f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CORRIGO ~' TRIBALPO01(T Q r-1 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TRIBLTALUK( TRIBL CLUSTER Corridorsamm shown by two digit non. such as 01.02 snd 03 aft., *Links ar, shewnby thim digitnos. such as 011,012 and 013 aftc., GULFOF o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LInksOl, 012,O013OcUampart of KHAMBHAT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corridor01,02 oftc. Figure 6.8

SECTORALEBA TPIBALAREAS, CULTURALPROPERTIES o so 10 MAHARSHTR UU1AIATSTATE

LIAEA 8, LASA e As~~~~~~~~I

X ~~~~~~~~~i |L| M0)!i t Rs g Ia I I oil-}lll 11 Z , ; 5 .

w0 $ l ------^',,,;Q;' - 0------Chapter 6-Existing Conditions GE - bo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rAssecua

Table6.12: Overviewof 1991 Gujarat Gender Disparity Gujar2t India Description Population(million) 413 8463 Thestate consitutes 5 % ofthe counties totalpopulafion. Female% 483 48.1 Compositionofthe M/F populationis better Male% 51.7 51.9 than the couny s as a whole,indicates better position of Sex Ratio (no. F/1000M) 936 927 womenin Gujarat Life Expectancy(yeas) Female 603 59A Higherlife expectancy (by 2 yeas) amrongwomen also Male 59.1 59.0 Indicatesa betterhealthstatus of womenin Gujarat Total 60.2 592 . AdultLiteracy Rate (%) Male 41.8 33.9 A considewbledifference indicates poor a:s Female 70.4 62.4 to educationfacility which could be resultofsocial Total 56.7 48.7 taboos like no recognition of girls education, early I_marriage,household responsibilities other thn poverty. Shareof Female 31.2 28.6 The data shows drastic diffrences, mainlybecause the Economically Male 68.8 71.4 definiion of work force does not include work like ActivePopulation(%) hosehold chores, fetchingof water, fuel, fdder and supportingeconomic activities within the hoMe,such as piecework. Shareof Female 26.8 23.2 Indicatespoor accessto incomeeven in Easned Male 73.2 76.8 compaisonwith participation in economicactvities. Income (%) GDI 0.437 0.388 IDgherHDI than GDI indicatesinquality of HDI 0A98 0.457 gender. Souces: Censusoflndia -1991, WorkingTogether: EploringPossibilities-J996, Indian Institute of ForestManagement Bhpal and the HumanDevelopment Report- 1990-96,UNDP. 6.3.5 Land-useand Development Developmentof any placeor districtcan be seenthrough the changingpattem of land- use, which often can have grave impactson the environment.More than three fourths of the total area of the state is "profitably"utilised and the remainingis eitherunused cultivableor "waste"land. Morethan 50%/oof Gujaratis undercultivation and slightly less than 10%is forestarea. This has remainedabout the same,even withconsiderable developmentpressure. In the case of the rural/urbansplit, 77% of the total land is classifiedas ruralwhereas the remaining23% is classifiedas urbanland use. The roleof the forestsin the districts'development is of great significance.Gujarat has a small amountof forestarea when comparedto the other states in the country.This areas is decreasingwhile the problemsof soil fertility,moisture loss and air pollution are increasing Of the state's total forest area, Panchmahalsdistrict has the largest forestcover with 14.6%.Kachchh the largestdistrict comes secondwith 13.6%,and Ahmedabad,the most urbaniseddistrict, has only 02% of its land area as forest Valsad and Panchmahalsdistricts have roughly 22% of their area under forests. Sabarkanthafollows with 153% and Vadodaraand Bharuchdistricts have 14%.In the districtsof Saurashtrathe forestarea accountsfor less than 4% of the total land area. Of the total geographicalarea of the stateonly 22.5%is underurban use while34% of the total populationlive in the urban areas.The most urbaniseddistrict, Ahmedabad has only 82% of land availableas urban.In Panchmahalsdistrict where urbanisation is quite low,only 2% ofthe land is availablefor urbanutilisation (see Figure 6.10). 6.3.6 Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty Gujarat,as a resultof its enrichedhistoxy and lastingtraditions, contains a vast and significantarchaeological and culturalheritage. Many of these traditionsare still alive in Gujaratand are importantto the culturalpattern of this region.Saurashtra, Kachchh,

69 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .-ocites

North and SouthGujarat are well knownfor tribalareas that formmany sub-cultural regionsin Gujarat Many of the projectcorridors traverse these sub-culturalregions (Figure6.8). The richcultural heritage of Gujaratis physicallymanifested in a very large numberof archaeologicaland cultural properties which include shrines, temples, mosques, monuments and historicalsites. Many of these sites occur within the corridor of impactand may be affectedby the road construction.Due to the varyingsignificance of each site and the differencein the appropriatemitigation options, it is importantto categoriseas well as identifyeach property. The categorisationof affectedcultural properties is basedon its use, type of property, cultural and historicalsignificance, and protectedstatus. Greater emphasishas been given in identifyingthose affected cultural properties that are not protected by archaeologicallegislation, significant to localcommunities, in disrepairand/or are of lesser archaeologicaland cultural significance.It is these affected propertiesthat requiregreater attention towards protection and enhancementin such projects.

CATEGORISATIONOF CULTURAL PROPERTY1 Shrines: Theseare sacredstructures, places and objectsof worship,and may housean image or idol.Shrines are generallysmaller versions of temples,memorials, and other sacred structures. For convenience of identificationin this project, only those structureswhere a personcannot physically enter are categorisedas shrines. Sacred Structures, includingTemples, Mosques,Memorials, and other Religious Buildings:These structuresare sacred places of worship into which a person can physically enter. These structures are larger than shrines and have a significant presencewhen situatedalongside the road. Sacred Centres, includingAshrams, Temple, Mosque Complexes, and other Centres of Religious Significance:These centres are an aggregation of sacred structures, facilitybuildings, and open spacesmeant for religiousand related activities.Most of these sacredcentres are adjacentto the roads and are enclosedwith high walls. They are usedby pilgrimsand highwaytravellers. ArchaeologicalProperties:These are propertiesthat are protectedby the ASI and the Gujarat State Directorateof Archaeologyunder their respectiveArchaeological Acts of 1958and 1965. 7llages and Setlements of Cultural Signif/ance: The many villages and settlementsabutting the RoW of the projectconidors reflectthe traditionalcharacter, lifestyle,and architectureof their sub-culturalregion and qualifyas culturalentities. These areaswill requireprotection and enhancement,as they are likelyto be impacted by outsideinfluences and induceddevelopment resulting from road improvements. OtlherCultural Property: Old buildings,step wells,tanks, culturalactivity and festival sites, naturalfeatures having architectural,historical, and culturalsignificance to the regionand localcommunity, are includedin this category.

1 Detailsregarding cultural properties are given in theWorking Paper on Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty in the Revised Interim Report

70 PAKISTAN LEGEND

IfRTERtATOORMLfSO-N/AIY i STATE |OUN| Y

r saaIsPHASEI CORRIDORS-ESRA S_liPKHAUi.iEAT CORRI - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ CORRIDORSNOT SELECTEM ~~~~FOIR PMC

* MAJO TOWNS

OCCUPATION4STRUCTRE | 31~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1

-A'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PRIMARY SECTOR ...... ::W ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*SECONDARY ...... SECTOR a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TERTIARYSECTOR ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~POPtJLTIOOROWT14RATE(%)

* 35 toST.2 (5) 0 25 to 34.9 (5) ED 4.2 to 24.9 (6) SCorfdoniIra shownby twodIgItno.. such .g,0.2 and03 atc., LffgPACTRATE *ULnksare shown by thre, digitno.. outh a" 01.1Oii. III2 endad Oili13et.etc.,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Iot OF o ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Unks011,012, 013 eftcof paretof KHOBNAT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corrydor0. 02010. _ t \ 11I^SA -s-.-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 Figure 6.10 Vabdus 16,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECTORALEA DEMOGRAPHICPROFILE OF t ~~~~~~~~~ARABIANSEA VULENARABI.EGROUPS (SC) -9tduled Castes) INIANAT STATE MMWSHTRA NIISUWATSFUllEST

10 30 is LE.AsockA LASA

7'1 RAJASTHAN

PAKISTAN{ F < r t _ > g * - > tPALA

tt . j '/ / r \. ' vLEGEND

NER~ATIO44A BOUNDARY . < fr) t| \ / @ | ( > . .-.-. STATEBOUNDAY

DITIR;CTBOUNDARY < 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CISTRICTHEAI3OMARMS

I 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~VA"O TOWNS

; , - ffi X _ { ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PRADESH 110| nWa$ ' < <2^ -- -' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'§ aEWGOPASrE I ORDRS

-. X RRIGACtDONON SELECTED w

w . GULFOF KA HH MADHYA * . r;s on byw d o-

AR41iANSEA\> Vi K H A M B R X * ctdorO1,022te.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~cnlorOl0 Se > / , w t > , t i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure 6.11

:PRADESH,, 'SECTORAL EA I is 6 * * [~~~~~~~ANDUSEAND

CULERTURALEWSTE

______LA_ - -. _...... - _.__._. 72 Chapter6-Existing Conditions

An inventoryof culturalproperties within and adjacentto the RoW as categorised above is presentedin Table6.13. However,because each culturalproperty is unique and may not have a standardsize, archictua value, and/or cultural significance, each one must be consideredon an individualbasis. The tableonly indicatesthe numberand generalcultural significance of these propertiessituated along the project corridors.More culturalproperties may come to lightduring the implementationstage and will be includedin the list for protectionand enhancement. STATEOF THERESOURCE. Numerous cultural properties in Gujarat are located withinand adjacentto the RoW.These sites enhancethe aestheticand spiritualaspect of the corridors and should be viewed as an asset, not simply as an engineering liability.Unfortunately, many of the culturalproperties have deterioratedor have been damagedlargely due to ignorance,and inadequatemaintenance. Therefore, impacts have occunred as a result of disuse not use! Culturalproperties can not be seenjust as a memory of the past which need protection,but should be consideredas an importantresource for currentand fiture generations.The followingare some issues associatedwith the state of culturalproperties in the area-of-influence: * There are substantialnumber of unused and abandonedcultural properties falling within the RoW and next to it demandingspecial attention for their protectionand enhancement * A large number of archaeologicalsites and monuments,pilgrims and tourists destinations,and areas of cultuml significancefall in the region where the projectcorridors pass. There is no informationsystem or signage availableon these roads or at the junctionsof the projectcorridors, facilitating access to theseareas. Hence, locatingthese areasof culturalheritage is very difficult. * Many sacredcomplexes and culturalproperties located next to the road are activelyused and are an assetto both highwayusers and localresidents. Their convenientlocation next to road is essentialto their continueduse. However, their proximityto the CW is a liabilityin relation to road constructionand operation. The key to conservationof culturalassets is to maintainand make appropriateuse of these assets.Information and accessis very crucialtowards sustaining cultural heritage and GSHPhas the opportunityto make a positiveimpact in bothof these areas.

73 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea0=Associates

Table 6.13 Summary of Cultural Property Affectedby Project Corridor in the SEA S. Cormidornot all Length shries Saced Sacred Arch. villages& Cultural Total No. links/coTTidorare SIcture Centres Ian. Property Settlernents Property

in projectarea Uidhn-i a ' OM& "uib RoW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW RoW RoW

01 Sadlie_-Virangam 47.7 13 13 5 21 3 9 2 3 1 73

02 Virungm-NMaliya 383 5 9 8 12 2 7 1 44

03 MedsoaPalanpw 65.0 8 2 7 6 2 1 2 25

05 Seuntaji4Amavada 85.5 1 1 4 2 1 9

06 LAmavaa-HaoII 75.0 1 1 2 2 8

08 Ladvel-Dakor 18.0 0 1 2 1 3 1 1 9

09 Dakor-Gixra 47.7 10 1 6 1 2 1 4 I 26

10 Vadodara-Jambusar 47.0 9 3 6 3 3 1 1 26

12 Bimudi-Dahej 47.2 3 0 0 2 5 2 2 14 _

13 Ankl-Olpodkiap 10.3 4 4 4 3 1 3 19

15 dlIaxwir-Paona 10.4 0 0 0 0 0

17 Kadodra-Bajipua 35.6 0 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 9

18 Bajipwa-Sonpd) 31.0 0 0 3 3 I 1 2 ID

21 Dlolka-Bagodwa 22.4 3 0 1 1 3

22 Wamanl-Dblam 23.0 3 0 1 2 1 1 8

26 letpur-itagadh 26.5 2 I 4 2 I 1 II

27 Rajko-Mavi 682 9 4 7 7 2 1 2 1 33

28 Rajikot-Vadinar 119.2 9 13 12 28 1 4 2 3 3 75

Total 818 80 55 75 98 13 25 0 0 20 18 9 12 402

74 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assoc=a

7i. ENVIRONMENTALINDICATORS AND IMPACTS ~ _i-y.-- -. _ .- ~

7.1 Introduction Sincethis projectdoes notinvolve the constructionof new roads1 the rangeof impacts is mostlyconfined to the RoW. The impactstend to be mostlydirect, which wouldbe expectedfrom rehabilitationprojects where roads are alreadyin operation. Indirect effectsare more commonon new road constructionprojects. Where possible, impacts vere definedas short-term, long-term,reversible and irreversible.Impact magnitude and significancewas alsodetermined. Road-relatedImpacts can occur at any one of three stages of the project: (1) the planningand designstage, (2) the constructionstage and (3) the road operationstage. Most of the discussionin this chapterfocuses on the effectsof the constructionand operationphase. For a clarificationof the inter-relationbetween road projectactivities, the projectcycle and theirrelated effects upon the naturaland socialenvironment (see Table7.1). ihe discussion of impacts is confined to the 18 road corridors selected by the economic model. The environmentalscreening (Section 7.6) incorporateddata on inpact indicatorsand screenedthe entire818 km of projectroads 2 Many of the indicatorschosen refer to natural or social environmentalfeatures recorded within the RoW which would be impacted by the road construction/rehabilitationactivities. While the exact km locationto the nearest 10 metres along thtecorridor as well as the distance in meters from the CW were recordedfor eacdsfeature on strip maps(notto scale),thze engineering designs for thte18 corridorshad not beenprepared at the tine of completionof thefield work As a result,a worst-casescenario approach, similr to the one used in thteeconomic mod4 was appliedto the impactassessment and environmentalscreening. In other words, it was assuned for the purposes of comnparinginpacts, tlat all environnentalfeatureswithin tte RoW wouldbe affected For the Phase I corridors,assessed in the ESR study,the exact locationand distance from the edge of the CW for each environmentalfeature were listed in the Hot Spot IdentificationMatrix (see Section7 of ESR).

7.2 NaturalEnvironment

7.2.1 AirQuality INDICATORS. The indicatorsof air quality chosen were the concentrationlevels of Carbon Monoxide(CO), Hydrocarbon(HC), Nitrogen Dioxide (NOx), Suspended ParticulateMatter (SPM), Lead (Pb) and SulphurDioxide (S02) in the localairsheds.

1 Thereare two bypasses and a numberof sectionswhere two additional lanes will be added. Allthe '4laning' will be with existing marked RoWs. 2 In fact all 30 corridors,making up the 1500kn werescreened, prior to the nuningof the dTIMSmodel which reduced the project size to 818km.

75 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA ssocrates

IMPACTSDUE TO CONSTRUCHONOF RoAD. The impactson air qualityassociated with road constructionactivities include: * generationof dust due to procurementof constructionmaterials in quarriesand borrowsites; * generationof exhaust,flue gases and dustfrom asphaltmanufactuning; * generation of pollutantsand dust due to the operation of heavy vehicles and movementof machinery/equipmentfor materialhandling, earthmoving, laying of sand, brickbats,metal and stonedust, and asphalt, * toxic exhaustgases, dust and odourgenerated from the manufactureof asphaltand brickbats. Asphaltmanufacture is a matterof seriousconcern due to high levelsof exhaustand flue gases and dust For this reasonthe GoG has establishedstandards restrictingthe distanceof an asphaltplant 1 to not < 500mdownwind of the nearest settlement(Figure 7. land Figure7.2). Asphaltplants produce a hot mix of quantitiesof different sizes of aggregatesand bitumen at a desired temperature. The plant size varies with the production requirementsie 2-3 to 600 tonnes, per day. Alternativelyliquid (hot) bitumen is carried in tanker trucks mountedwith sprayers,to the road and is sprayed over prepared aggregate.The fuel used to heat the aggregates/bitumenis LDO (Light DieselOil) or Fumace oil, itselfemitting SO 2 and SPM. Asphaltplants affect the air qualityin three ways: * Dust is produceddue to handlingof aggregates;and * Fine particulates(smoke) is producedin the processof mixingthe aggregates and bitumenas a resultof fuelburning; and, * the heatingif bitumenreleases volatile toxic gases.

Asphaltplants can serve a constructionoperation in a 50 kmradius; mini hot mix plants are usedat the constructionsite. Bricks can be procuredfrom greater distances and need not be manufacturedin close proximity ofthe site.

76 Chapter7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssociares

Table 7.1: Summary of Road Project Activities and Effects

Planning Construction RoadOperation Indirect effects of and Design Phase l l l operation Phase i ._.______\Project land earthmoving removingtrees vehicle& sanitation& asphaltand layingof vehicleoperation induced activity acquisition & vegetation machine disposal crusherplants pavement development Env. operation& Component maintenance Affected

Air dust -reduced noise,dust, odour noise,dust, asphaltodour noise , air noise,dust, air dust bufferingof air airpollution air pollution pollutionand dust pollution pollution andnoise noise pollution - hotter,drier microclimate Water - siltation siltation contaminationby contaminatio contaminationby reductionof contaminationby increasedpollution ponds -lossthrough Torrentrun off fuel& lubricants n fromwastes asphaltleakages groundwater fuel& lubricants fromdevelopment rivers&streams filling of fuel. recharge andindusty wells - alterationof drainage Soils erosionand loss erosionand loss - contaminationby contaminatio crosionpotential of topsoil of topsoil fuel& lubricants n fromwastes - compaction

Flora lossof trees& compactionof 1'recs vegetation vegetation

Fauna disturbance of disturbanceand disturbance of collision with protectedareas wildlife habitatloss wildlife _wildlife Planning Construction Road Operation Indirect effects of and Design Phase operation Phase

\Project land earthmoving removingtrees vehicle& sanitation& asphaltand layingof vehicleoperation induced acetivity acquisition & vegetation machine disposal crusherplants pavement development Env. \ . operation& Component\ maintenance Affected\

Land lossof landto diversionof Agricultural RoW agriculturalland Villageand Urban

Buildings lossof vibrationand changein building Residential buildingsto noise useand Business RoW characteristics Industrial Community

Health& Safety increaseof collisionswith increasein asphaltodour and asphaltodour collisionswith stagnantwater vehicles, communicabl dust anddust vehicles, anddisease pedestrians& ediseases pedestrians& livestock livestock SocialWelfare resettlement lossof shade& increasedjob and Peopleaffected and community businiess lossof gatheringtrees opportunities income CulturalHeritage removalof damageto lossof sacred damagefrom damagefrom Stnmcture structurefrom structure trees. vibration& air vibration& air RoW pollution pollution

78 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssocates C=7

Figure7.1: Rock crushing operations contribute substantialamounts of dust to the air as well as generate noise.Shown here is a rock crushing plant on Link 182,kmn 80, near Songadh

1~~~~~~~~~~4

Figure 7.2: Asphalt plants on Link 151,km,16, near Navsaii; important pollution sources of emissionsof dust, contaminants, odour and noise.

79 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LceAssociafes

Asphaltplants can affectthe surroundingareas if not properlysited due to emissions of dust and odour. In additionto the large asphaltplants, the minihot mix plants,which produce2-3 tonnesper day at the constructionsite, also contributeto the pollution.The impactsare localisedshort-term and reversibleand if the plantsare locatedawa' from urbanand residentialareas, are properlvserviced, do not representa maior problem.Since an equivalentamount of asphaltwould be producedper km the impactswould be a similarmagnitude among all corridors(except in the case of futurefour-laning along Link 031which would require about twice the amountof ashpalt. IMPACTSDUE TO ROAD OPERATION. Air pollutionduring operationphase stem primarilythe vehiculartraffic This is in additionto the backgroundpollutioni from industryand domesticfuel usage in the settlements.The pollutionload monitored withinthe road airshedstherefore included emissions from all sourcesie transport industrialand domestic.1 OBSERVED VERSUSESTIMATED POLLUTION LOAD. Samplingwas completedat eight sitesalong the linkslisted below, whereas estimated levels were based on GPCB data (seeNDLI, 1998b). Link 011 (Sarkhej - Sanand) Link 241 (Vertej - Sihor) Link032 (Link to - Sidhpur) Link293(Dwarka-OkhaPort), Link 061 (Lunavada - Shehra) Link 064 (Kalol - Halol) Link 132(Kim Crossing- Olpad) Link 171 (Kadodra - Bardoli) Comparisonof estimatedpollution levels with the observedpollution levels reveal certainimportant facts regarding the various pollutant parameters. SUSPENDEDPARTICULATE MATTER (SPM). The observed levelsof SPMwere substantiallyhigher than the estimatedvalues (see Figure 7.3). This is explainedby the fact that there are significantother sourcesof suspendedparticulate matter, besides the emissionsfrom the traffic.Pollution generated from trafficonly is only a part of thetotal pollution. Theestimation of pollutionlevels resulting from traffic volume only, indicated that the contributionfrom internalcombustion engines found along the road airshedswere between 18 and 61% of the total observedpollution levels (generatedfrom all sources). Link 241 (Vertej-Sihor)showed the highest contributionfrom traffic movement(ie6 1%), probably related to the Link'smore rural setting. SPM levelswere relativelyhigh in Link 293,a highly industrialisedzone. and the value exceedsthe Gol standard.

I Thisrepresented quasi - ambientconditions. Since the monitoringstations were only 30-40 m fromthe CW, one couldsay that the pollutionloads were principallyassociated with the roadtraffic.

80 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssccial

2 5 0 - _ -Poubon eve

200 Pollubtonfrom) E **Wtraffic only 76 iso standardfor >= 15 0 - * * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Galhresidential,rural Q. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~andotherareas "0 M 100o (24

o so0

011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293 Links

Figure7.3: Estimated versus ObservedSuspended Particulate Matter along ProjectRoads (pglhi3)

SULPHURDIOXIDE (SO 2). As in the case of SuspendedParticulate Matter, the observedlevels of SulphurDioxide were also substantiallyhigher than the estimated values(see Figure7.4). There are quitea numberof othersources of SulphurDioxide along the project roads thus increasing the actual measurements above those estimated.

80 70 60 50 ':- SO . t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Observed)Pollutionlaval 'a ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ug/arn' - 40 |. Pollutionlevel

o 2+ GalugImn'Standard 20 * * * tforSensitive U10. 0 L 011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293 Llnks

Figure7.4: Estimated and ObservedSulphur Dioxide (jpg/mn3) The estimatedvalues for most of the links as comparedto the observedvalues show that the contributionof the traffic movementto the overall S02 levels varies from about26% to 81%with averagecontribution being 43%.

None of the links exceededthe SO2 limit for even the sensitiveareas prescribedby Gol. HYDROCARBON(HC) AND NITROGENOIDES (NOX). Estimationfor pollution from traffic only was donejointly for HC (Hydrocarbon)and NOx (NitrogenOxides) as the emission factors used for estimation was given jointly for HC and Nox. However,observation for HC and Nox were done separately.Pollution levels for HC was measuredfor eight hoursand is lowerthan the prescribedlimit. Limit for HC has not been establishedby CPCB. LEAD (Pb). The estimatedvalues of leadgenerated from trafficas comparedto the observedvalues (generated from all sources)are plottedin Figure 7.5.

81 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume ZA: SEA rocaates =ID

a s

Pb ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(Observed)ugl

____Pollution level t^EGaffic only 0 .3 ugdwd Golstandafd o = * *residental, tfor c 02 ruraland other oa areas (24 hr. vg)

01

0 3 0*51 32 I 0 14 1 2 A 71 24 1 293

Figure 7.5: Estimatedand ObservedLead Emissions The observedvalues of lead are roughly similar to the estimatedvalues as lead emissionsare predominantlyfrom motorvehicle emissionsie gasoline use and not from othersources. None of the valuesexceed the standardfor lead. CARBONMONOXIDE (CO). The carbonmonoxide levels observed in relationto the estimatedvalues are shownin Figure7.6.

2 1.8

1.6l 4 r . _ PollutionLe"ve 1.4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~(observedWugln .~ 1.2 ____ I | | | |Pollutonlevel lEatimated) 0.5 .8 ugtm. c0.* * * * * * * * Gol standard 0.8 ~~~~ 0.4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rural for redilntial,andother 0.2 areas 0 (8 hr. avgj 011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293

Unks

Figure 7.6: Estimated and Observed Carbon MonoxideEmissions Only Link 241 had a higherestimated value than observed,suggesting that CO levels withinthat roadairshed would be higherthen in the surroundingarea. The reasonsfor this outcomecould be samplingerror, unusual meteorological conditions causing CO to disperseand becomediluted quickly.None of the values exceed the standardfor CO. The resultswould suggestthat estimationtechniques are conservativeand need to be examinedclosely. In conclusion, none of the links exceeded the Gol pollution standards for all parametersexcept SPM in Link 293, where it slightlyexceeded the Gol standard.In general SPM appears to be the largest concern amnongall of the parameters for existingroad operation. 7.2.2 Noise INDICATORS.The indicatorchosen for noisewas the measurementof noise level ie Leqor the equivalentcontinuous sound level over a definedtime period. IMPACIS DUE TO CONSTRUCTONOF ROAD. Crushing plants and asphalt productionplants produce high noise levels of about 90-100 dBA. Noise is also

82 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Zc

producedby the movementof heavy vehiclestransporting construction materials to the work site,and duringloading and unloading.The constructionactivities during site preparation,surface preparation and asphaltingalso generatenoise. MPACTSDUE TO ROAD OPERATION. Noise is causedprimarily by road traffic,wihi levelsdepending on a numberof factorssuch as traffic flow, road condition,speed of the vehicle,type and conditionof the vehicle and congestion.Noise sources include engineoperation and rollingnoise from the contactbetween the tyres and roads, and the use of horns1 . Other sources of ambient noise includenoise from various urban activities,noise generateddue to bottlenecksand congestion.Changes in the noise conditiondue to fiture trafficvolumes was assessed for 2002,2007and 2017. ES ATEDNOISE LEVEL VERSUS OBSERVED NOISE LEVEL. Noise level and air qualitywere observed at the same locations(see Figure 7.7).Comparison of the LIO (hourlyaverage) observed values with the L10 estimatedvalues in the followinglinks reveal that at some locationsthe estimatednoise levelswere nearlythe same as the measuredvalues. These findings confirmedta noise sourceswere predominantly vehiclesof all types, and that 1-hournoise levelaverages exceeded the Gol standard 100%of the time. These resultssuggest that noise levels are alreadyunacceptably high alongthese corridors.

8o 70 m Ob__md 60 Edmt

so0.. .Z _._Z ''i _.. _ .. 1.,OMM"M 30- - -u - - - - m-O4 20- - 8)5.5

1.4

Oil1 032 061 064 171 293 Links Figure7.7: Estimated and Observed Ll0 NOiSeLevels for 1997 PROJECTED TRAFFIC VOLUTA (WITHOUT DIVERSION) I . Analysisof the Ldnof 1997showthat the noise levels for 24 hoursvary from 64.2 to 77.8 dBA.All of the linksbut two have noiselevels more than 65 dBA,the standardfor commerciallanduse areas. About 54 linksout of 66 links(ie 81%O) had noiselevels exceeding 70 dBA 2. All but four linkswere predicted to exceed 70 dBA in the year 2002..IHighest futurenoise levels esfirnated or a projectroad was 79 dBAfor Link 03 1.

1leuse ofhorns often exceedsihe noise of allother traffic floyw sowa:es. Mmi is especmialy noticeableinIndia where homs are of higher volurne and used with greater frequency than in NorthAruenca and Europe.

83 r,;Tt~ GujatatPCC FinaiReport-Volume 2A: SEA solats

3. For the year of 2007, 10 years from the base year, all but two of the linkswould exceed 70 dBA just 5 dBA below the maximumnpermitted level for industrial landuseamas. 4. Analysisof Ldn of the year 2017 (20 years from the base year), indicatethat the noiselevels would vary from 72.2to 84.5dBA. Twentylinks would cross 80 dBA. Fifty-sevenlinks out of 66 links(86%) exceed 75 dBA as comparedto nine links out of 66 links (10%) which exceed 75 dBA in the currentyear 1997. A serious noisecontamination problem! WITHDIVERTED PROJECrED TRAFFC1 VOLUML Analysisof the Ldn(24hr)of 1997show that the noise levelsvaried from 69.12 to 76.86 dBA.All of the linkshave noise levelsmore than 65 dBA. 1. Allthe linkswould cross 70 dBA in the year 2002. Similarly16 linkswould cross 75 dBA. Highestnoise levelswere estimatedfor Link 031 (78.52dBA) followed by Link 064(77.9 dBA). 2. For the year of 2007ie 10 yearsfrom the base year, all the linksexceeded 70 dBA. The Ldn variedfrom 72.21 to 80.58dBA. Link 031, and 064 are the links which wouldhave more than 80 dBA noiselevels ie 80.58and 80.23dBA respectively. 3. Thenoise levels for the year of 2012 wouldvary from 70.68to 82.5dBA. Six links would have noise levelscrossing 80 dBA. The highestnoise levelsare shown by Link 031 and 064 (82.5dBA and 8233 dBA)followed by Link 033 (81.32dBA). 4. Analysisof Ldn of the year of 2017 (ie 20 years from the base year), showed hat the noise levels of 10 links would cross 80 dBA. Link 064 and 031 have highest noiselevel of 84.66and 84.48dBA respectively. In conclusion air quality and noise impacts for future road operation exceed commerciallanduse (B) standardsfor all links and High Impact Categorystandards for Industriallanduses along conridorsI and 3. Given that projectedinduced noise increaseswill only be minor in relationthe existingnoise levelsnearly all corridors, impactsfor Corridors1 and 3 have been givena scalar value of 2 for mediumimpact All other corridorswere rated I for low impact This in no way reducedthe serious exceedancesof estimatedfuture ambientnoise levels,which the GoG must address throughvarious means such as vehicleinspections and noisebarriers. 7.Z3 WaterResource Quantity and Quality INDICATORS.The indicatorschosen for assessingthe impactson the waterresources were; numberof wetlandsaffected (ponds, livestock tanks, and marshes)2,number of water crossingsalong the road (bridgesand culverts),and numberof wells (tubewells, bore wells, hand pumps and surfacetanks) affected.These indicatorswere recorded by location on strip maps for all 30 corridors (1,500 kin). The definition and discussionof indicators,organised by the impactthat they measureare summarisedin Table7.2.

Asdefined earlier in thisreport, dirverted taffic means traffic attracted to improvedproject roadsfrom other roads. 2 Undrainedbosrow pits /ditches wihin the RoW weae not considered in this inventory as the waterin themis oftenstagnant and/or polluted thus of litte value.These are discussed furtherin Chapter8.

84 Chapter 7--Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssocates

Table 7.2: Impacts on Water Resources Due to Construction impacts Due To Construction Indicators 1 Loss of wetlands/waterbodies Number of wetlandsaffected 2 Alterationof drainage,flooding Number of water crossin-s 3 Siltation Number of water crossings 4 Use of Water Supplyfor Construction m3 of water used!day 5 Depletionof Ground Water recharge m3 of groundwaterused/day 6 Interruptingaccess to water supply Number of wells affected 7 Contaminationfrom fuel and lubricants Visible signs of chronic oily film in runoff water 8 Contaminationfrom improper Messy/unsanitarytoilet facilities. Sanitationand Waste Disposal in eg open sewage and waste ConstructionCamps -; disposal areas

IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. Roadconstruction can havea wide range of effects on surface water resources stemming from activities such as eartlh moving, removing trees and vegetation,vehicle/machine operation and maintenance, sanitation and waste disposal, as well as handling and laying of asphalt. Impacts on water resources as a result of earth moving activities include siltation. loss of water bodies through filling, as well as alteration of drainage whiclh can lead to ponding or flooding (especially later during the operation phase). Removal of trees and vegetation can lead to erosion of soil and siltation of water bodies, and a lowering of the local water table due to higher evaporation rates, without adequate replenishment. Contamination of water resources by fuel and lubricants can occur as a result of operation and maintenance of vehicles or machinery. Contamination can occur from improper sanitation and waste disposal at construction camps along the roadside and near water bodies or through solid waste leachate contamination of groundwaters, eg tubewells. Table 7.2 lists the significantimpacts on the water resources and the indicators chosen to assess the impacts for this study.

LOSSOF WATER BODIES. Loss of water bodies (ponds, lakes and livestock tanks) or portions of these is a consequence of earth moving activities of road construction projects. These are direct, long-term impactsthat are irreversible.Since the majority of the state is semi-arid and water scarcity is a constant problem. it is important to preserve these because they serve as importantwater storage and replenishmenltareas, especialilyin rural areas without piped or potablewater supplies (see Figure 7.8). The indicator chosenito assess the loss of wetlands and water bodies was the number present within the project corridorsRoWs. The number was averaged per kim in order to compare among corridors of varying lengths, but were also assessed in tenns of sensitivity(Section 6, therefore avoiding underestimation of impact severity. by considering only No./km.

85 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeBAssodates

Figure7.8: Villageponds are importantwater sources for the peopleand livestockserving many useful purposes. Road widening and fillingcan impact these throughfilling and siltationas well as interruptingaccess to the locals. Accessshould be restoredand couldbe enhancedthrough the constructionof cementghatLs. Photo taken on link 141,km 3, nearSahoL Water bodieswere classified into four categoriesdescnbed below. They were initially classifiedwith the idea that the WO-4reflected increasing value with respectto the naturalenvironment However, they might be valuedin reversewith respectto social environment.The Delphi exerciserated them as roughly equivalent so we have combinedthem all in one categoryof wetlands for the impactassessment. * Thy PondsTanks (WO):These are seasonallywet only after the monsoon arrivesand dry up in the fall. These are importantwater sourcesfor livestock especiallyin westernGujarat * Ponds/tankswith no awqaticvegetation (WI): This category are the most common and we found all along projectcorridors. These are perennialwater bodies which are eitier man made or natural,and are rain fed. The water collectsduring the monsoonand is usedfor the rest of the season. * Ponds/tankswith some aquatic vegetation(W2): These are similar to Wl in sourceand use futuremore vegetated and less common. * Wetlandswith emergentvegetation (W3): These are marshy areas with rushes and cattails and are valuable to waterfowlthroughout the year, especially duringthe winterseason when many overwinteringbirds arrive.There were for a few occurrencesof this categoryalong the project corridorsmostly in the eastem and southernpart of the state. Oftenthey were associatedwith a river system or other largerwater body. The only significantwetland which would be affectedto directlyby a the projectoccurs on Cornidor6 Lunavadato Halol.

86 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Le Associates

This is a large wetland occupying two hectares in size whicil abuts the road shoulder at kn 410 (Link 061). The number of water bodies per/km affectedby the project are given in for the sixteen corridors. The corridors with the greatest number of wetlands per km are Nos. I 0 and 22 which both score a high impact. Corridors 05 and 23 score a medium impact. The rest of the 18 corridors scored low impact. ALTERATIONOF DRAINAGE AND SILTATION.Earth moving activities can also cause alteration of drainage and siltation in water courses which cross or touch the RoW. In order to assess these impacts the number of water crossings found along each corridor was chosen as the indicator. Again the number was averaged per km in order to compare among corridorsof varying lengths. NUMBEIROF WATERCROSSINGS. An inventoryof water crossings was done by the strip mapping team in conjunction with the bridge engineers. A listing of the type of structure (major bridges, minor bridges and culverts) along with their condition ie replacement/construction,gives us an idea of the amount of drainage alteration and downstream erosion/siltationto be anticipated. Of the total number of water crossings (4,361) for all project corridors. 590 (13.7%) are minor bridges, 150 (3.5%) are major bridges, and 3527 (81%) are culverts. See Table 7.4 for detailson the 18 corridors selectedfor Phase I and 11. Table 73: Number of Water Bodies lCorridor Name Length Water ______(km) Bodies/km 01 Sarkhej- Viramgam 47.7 0.027 02 Dhrangadhra- Halvad 38.3 0.015 03 Mehsana- Palanpur 65 0.084 05 Shamlaji- Lunavada 85.5 0.104 06 Lunavada- Halol 74 0.041 08 Ladvel- Dakor 18 0.055 09 Dakor - Godhra 47.7 0.026 10 Vadodara- Jamnbusar 47 0.253 12 Bharuch-Dahej 47.2 0.064 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 10.3 0.119 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 10.4 0.032 17 Kadodra- Bajipura 35.6 0.030 18 Bajipura- Songadh 30.2 0.000 21 Dholka - Bagodara 22.4 0.045 22 Wataman - Dholera 23 0.226 26 Jetpur - Junagadh 26.5 0.000 27 Rajkot - Morvi 1 68.2 0.026 28 Rajkot- Vadinar | 119 0.052 Source: NDLI 1997.Project Field Survey

87 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Assocawtes

Sinceno new bridgesor culvertswere planned there shouldbe negligiblealteration of present drainages.1 No bridges will be replaced, only minor reconstruction/rehabilitation,ornly one to two metersof widening,will occur in most cases.In the case of culverts,some minor reconstruction may occur,and somewill be replacedespecially in areasprone to flooding.As a result , the total number of water crossingsappears to be a useful indicatorfor the relative impact on water courses amongcorridors(Figure 7.9). Those scores with the highestimpact in this indicatorare numbers26 and 28. Of the 18 corridors,the maximumaverage number of cross drainageswere found alongCorridors 26 and 28 whichall scoredas high impactareas. Coridor 22 scored the lowestimpact and all the rest weremedium impact (see Table7.4) USE OF LOCALWATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION.In a water scarcearea suchas Gujarat,the use of water for constructionplaces a significantdemnand upon the local water sourcesWater is used in many parts of the constructionactivities and is also necessaryfor applicationto unpavedroad surfacesto decreasedust generation.This is a short-term,reversible impact that can be compensated.Areas where this would be of primaryconcern fall in the low rainfallzones and wouldinclude Corridors 02, 27 and 28.

Figure 7.9: Bridge reconstructionwill have an impact on water courses due to filling and siltation as well as contamination from improperly discarded asphalt Slopes should be properly stabilised and revegetated. (Corridor 06, km 17, east of Ahmedabad)

At the time the SEA and environmentalscreening were done therewere no new bridges planned.The ESRwill addressany designchanges.

88 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicatorsand Impacts 4 £e&A5sswtes

Table7.4: Number of Water Crossingsof Project Corridor Corr- Name Length' Major Minor Culverts Total No.of idol (km) Bridee Bridge . Structures 01 Sarkhej - Virarngam 46.4 - I5 49 64 0.3 1.1 1.4 02 Viramgam-Maliya 135.4 7 32 173 212 0.05 0.3 1.2 1.5 03 Mehsana- Palanpur 64.6 5 10 63 78 0.1 0.2 1 1.2 05 Sharnlaji- Lunavada S4.2 6 10 117 133 0.1 0.1 1.4 1.6 06 Lunavada- Halol 72.6 4 14 99 117 0.05 0.2 1.4 1.6 08 Ladvel- Dakor 17. . - 2 IS 17 0.1 0.8 0.9 09 Dakor- Godhra 25.7 2 8 37 47 0.1 0.3 IA 1.8 10 Vadodara- Jambusar 47.2 2 2 59 63 0.04 0.04 1.2 13 12 Bharuch-Dahej 39.0 1 2 20 23 0.02 0.04 0.4 0.5 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 75.6 3 13 86 102 0.04 0.2 1.1 1.3 15 Ichhapur-Palsana .31.6 4 4 58 66 0.13 0.1 1.8 2.1 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 35.4 . 6 35 42 0.03 0.2 l 1.2 18 Bajipura- Songadh 31.9 1 4 43 48 0.03 0.1 1.3 1.504 21 Dholka- Bagodara 22.2 - 4 28 32 0.2 13 .IA 22 Wataman- Dholera 40 5 3 25 33 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.8 26 Jetpur- Junagadh 26.5 2 13 39 . 54 0.07 0.5 1.5 2 27 Raikot- Morvi 67.S 4 27 83 114 0.06 0.4 1 1.7 28 Raikot- Vadinar 154.4 12 55 198 265 I I______I_ 0.1 0.3 1.3 1.7 Soume.. NDfl 1997.mIXalfield srvey of 5001onpool of roads Note: Thesecond ie rneach cell is theavrae mmberperknm Lengdkwafor all lin acndor, notan* arewitn theproject DEPLEnON OF GROUNDWATERRECHARGE AREAS. Significant groundwater rechargeareas are locatedin nordternGujarat in a nanmwstrch fiom the Northof Ahmedabaddistrict into northemPalanpur district in the vicinityof Corridor03, Mehsana-Palanpur.Information obtained from the groundwaterboard indicates that there will be no impacton the groundwaterrecharge areas as resultof the highway rehabilitation(personal communication with the Directorof GroundwaterBoard). As the proposedproject corridor is designedfor two lane wideningwith pavedshoulders (exceptfrom kn 76to km 98, Link031 which would be four lanedin year5), thearea requiredfor this wideningon eitherside of road is onlytwo meters.Therefore, the rechargearea impactedwill be negligible. INTERRUPTlONOF ACCESSTO WATERSUPPLY. Access to water suppliescan be interruptedin two ways; by a destructionor removalof wells or cutting off access to water bodies (such as ghats) as a result of earth moving and contouring.Village ponds frequentlyhave steps leadingdown to water for retrievingwater and washing. Gujarat PCC Final Repoft-Volume 2A: SEA

Differentkinds of wells (tube wells, bore wells, hand pumps and surface tanks with walls) are found alongwith RoWproject corridors and have been enumeratedon the strip maps in the field1. The indicatorchosen to assessthis impactwas the number of wells affectedalong the RoW averagedper km for each projectcorridor. The project corridorswith the highestnumber of wells per km (Corridors05 and 26 and Table 7.5)andwere scoredas representinga mediumlevel impact. Table 7.5:Number of Wells Corridor Name Cor. Wells Lcngth(km) (numberIlcm) 01 Sarkhej - Viamgam 47.7 0.04 02 Dhrangadhra- Halvad 38.3 0.06 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 65 0.08 05 Shamlaji- Lunavada 85.5 0.4 06 Lunavada- Halol 74 0.2 08 Ladvel - Dakor 18 0.1 09 Dakor - Godhra 47.7 0.12 10 Vadodara- Jambusar 47 0.05 12 Bharuch-Dahej 47.2 0.04 13 Ankleshwar-ichhapur 10.3 0.4 15 Ichhapur-Palsana IOA 0.03 17 Kadodra - Bajipura 35.6 0.3 IS Bajipura- Songadh 30.2 0.12 21 Dholka-Bagodara 22.4 0.13 22 Wataman-Dholera 23 0 26 Jetpur - Junagadh 26.5 0.4 27 Rajkot - Morvi 68.2 0.12 28 Rajkot - Vadinar 119 0.3 Source NDLL 1997 ProjedFiddSuneWy CONTAMINATIONFROM FUEL AND LUBRICANTS Surface waters can be contaminatedby fuel and lubricantsas a result of improper disposalfacilities and procedures for operation and maintenanceof vehicles and machinery. Casual maintenanceand oil changesalong the road sides with spillageand leakageof fuel and contaminantscan lead to contaminationof water supplies.Improper disposalof oil filtersand other materialsfrom vehicleand machinemaintenance are a problem.This can occur both duringthe constuction and operationphase. Given that most corridors are designedfor two lanes only, this impact should be approximatelyequal for all corridorsprovided that construction camps are not locatednear watersources. These impactsare medium-termand reversibleif they occur in runningwater or long- term and irreversibleif they occurin standingwater. CONTAMINATIONFROM IMPROPER SANITATIONAND WASTE DISPOsALIN CONSTRUCrlONCAMP. Improper sanitation and waste disposal procedures in construction camps can lead to contaminationof water sources. Given that all corridorsare designedfor two lanes only,(with the exceptionof Corridor03, km 76 - 98) this impact should be approxinately equal for all corridors provided that constructioncamps are not locatednearby water sources. These impactsare mediun-term and reversibleif they occur in runningwater or long- tern and irreversibleif they occur in standingwater.

TThe Delphiexercise gave the variouswells a similarimportance value so they were aggregatedinto one category as was done with water bodies.

90 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Z , LmAsaodafes

7.3 ImpactsDue to Operation 7.3.1 Contaminationby Fuel, LubricantsandAccidental Spills. Theseare impactswhich are causedby the operationof vehiclesand casual roadside maintenanceof vehiclesduring the operationphase of the highway.Vehicles may be leakingoil or fuel and if near water crossingsthis could enter into riversor streams. Road accidentsmight involveaccidentl spillsof fuel, lubricants,chemicals or other toxic materialswhich couldreach water resources.Casual roadside maintenance of a vehiclemight involvechanging the oil and discardingthe spentoil and oil filterby the roadsidewhich could affect a waterresource if nearby. These impacts,except for accidentalspills, are direct, short-term,reversible impacts which vvouldbe low in occurrenceexcept possiblyin urban areas where there are concentrationsof mechanics. Accidentalspills are direct;longer-term and potentiallyirreversible impacts (if this spill wereto occurin a closedwater body suchas a pondrather than in a water course which could carry the contaminationdownstream). They are generally rare and randomin occurrencebut giventhe fiequencyof road accidentsin India this impactis of geater significancein the context of Gujarat Road Corridors03, 06, 17 and 28 (Figure43 - InterimReport GSHP Vol. 2) with heavier projectedtraffic volumes wouldbe more vulnerableto this impact 7.3.2 Interference wih StonmWater Runoff This impact is a result of alterationof drainagepatterns during construction,earth movingactivities and manifestsitself during the operationphase especially during the monsoon season.The impact is direct; long-termand irreversible.As was noticed duunngthie 1997 monsoon season where even major roads were inundated. Thereare many flat low lyingareas in the state that are proneto flooding.Any interruptionof stormwater runoff could lead to significantflooding along the roadside. All corridorscould be susceptibleto this impactwith the exceptionof 17 and 18 which are orientedless perpendicularlyto runoffofthe localdrainage basins. 7.3.3 MineralResources INDICATORS SoiL Followingthe Geo-climaticregion designations for the vaniousroad corridorsas in Section62.1, we have generatedthe followingscalar indicators,which reflectthe erosionpotential due to constructionphase impacts (see Table7.6). Table 7.6: ErosionPotential Corridor Location Erosion Potential Scalar values areas with <500 mmrainfall. low I areas500 -1,000 mn rainfall mediun 2 areas > 1,000 nmtrainfall high 3 Pits and Quarrie Therewas no indicatorchosen as suchfor pits and quarries,but an inventoryof existingmaterials location was obtained from the engineeringteam for examination. CONSTRUCrION PHASE IMPACIS SoilErosion andLoss of TopsoiL Road constructionactivities such as earti moving, as well as removingtrees and vegetation can have significanteffects upon soils

91 GujaratPCC final Report-Volume 2A: SE4 LSRAssOA'ates

includingerosion and loss of topsoiLThese are directlong-tenn impacts that are irreversible. Excavationof new and existingpits and quaniescan leadto soil erosionand loss of topsoil. As mentionedpreviously, areas with black cotton soils will experience higher erosion dueto the necessityof removingthe entiresection ofthis soilhorizon coupled with the fact that this soil is highlyerodible. High rainfallfurther exacerbates the problem. Thosecorridors with low probabilityof erosionare scored1, thosewith mediumare scored2 and thosewith high are scored 3. The Corridorswhich scored high impactfor soilerosion are 10,17and 18. Soil CompnacionSoil compaction occurs as a resultofthe movementof vehiclesand heavy machinerybeyond the CW. Substantialareas of soil withinand beyondthe RoW(If new pits andquarries are exploited)can be compactedleading to conditions of low soil productivityand difficulties. Soil compaction within the drip-lineof trees oftenresults in the deathof the tree.There would be similarmagnitude of impactsfor all corridorsin termsof soilcompaction. Piis and Quames. Improperlydrained pits and quarriescan lead to stagnantwater bodieswith risk of diseaseor accidentsfor localresidents. Roadside pits in Urban /Industrialareas are proneto disposalof solid, liquidand even toxic wastes.New borrowpits excavatedin theseareas will exacerbate the problem. Improperexcavation of quarriescan leadto dangerousconditions and rockslides. An inventoryof all quarriesindicates that they are all activeand will be used in the constructionphase. In genaal thesequarries have a stablegeology and no particular Problemsare associatedwith them. Three quarrieshave environmrentalproblems associatedwith them.These are foundon Corridors09, 18 and 27 (see Appendix7). One quany (TmrangaHills) has outstandingaesthetic and geological qualities. Further exploitationofthis quarrywould damnage its unique charater (seeVolume 2B). OPERATIONPHASE IMPACTS SoiL Operationphase impacts are consideredto be negligibleupon the soil resource. Indirectimpacts include siltation of watercourses, inrigation ditches and canals,wells as well as croplands. Pfis and Quaries. Periodicmad maintenancewill necessitatefiirther use of tiese quarriesas required If quarriesare locatednear villagesthe impactwould be upon safetYof the localinhabitants in termsof stnding waterand unstable rock conditions. If these facilitiesare not used and water is allowedto collect, the dangerof it becominga mosquitobreeding area and diseasesource is very high. Properdrainage or decommissioningofthe sitesis essential.

7.3.4 Rora INDICATORS.Since no significantnatural forests or reservedforests exist along the roadcorridors, the indicatorschosen refer to treesplanted within the RoW. Lossof TreeMassperKilomear- Treeplantations within the RoWwere evaluated in the fieldby determiningsize class and density.By multiplyingsize class times density timesthe length in metersalong the roadsidewe were able to determninea relative massof trees whichwould be impactedby the roadconstruction. As exactengineering

92 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assoc.ates designsfor the road constructionfor the projectcorridors were not availableduring our fieldwork, we had to assumea the entireRoW would be affected. Numberof Giant TreesAffected Sometrees stand out, are substantiallyolder and largerthan most others.These are referredto as giant trees and can often be found close to villagesand towns.The speciesinvolved are usuallyBanyan. Neem. Pipal, Mango, Gulmoharor Tamarind.Giant trees which are found within village limits oftenare focal pointsfor socialinteraction or usedcommunally as largeshaded areas, socialgathering places, bus stops, and as retailsales areas. All giant trees withinthe RoW that would be affectedby road constructionwere enumeratedfor eachcorridor. Green Tunnels. Greentunnels are areaswith densetree plantationswithin the RoW forning a densegreen 'archway' over the roadway.These can formlong uninterrupted 'tunnels'.Green tunnels were recordedfrom only six of the corridors and was enumeratedas being presentor absentand givena high impactvalue if present(see Sect.8.2.4). IMPACISDUE TO CONSTRUCrIONPHASL Mostof the impactson the Floraare due to the constructionphase activities. These have direct and long-lastingeffects upon the tree plantations,green tunnels and giant trees, since most, using convenitional engineeringwisdom, must be removing.Vegetation is also removedand the ground compacted.The roadstrengthening for the two Lane optionswill involveclearing tle majorityof the tree plantationswithin the RoW. In the case of four Lane option, engineersindicate that, in additionto any trees outside the RoW in the way of constructionmachinery, all of tree plantationswithin the RoW are planned to be removecl. The impactsfrom the removalof trees along the roadsideinclude reduction in the amount of shade, shelterand wildlifehabitat. Other impacts include decreased soil fertility and moisture,reduction in wind breaks and micro-climatechanges with increasedtemperature and decreasedhumidity as well as decreasedair pollution buffering(see Figure7. 10). The generationof dust duringconstruction can coat the leavesof roadsidevegetation butthis is a transientand short-termeffect. VegetationCommunities. Since there areno nativeforests or othersignificanit natural ecosysteims,the only naturalvegetation communities which could be affectedby the road constructionactivities are the few wetland marshes, see discussion under wetlandsSection 7.2.3. Valuesfor the indicatorsdiscussed below are given later in Table7.14. Tree Plantations. Analysisof the loss of tree mass per kilometrereveals that the followingcorridors have the highest impact due to constructionphase activities. Corridors.01, 03, 10. 11,26, 27. Giant Trees. The highestimpact on gianttrees would occuron Corridors07 and 19 (see Figure7.11). Green Tunnels. Significantstretches of green tunnels are found on1the following Corridors05. 07. 10. 17 and 18.Corridor 17 in particularhas significantstretches (up to 20 km) of greentunnels that is postedwith two billboards,one near Kadodrawhich declares"save the trees, hence the environment,Social Forestry Department"and anotherone further on in Vyarawhich says the same in Gujarati.Corridor 17 will be morespecifically addressed in the ESR.

93 D:514=SK, DGujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

Figure 7.10:Roadwidening involves removing trees from the RoW-a a major impact on the naturAlenvironment since often there are more trees in the RoW than the surrounding area.

Figure 7.11:Older trees were planted closerto the CW and are proclaimed safety hazard. Giant trees like this Pipal, which contains a prayer flag, are important for worshipping,shade, habitat or as communitygathering places. Keep these trees, where feasible,through innovativeroad design.(Link 131,km 63.8, near Anldeshwar)

94 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LaaAsSOCIafeS

IMPACTSDUE TO OPERATIONPHASE Operationphase impactson the vegetation are focusedon dust and air pollutionwhich settleson the leaves.However, abatement of air pollution by absorptionby roadsideplants and trees is importantreason for maintaining roadside plantations. See discussion in Section 82.1 for a list of appropriatetree speciesfor pollutionabsorption.

7.3.5 Fauna IlDICATORs. Proximityof the road corridor in km to protected areas and the -presenceof endangeredspecies was assessed for the corridors and is found in Table 7.10.This includednational Parks, wildlife Sanctuaries and reserveforests. While seven wildlife sanctuariesand national parks fall within 10 km of project corridors,only Corridors02 (Section6.2.7), could havea minorconceivable effect on the Wild Ass Sanctuarywho's boundaryis 2km from Link 021-022. The road does not pass directlythrough the wildlifesanctuaries and the increasedtraffic and velocity wouldhave a negligibleimpact to the endangeredspecies present Sincethis indicator only marginallyaffected one corridor,it was not includedin the matrix. IMPAC1sDUE TO CONSTRUCJIONPHASE Noneof the protectedareas (sanctuaries and naturalparks) are transectedby the roads nor will they be impactedby the road reconstructionlMPACrsDUE TO OPERATION PHASE Operation phase activities which have impacts upon wildlifeincludes collision with animnalsand disturbance. Rehabilitationof the projectcorridors will necessarilyincrease the speed of vehicles ,that in turn leadto a greaterrisk of collisionswith wildlife.With respectto the Wild Ass, it genemllyavoids the road since its range is fiuther north in the little Rann of Kachchh;and is swiftand alert enoughto avoid collisions.Based on discussionswith the reserve warden,there is no recordof Wild Ass-vehiclecollisions over the past three years. They seldomventure towards the motorableroads. Therefore,increase in traffic would have a negligibleimnpact upon this population, particularlyif good signageis put in place.

7.4 Social and Cultural Environment

7.4.1 Introduction PAP and propertiesstatistics used in this sectionmust be viewed with caution,since, at the time every propertyand unit within the defined RoW was counted as being affected. This was done as engineeringdrawings were not yet availableto provide boundaries.Additionally, land adjacentto the RoW(up to 100m from the edge of the CW for rural areas and the first RoW of propertiesadjacent to the RoW for urban areas)was also consideredpotentially impacted. This is the worstcase scenario. The data collected for the SEA has been used to assess the impacts and to help establishmitigative measures. The data that were collectedand analysedin the matrix, Table 7.14,were recordedas the number of units or the amountof square metresof land per kilometreof road.This was necessaryto allowfor a comparisonbetween the naturaland social indicators. For further analysisfor the social environment,the data from the strip maps was used to compare the total numbers of property and units of PAPs per road corridor, irresective of the length of the corridor(see Table 7.8). Based on the World Bank

95 ,£4c, GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA rAssomates

Policyfor Resettlementand Rehabilitation,every projectaffected person is entitledto compensationor assistancefor theirlosses. The levelof impactsfor each indicator(numbers of propertiesand numbersof PAPs) for the 18 corridorswas determined as describedin Sections3.8 and 8.1 Please refer to Table 7.14, Appendix 8, and Table 7.8, for additional detailed information. Accordingto the estimatesfrom the strip mapping,out of a total of 2847 units,there are 600 residential,1759 businessand 448 agriculturaland 40 institutionalproperties impactedin the corridors.The total estimatedPAPs are 10,092,out of whichthere are approximately3600 residential,3804 business and 2688 agriculturalPAPs. This figure is the worst case scenarioand the actualimpacts of the road projects,based on the verificationsurvey are

7.4.2 HumanSettlements INDICATORS. Road construction can have significant impacts on human settlements such as villages,towns and other areas where there is human habitation.The main mdicatorsfor measuring the impact on human settlementsare the numbers of propertiesor units affectedby the road constructionand associatedwork such as detoursand by-passes.During the strip mapping,residential and businessunits were not distinguishedbetween differenttypes of construction(katcha, semi pucca and pucca). Temporaryor mobile vendors were not tabulatedfor this evaluation.The indicatorsare as follows(see Table7.7 for quantificationofthe indicators). Table7.7: Indicators of and LikelyImpacts on Human Settlements No. Name of Corridor Number of Number Number of Impacted Units Settlements of Units (Worse case Scenario) (per kmn) (per kmn) Residential Businesses Agricultural Institutional 0 1 Sarkhej -Virarngam 0.35 6.28 40 99 2 0 02 Viramngam-Maliya 0.24 1.41 3 6 0 3 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 0.31 15.54 35 150 22 10 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 0.77 13.06 77 317 9 4 06 Lunawada-Halol 0.54 10.83 70 137 61 2 OS Ladvel-Dakor. 0.28 15.15 6 39 16 3 09 Dakor-Godhra 0.40 44.65 113 212 76 3 10 Vadodara-Jamnbusar 0.09 25.56 34 224 108 3 12 Bharuch-Dahcj OA5 0.87 4 33 4 0 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 0.3S 9.80 95 225 15 S 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 0.82 1.10 14 15 6 0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0.28 936 6 3 11 0 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.53 333 6 26 32 0 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.36 1.68 0 15 6 0 22 Watamnan-Dholera 0.20 0.75 0 6 0 I 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 0.42 20.8 33 183 19 3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.24 3.00 26 48 10 0 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.23 1.43 38 21 51 O0 Total 0.38 10.26 600 1759 448 40 Total Number of Units per iloMmetrneCorridor 09 falls into the medium impact category,when the total numberof units per kilometreis comparedwith the entireset of projectroads. The remaining coridors fall intothe low impactcategory. TotalN'umber ofSettlemenperiilometre. Corridors05 and 15 standout as having a high number of human settlementsper kilometrewhen comparedwith the other corridors.A significantnumber of corridors fall into the medium impact category.

96 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts

These are Corridors01, 03, 06, 08, 09, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21, and 26. The remaining Corridors(02, 10,22,27, and 28) are in the low impactcategory. ResidentialPropertes Per Corridor. When we compare residentialproperties per corridor,there are eight with 25 or less residentialunits impacted(02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18,21,22,). Sevencorridors have between26 and 75 residentialunits impacted. These are corridors01, 03, 06, 10,26, 27 and 28. Only three corridors(05, 09 and 13)had a large numberof residentialproperties affected. These fndings indicate that, for residentialproperties, all but the lowest impact corridorswould be medium impact categorycorridors and will requirea RAP and communityconsultation to be carriedout. Business PropertiesPer Corridor.For this indicator,many of the same Corridorsas above fall intothe lowestimpact category (01, 02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 27, and 28). Four Corridorswith >105 business units impactedfall in the medium impact category. Four (05, 09, 10 and 13)have significantlylarge numbers (potentially over 210 properties)of businessproperties impacted. A closer lookat the corridorsfalling in the low impactcategory reveals that Corridors 01 and 23 willhave morethan 50 unitsimpacted 1 by the project.programme. These findingsindicate that Corridors02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 27 and 28 will require an EntitlementPlan, all other corridorswill require a ResettlementAction Plan. AgriculturalProperties Per Corridor. Only three Corridorshave more then 50 agriculturalproperties impacted and falling into the mediumimpact category,those are 06, 09 and 10. Corridor 10 has the most significantnumber of agricultural propertiesimpacted, approximately 108 properties. Instidtional PropertiesPer Corridor. There are few institutionalproperties located in any of the road corridors.Several Corridors have no institutionslocated adjacent to or withinthe RoW at all (01, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 27 and 28). Corridors02, 06, 08, 09, 10, 21 and 22 have less than three institutionslocated within or adjacentto the road corridors. Only 03, 05 and 13 have ten, four and eight institutions impacted, respectively. Congestionand Detows Constructionactivities may disrupt the regularflow of traffic on the road corridors,causing delays and trafficjams. Detours and diversions will be used to alleviate some of these problems and will also be outlined in the engineeringdesign report (seeEMAP in Section8.4).

50 unitsis a cutoffpoint, above which a fullRAP and consultation programme isneeded, and belowwhich an 'entitlementplan' only is necessary.

97 Table 7.8: Total Number of Likely Project Affected Properties and Persons by Corridor (Worse Case Scenario)

No. Corridor Name Residential Business Agricultural Institutional Total Total |Total Project Business Properties

______Affected Residential Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam 40 240 99 207 2 12 0 459 139 141 02 Viramgam-Malaya 3 18 6 13 0 0 3 31 9 12 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 35 210 150 314 22 132 10 656 185 217 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 77 462 317 663 9 54 4 1179 394 407 06 Lunawada-Halol 70 420 137 286 61 366 2 1072 207 270 08 Ladvel-Dakor 6 36 39 82 16 96 3 214 45 64 09 Dakor-Godhra 113 678 212 443 76 456 3 1577 325 404 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 34 204 224 468 108 648 3 1320 258 369 12 Bharuch-Dahej. 4 24 33 198 4 24 0 246 37 41 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 95 570 225 470 15 90 8 1130 320 343 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 14 84 15 30 6 36 0 150 29 35 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 6 36 3 6 11 66 0 108 9 20 18 Bajipura-Songadh 6 36 26 54 32 192 0 282 32 64 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 0 15 31 6 36 0 67 15 21 22 Wataman-Dholera 0 0 6 13 0 0 1 13 6 7 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 33 198 183 382 19 114 3 694 216 238 27 Rajkot-Morvi 26 156 48 100 10 60 0 316 74 84 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 38 228 21 44 51 306 0 578 59 110 Total 600 3600 1759 3804 448 2688 40 10092 2359 2847

98 Chapter 7--Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeGAssociafes

Loss of Access. As a resultof constructionactivities, access to individualbusinesses, residencesand othersites alongthe roadcorridors may be limitedor disruptedfor the time periodduring construction. Additionally, access at intersectionswith otherroads may also be impactedor impaired.Mitigation to provideaccess to privateand public thoroughfareswill be part of the engineeringdesign reports(see EMAP in Section 8.4). Road Safety and Collisionsbetween Construction Vehicles and thzePublic. During constructionmany heavy vehicles will be operatingalong the road corridorsand there will be increasedrisk of collisionswith people,animals and other vehiclesusing the roads. Constructionvehicles often operateat high speeds and cause considerable disruptiondue to their size.Mitigative measures to reducepotential accidents will be outlinedin the next section(see EMAPin Section8.4). Locationof WorkCamps. The locationof workcamps can have negativeimpacts to localcommunities by introducingseveral social problems and placingconstraints on alreadyover-taxed infiastructure such as water sewerageand electricity.However, there are also positivebenefits of increasedbusiness for local shop ownersand other services suppliedby the local community.In the contract documents,sufficient preventiveclauses were incorporated,in order to minimise health hazards and to maintaingood sanitarycondition of the workcamps and beyond. IMPACTSDUE TO ROAD OPERATION. In additionto impacts caused by the constructionof the roads,there will be someminor impacts as a resultof the operation on the road,including increased noise and pollutionfor residentsand businessunits adjacentto the RoW,as well as the followingimpacts: Severance of Settlementsand Land Severanceoccurs when a community experiencesdisruptions in traditionalday-to-day communication networks or travel routes and can be particularlysevere when a new road is built or an existingroad is widenedsignificantly. With the exceptionof potentialby-passes, there are no new roads in the projectcorridors and a relativelysmall amountof four lane wideningin congestedurban centres. Severancealso occurswhen btafficspeeds increase or medianbarriers are erectedto preventpeople from crossingthe road.Altemative routes are some times longerand less direct, thereby affectingbusinesses, pedestrians and non-motorisedtransport. Severanceoften impacts the mostvulnerable groups who normallydo not haveaccess to motorisedtransportation. This will have to be looked at on a case-by-casebasis once the preliminarydesign is complete,to ensurethere are no severe impactsof proposeddesign layouts, particularly in urbanareas. If the impactsare severeenough, the needfor under-or over-passesmay needto be considered. Encroachments.Individual encroachments are dealt with in the RAP; however, further explanationof the impactsat a more general level is required.Extensive encroaclhmentsare usuallylocated in the urbanor built-upareas of towns and as such leadto a highernumber of PAPs.In a rural area,space constraints are generallynot a problem,and an encroachercan often re-alignor shift a short distanceand re-start operationsin a short time period,with little impact.In urbanareas tt is often the encroachmentonto footpathsand roadsideswhich causes congestionand jeopardises traffic and pedestrian safety. Conflicts arise when road improvementsinvolve widening,reducing the space for the coexistenceof encroachmentsand the road. Many of the businessactivities of these encroachersplay an importantpart in the life

99 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea AssociCICS

of a community and the local people consider them a community asset. The photographbelow showsa row of semi-mobilecarts locatedwithin the RoW (Figure 7.12)

Figure7.12: Temporary carts encroach onto the RoWof Corridor01 in Sanand. Transportaionof Hazrdous Materials Duringthe operationof the road,it is likely that the transportationof hazardousmaterials will take place on some of the road corridors.In the case of a traffic accidentand a potentialspill, mitigationmeasures will be establishedand a spillcontingency plan developed (see EMAP in Section8.4).

7.4.3 People INDICATORS.The main indicatorsfor this sectionare the total numbersof PAPs, sub- dividedinto residential, business and agriculturalcategories. IMPACrSDUE TO ROADCONSTRUCTION. The number of people impacted by the road widening has been estimatedby using the number of units for residential, businessand agriculturalproperties (see Table7.9). The residentialand agricultural propertieshave been multipliedby the averagehousehold density (6.0 persons per household)and the businessproperties have been multipliedby the averagenumber of employeesper businessunit from the Census Surveyfor the ESR (2.09 personsper business). Total Numnberof PAPsper Kilome&re.PAP estimatesin all but three corridorsfall into the low impact category.Corridor 26 falls in the moderate impactcategory, and Corridors09 and 23 fall intothe high impactcategory (Table 7.7). TotalNwmber Of ResidentialPeople Per Corridor.The nine Corridorsthat have less than 150residential PAPs irnpactedare: 02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23. Conidor27 falls on the line betweenlow and mediumimpact on residentialPAPs (26 properties). The four Conidorsthat have moderateimpacts on residentialPAPs are 01, 03, 10 and

100 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts G K= 4aAssaoaat,

26. Corridors05, 06, 13 and 28 are the only comidorswith a significantlyhigh impact on residentialPAPs. Table 7.9: Indicators and Likely Impacts on People (Worse Case Scenario) No. Corridor Number of PAPs Total Resident- Business Agri- PAPs ial PAPs2 cultural (per km) PAPs' PAPs 3 01 Sarkhej -Virarngam 3.06 240 207 12 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.53 18 13 0 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 3.17 210 314 132 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 2.86 462 663 54 06 Lunawada-Halol 2.25 420 286 366 08 Ladvel-Dakor 3.24 36 82 96 09 Dakor-Godhra 17.27 678 443 456 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 3.79 204 468 648 12 Bharuch-Dahej 5.21 24 198 24 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 14.94 570 470 90 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 4.74 84 30 36 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 1.86 36 6 66 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.75 36 54 192 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.67 0 31 36 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.28 0 13 0 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 7.74 198 382 114 27 Rajkot-Morvi 1.11 156 100 60 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.46 228 44 306 _ Total 4.11 3600 3804 2688 Notes: EExtrap. by multiplyingNo. of residentialpropertiesby avg. household size (6.0). 2 Extrap.by multiplyingNo. of businessproperties by avg. numberof employees(2.09). 3Extrap. by mzdzplyingNo. ofagriculturaipropertiesby avg household size (6.0). 7Ttal Nunber Of Business People Per Conidor. Twelve properties fall into the low impact category, of which only Corridors 01 had more than 50 business properties arid, hence,more affectedPAPs and will requirea RAP. Four Corridors,03, 05, 06 and 26, fall in the moderateimpact category. Corridors 09, 10 and 13 fall intothe high impactcategory. TotalNumber Of Farmers Per Corridor. Fourteen Corridors; 01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 12, 13, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26 and 27, will have a low impacton the agriculturalPAPs, as well as impactingless than 50 agriculturalproperties. Corridor 27 falls on the line between low and moderate.Corridor 06 falls in the moderate impact category,while Corridors 09 and 10 fall into the high irmpactcategory.

IMPACr DuE TO OPERATIONS Road Safety. Accidentsresult in injuries, death and damageto private and public property. Accident rates are a significant problem in India, and there is a full discussion on this topic [in the Report by the Engineering Team]. Accident rates are rising in many areas where the road system, travel speeds and proportion of motorised traffic are increasing. Pedestrian traffic and non-motorised vehicles, such as camel carts, ox carts and bicycles, are the groups most affected, particularly when these

101 71=Stl Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .socataes

groupsmix with fastermoving motorised traffic. Road safetyimpacts often includean equity issue, as the road projects are completed,conditions for motorised vehicle owners(a wealthiergroup in society)improve. At the sametime accidentimpacts tend to affect the poorer,more vulnerablegroups who do not have access to motorised transportation.The photographin Figure7.13 is a commonsite along project roads.

7.4.4 Community Assets INDICATORSAND IMPACTS Changein communityassets is anotherindicator of impactof the projecton the social environment. Assets affected by the project include wells, giant trees used for communitygathering places, bus stops and utilities.The photographbelow shows severalgiant trees which functionas a communityfocal point(Figure 7.14: ). Communitywells and trees have already been discussed(Section 7.2.3 and 7.3.4, respectively).Utilities and bus stops will be replaced (new bus stops will also be added) by the EngineeringTeamn, while they are redesigningthe roads and associated facilities.

7.4.5 Land Acquisition INDICATORS. The amount of land in m2 to be acquiredby the project is another indicatorof impact on the social environment.These estimates(Table 7.10), refer to the land to be acquiredadjacent to and beyondthe RoW by two metersin urbanareas and 7.5 m in villageareas. As there are no sectionsof four lanes,one by-passand no major changes in alignment,the amountof land acquisitionshould be minimal.The various types of land use are: Urban, Rural, Irrigated,Non Irrigated,Other Land (barren,grazing, etc). IMPACiSDUE TO CONSTRUCTION UrbanLand None ofthe projectconidors appeared to requireany new urban land VillageLand Corridor 17 impactsa significantamount of village land and falls into the high impactcategory. All the remainingcorridors fall in the low impactcategory. Non-Irigated Land Only Corridor 17 impacts a significantamount of irrigated agriculturalland and falls in the high impactcategory. All the remainingcorridors fall in the low impactcategory. IrrigatedLand Corridors01 and 28 have a significantimpact on the amount of non- irrigatedagricultural land and fall in the high impactcategory. Corridor 17 falls in the mediumcategory and all othercorridors have a low impact. OthlerLands Corridors01 and 28 have a high impact on the amount of other lands irnpactedoutside the RoW. All the other comdors have low impacts on other land outsidethe RoW.

102 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts

Figure 7.13Pedestrians such as these womencarrying water walk directly on the paved road. (Corridor 01,Sarkhej - VirAmgam)

C 4~~~.

Figur-e7.14: A giant tree functionsas a communityfocal point within the RoW along many project roads. (Corridor 10, Vadodara-Jambusar)

103 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates

Table 7.10: Estimates of Land1 Acquisition by Land Category (Worst Case Scenario) Corridor Amountof Land to be Acquired accordingto 5 land categories(m 2 /km) No. Name Urban Village Non Irrigated Other Land Irrigated 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 633.98 171.75 1131.02 5266.35 6297.28 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.00 0.00 14.36 0.00 0.00 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 323.98 1.67 1796.66 231.38 1741.35 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 0.00 0.00 58.23 0.00 0.00 06 Lunawada-Halol 136.12 20.22 229.16 914.76 1202.83 08 Ladvel-Dakor 0.00 0.00 121.30 0.00 0.00 09 Dakor-Godhra 0.00 0.00 129.66 0.00 0.00 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 111.23 198.62 721.82 433.00 790.52 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0.00 133.33 1213.84 1210.25 941.02 13 Ankleshwar- 452.31 162.12 5.45 1197.87 234.33 Ichhapur 1 lchhapur-Palsana 37.50 50.00 428.13 1084.38 1743.75 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 474.70 1093.43 6395.37 2780.85 589.88 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.00 0.00 20.31 0.00 0.00 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.00 0.00 7.82 0.00 0.00 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.00 0.00 3.65 0.00 0.00 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 0.00 0.00 121.89 0.00 0.00 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.00 0.00 10.73 0.00 0.00 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 73.06 330.98 212.51 4843.35 5096.25

7.4.6 SensitiveCommunity Facilities INDICATORS.Community facilities inside RoW or within 100 m of ROW were noted during the strip mapping survey but were not differentiated as to health, education or recreational use. IMPACTSDUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION.Table 7.11 gives the total number of institutions potentially impacted by the corridors. Corridor 03, with 10 institutional properties located within the RoW or adjacent to it, has the highest impact and Corridor 13 with eight properties is a close second. With the exception of Corrridor 05 with four properties, all the other corridors have three properties or less for their total length. Corridors 02, 06, 08, 09,10, 22, 26 have three or less properties.Corridors 01, 12, 15, 17, 18,21, 27, and 28 have no institutionsaffected by the project. IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATIONS. Increased noise and air pollution may be experienced by community facilities located adjacent to the road corridors. However, mitigation will be carried out in the areas around education and health facilities. This is further expanded in the EMAP in Section 8.4.

1 The amount of land to be acquiredwas calculatedusing the infonnationprovided on projectedfour lane corridors.It was the amountof land necessaryto acquireoutside the RoW. However.there are no four lane conidors thereforethis land is unlikelyto be impactedby the projectat all.

104 Chapter 7-Envwronmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssociates

Table 7.11: Indicatorsand Impacts on Sensitive CommunityFeatures No. Corridor Numberof Institutional Properties 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam 0 02 Viramgam-Maliya 3 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 10 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 4 06 Lunawada-Halol 2 08 Ladvel-Dakor 3 09 Dakor-Godhra 3 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 3 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 8 15 lchhapur-Palsana 0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 22 Wataman-Dholera 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0 Total 40

7.4.7 Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty INDICATORS.The indicators selected for this component are the numbers and types of cultural properties found in the corridor-of-impactof the road project. The cultural properties are characterised in Section 6.3.6. IMPACrSDUE TO CONSTRUCrION.Cultural heritage is a very important part of the social environment and requires special attention in order to understand the interaction of tie positive and negative impacts due to road construction. For example, an important positive impact is improved access for visiting cultural properties. However, this can also have the negative impact of facilitatingover-use and abuse of these same properties. By understanding these interactions,the potential exists to tum problems and negative effects into opportunitiesto benefit,protect, and enhance areas of cultural significance. All cultural properties within the RoW are likely to be impacted as a result of the road rehabilitation. One example of such a site is shown in Figure 7.15. Cultural properties outside the RoW may also be impacted due to increased construction and activity in the vicinity. The following list summarises the impactsdue to road construction: * Damage to structures through earth-moving and collision with heavy machinery; * Damage to structures from vibration and air pollutiondue to operation of heavy vehicles and machinery; * Contamination of site to improper disposal of wastes, fuel and lubricants; and, * Interruption of access to cultural properties due to construction activities and/or the relocation of shrines and monuments.

105 2ZD. Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

Figure 7.15: A temple and the railway constrain the widening of Corridor 01 at Sachana. IJVIACrsDUE To OPERATIONS.Immediate imnpacts on culturalproperty due to road operationmay not be as dramaticas thoseresulting from road construction;however, negativeimnpacts, over time, have the potentialto be equallysignificant The impacts are as follows: Increasednoise, vibration and air polution from mhreasedtraffic on road corridorscan dmIage cultural property. . Culturalproperties adjacent to the CW are at risk of damageby vehicular collision. * Areas of cultural significancelocated near the RoW have the potential of becominga point-of-interestor stopover,thereby requiringthe provisionof improvedaccess and parkingfacilities. * Increasedvisitation as a result of improved access could impact cultural propertiesdue to abuseand over-use. * Villages and settlementsalong the project corridors could experience both physical and cultural changesbecause of increasedtraffic and the resulting outsideinfluences. There is a possibilitythat the changeswrought as a resultof this increasedexposure could destroy the very nature and significanceof their culturalassets. Examples have been notedof settlementsthat have been turned intogarages and truck parkingareas along existing highways.

7.4.8 VulnerableGroups INDICATORS.The total number of VulnerableGroups per kilometre IACS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION.For this level of detail the vulnerablegroups were not split intothe differentcategories selected for detailedanalysis in the ESR The figureswere extrapolatedfrom statisticsat the district level.The percentagesof ScheduledCastes, Scheduled Tribes were estimated as a percentof the total numberof

106 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssocates

PAPs per corridor impacted by the road corridors. Statisticaldata on women headed houLselholdswas not availablefor analysisat this level. Corridors 09 Dakor to Godhra and Corridor 26 Jetpur to Junagadh fall into the high impact category, the rest of the project corridorsfall in to the low impact category (see Table 7.12). The various types of land use are: Urban, Rural, Irrigated.Non Irrigated, Other Land (barren,grazing, etc). Table 7.12: Indicatorsand Likely Impacts on Vulnerable Groups (Worse Case Scenario) Corridor Name Numberof Affected PeopLefrom Vulnerable Groups (number/ km) 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam 2.1 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.7 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 1.6 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 1.4 06 Lunawada-Halol 1.1 08 Ladvel-Dakor 1.6 09 Dakor-Godhra 4.0 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 0.2 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0.1 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 0.3 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 0.0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0.7 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.1 1I Dholka-Bagodra 0.3 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.1 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 3.3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.5 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.2

IMPACTSDUE TO CONSTRUCrIONON TRIAL POPULATIONS.There are no new roads being built under this project. If there were, the impacts on tribal people would be more significant. However, as this project is concemed with rehabilitation and widening of existing roads (with the exception of by passes, but they are within an urban or suburban area) the impacts on Tribals are no more significant then they are on the other identified vulnerablegroups of the population. However, further study, may be necessary on roads which pass through the tribal areas (shown on Figure 6.8) if the socio-economic survey identifies a disproportionate number of tribal people who are close to or below the poverty line, located within the RoW of the roads. The experience of the team on the ESR was that many tribal farning communities adjacent to the road corridors, (but not directly impacted) have large land holdings and are very successfulfarmers as the shown in Figure 7.16.

107 GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA LeBAssociates

Figure7.16: Large farmhouses are located back from the projectroad in one of the areascontaining significant tribal populations. (Corridor18, nearVyara) This may not alwaysbe the case, so sensitivityto the potentialiunpacts of the road projectson tribal populationsshould be up most in the minds of those carfying out furtherstudies and imnplemnentingthe projects, until it can be proventhat there are no significantimpacts. If furtherstudy is necessarybecause significant tribal populations are identified,the followingis a list of potentialimnpacts tha willneed to be mitigated: * Tribal people may not have had much contact with outside people, and increased contact may cause diseases and other social problems such as alcoholismand unemploymnent; * Oftenthere is no recognisedsystem of land tenure and they are eligible for compensation.hinstead of standingup for themselvesthey may withidrawinto new areas, creatingnew social pressuresand pressureson alreadyconstrained resourcesystemns. * Conflictbetween the tribalpopulation and new settlersinto an area has been a problemin the past. * For many tribal populationsthe land is sacredand the reaons for this goes back many generations,it is very difficultto explain to outsidersand very difficultto compensatefor. 7.5 CumulativeImpacts Due to the fact that all of the project corridorsare existing r-oads,there would be a limitedrange of cumulativeimpacts involved. The followingareas summarisethese impacts.

108 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts

7.5.1 Air QualityandNoise The increasedtraffic due to road rehabilitationof the projectcorridors will .necessarily lead to increasedair pollutionload of airshedsshared betweenroad corridors,and other source of ambient air quality which would be a cumulative impact of this project

7.5.2 Loss of Treeswithin the RoW Althoughprotected forest area within the RoW is not legallyavailable to the local populationfor the collectionof firewood,use as grazinglands and gatheringof fruit, it is a resourcethat is usedby many people,particularly vulnerable groups. Loss of these trees may have a cumulativeaffect thrughout the stateby forcingpeople who rely on this resourceto move furtherafield and put additionalpressure on land and resources that are alreadysignificantly constrained. The effectsof reducingthe protectedforest areas along the roadsideswithin the RoW is an issue which needs further study to assessthe potentialnegative impacts over time.

7.5.3 Induced Development Decreased travel time and increased accessibilitywill encouragesocio-economic infiastucture developmentlike industryand other businesseslinked by the Gujarat State HighwaysProject This will lead to induced developmentalong the project corridors with the associatedcumulative impactsof urbanisation,congestion and socialproblems.

7.6 EA ScreeningProcess: Categorisation of Corridors

7.6.1 Indicator Weighting/lImportanceValue Matrix Indicators were scaled by applying a modified Delphi technique as describedin Section 3.8. Twelve participantgroups were involvedand each supplied a set of figures. Four came fromthe projectteam; four fromthe R&BD;and four othersfrom the Task Force.The figureswere averagedin orderto generatethe values used in the indicatorweighting table (Table 7.13).Some minor adjustments were made among to a few the indicatorswhich reflectedadditional technical inputs from the team leaders. For example,the results placed an equal value on shrines and temples and only slightlymore for archaeologicalsites (6.6, 6.1 and 8.90/orespectively). Temples were valuedat twice that of shrinesand archaeologicalsites twice that of temples (ie 3, 6 and 12%). Also the indicatorfor fauna was droppedsince there was a negligible impact from any of the corridorsso this value was redistributed(readjusted column) amongthe rest of the indicators. The responsesfrom the Delphi, professionaljudgement technique ranked the natural environmentfirst (411%),social environment(37%) second, and culturalenviromnent (22%) third. Thevalues for all indicatorsfor the 18 corridorsare found in Table7.14.

7.6.2 Assessment of Overall Impact for the Cormdors The rankingof impactsfor each indicatorfor 18 corridorsis found in Table 7.15. In order to obtain the overall level of impact for each corridor the importancevalues were appliedto Table 7.15 as follows.A factor of one for low, two for mediumand

109 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA

three for high was multiplied by the importance value for that indicator and then totalled for all indicators within each corridor. In this way two things were achieved, I) the importance values were incorporated and 2) the impact values which varied among indicators by up to four orders of magnitude were normalised. The total values for overall impact would therefore fall between 100 (if all indicators were low impact) and 300 (if all indicators were high impact). The numerical total for overall impact for 30 corridors is found in Appendix 9. A graphical representation for 18 corridors is found in Figure 7.17.

150

160

140 Score

120

1001 2 27 22 6 12 8 21 15 3 28 5 18 13 17 9 26 10 1 Year

Figure 7.17: Environmental Screening of 18 Corridors (Y Axis = Total Impact Value, X Axis = Coridor No.)

7.6.3 Categorisation of Comdors A threshold of 150 for overall impact value of the conridors was initially set to distinguish medium impact category from low impact category projects (<149 = low impact category, > 150 = medium impact category -se Figure 7.17). This is near an inflection point and separates two Corridors 05 and 17, which have a significantly different levels of irnpact according to the analysis. Corridor 05 has only one indicator, the number of settlements, scoring as high impact and has seven others which score as medium impact. Corridor 17, on the other hand, has four indicators which score as high irnpact and three which score as medium impact Most importantly, this corridor contains one of the most impressive sections of green tmnels of any of the corridors. However, after further analysis and the application of the sensitivity test, it was decided that Corridors 05 and 18 required a bump up to medium impact category. Corridor 05 has sigrnificantlymore engineering problems with undulating terrain and many curves. It has a large productive wetland on the Vatrak river with a high fill height, many giant trees and traverses a tribal area. Corridor 18 has some green tunnels and many large tree plantations on Link 181 and also traverses a tribal area. This Corridor along with 17 will further experience impacts in the operational phase due to heavy increase in diverted traffic volumes. Therefore, it was necessary to apply a "bump up" as these two corridors merit a medium impact category classification.

110 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeAsocaJles

Table 7.13:Importance Values of Environmental Indicators1 Resultsof DelphiI ProfessionalJudgement Technique

Per centImportance ENVIRONMENTALCOMPONENT MainComponent Sub-component Indicator Indicators % % % NATURAL ENVIRONMENT Units 41.01 AirOuality_ f_ctor : _._. _11.06 11.06

IMediuhnIpac 2 _. IHigh Impact i3 Water _ _ . - 11.20 Surfacewater bodies NoJkm . 3.75 Water Crossings NoJklm 4.03 Wells affected I NoAan _ 3.42 Soil Erosion Potential ftor ._ -_._- __ 6AI 6.41 Low rainfall II . .. Mediumnrainfall 2..---. Highrnmllbik cotton soil 3 . . :. - . Flora 1233 Tree mass lost Noilm 4.11 Giant trees removed NoJAcm ._-_-._-:_:._.-_-. 4.11 Greentinnel removed Nolikm -_-_-_-_ . 4.11

Fauna______ProtectedAreas within IO km NoAcm .-- _|_ .: SOCIALENVIRONMENT . 3733 : Land acquired _ _ 8.01 Urban -:- 124 Village ______. _ 1.24 lInigLatod m2 ._-_-__ _ _ 2.34 Non-irrigated ii; -. .1.93 Nops iiixi; : _ :. _ . 126 Human Settlements NoAia 7.40 ITowns . -.4.50 [Villages _ ._ 3.00

Units affected NoAmn .. _._-_-_.. 6.24 Residential 3.22 Commercial ___-__- .__ 3.02 People affected (PAPs) NoAam ._ ._ ._-_ . 9.48 9.48 Vulnerable groups I NoAa.n 6.21 I Landless people ._. 2.26 Tribai populations ._ _ 2.06 |Women single provides, etc 1.89 CULTURAL ENVIRONMEN- 21.66 _ Shnrins NoAcm . 3.09 Ternples RNoakn - -. 6.19 Archaeological sites NoAlm . -_; 12.38 Total =100 Total =100 Total= 100 Note: Main component score is the sum of all scores for the respective sub- components; and the sub-component score is the sum of the scores of the respective indicators.

1 Participantswere asked to assign valuesfor the importanceof each main componentand sub-componentas well as for each indicator.These figureswere recalculatedso that the total for all indicators= 100.

111 RAjAsTHNA~

PAKISTAN DEEA PALAIANURi -

( S.....- 0v,. ( <@ , f 8 J .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~L LEGEND WrERNATIlONALBOUNDARY

STAT! BOUNDARY DITWTBOUNDA*tY -( \ = U S;n \ MUR !* .' DIST1CT, . _+HEADQUART Ns

aAJw ~ ANMEDABAD EvriimllCtgrut

02

( GULFOFKACHCHH / {/ EARA-t. (- -- ^a'CdgoryBOihRocd

( R V--NZ4M \NoE ( aD fAt; r M E \- _ -AM %-LO

MADHYA

(: AR4BIANSEA \ \ . ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~,JS, ; I ;UrPl

JE" I I A so 1oo ( S ., M "1 ; PRADESH i obh o L -.- -w *.-u SUchaasll.012sndOt3at,, GULFOF s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Unksa011,012.*013eftcre partof KHAMBHAT -i~,corridor l, 02etc.

IC ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure7.18 PMSANA ~~~~~~SECTORALEA - ~~~~~~Kilometels ENVIRONMENTAL oriomar hon CATEGORISATIONytw dg nt '<'z''-J'' J~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0!5^D"IEA - ANWA ~~~OFCORRIDORS U SU~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IEJNATSTATE

PPAJIARASHTR mcr.m AO 50 I L0LE LASA '

GujaratPCC FinalReport- Volume2A: SEA LUAssoc/ates

Table 7.14:Corridor ImpactAssessment - Indicator Values (Scale: 1=lowimpact, 3-high impact) Natural Environment SocialEnvironment Ciltural Land Use Population Environs No. Conidors Air Minor Cross Wells Erosion TreePlant Gianttrees Green. Urban Vilfage Inigated Non- Other Settilc- Units PAPs Vuiln. CultIlert. Quality Water drainage Potential Tunnel inig. ments grp Body Structure Scale NoAcm NoAkm NoAkm 2 2 2 Scale Mass/km NoAan Presencem /km mW/km m lkm m'/km .m /km NoJkm. NoA4m. NoA'm. No/klm No/km 01 Sarkhej-Viram. 2 0.027 1.38 0.044 2 3664 0.054 0 634 172 1131 5266 6297 0.35 6.28 3.06 2.1 1.05 02 Viram.-Maliya I 0.015 1.57 0.061 I 910 0.014 0 0 0 14 0 0 0.24 1.41 0.53 0.72 0.26 03 Mehsana-Palan. 2 0.084 1.21 0.077 2 4281 0.277 0 324 2 1797 231 1741 0.31 15.54 3.17 1.6 0.34 05 Shamilaji-Lunav. I 0.104 1.58 0.354 2 1990 0.664 0 0 0 58 0 0 0.77 13.06 2.86 2.04 0.28 06 Lunav.-llalol 1 0.041 1.61 0.179 2 1515 0.505 0 136 20 229 915 1203 0.54 10.83 2.25 1.14 0.24 08 Ladvel-Dakor I 0.055 0.95 0.111 2 1512 1.061 0 0 0 121 0 0 0.28 15.15 3.24 1.6 0.17 09 Dakor-Godhra I 0.026 0.99 0.118 2 2755 0.720 0 0 0 130 0 0 0.40 44.65 17.27 4.0 0.55 10 Vadodam-Jamb. 1 0.253 133 0.054 3 5001 0.282 I III 199 722 433 791 0.09 25.56 3.79 0.17 0.91 12 Bhamdt-Dahej I 0.063 0.48 0.04 3 948 0.19 0 0 133 1214 1210 941 0.45 0.87 521 0.04 0.06 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur I 0.119 1.35 0.039 3 1993 0.77 0 452 161 5 1198 243 0.38 9.8 14.94 0.25 0.27 15 lchhapur-Palsana 2 0.100 2.08 0.03 3 975 0.14 0. 37.5 50 428 1084 1743 0.82 1.1 4.74 0 0.00 17 Kadodra-Bajip. 1 0.030 1.19 0.288 3 1817 0.814 1 475 1093 6395 2781 590 0.28 9,36 1.86 0.71 0.28 18 Bajip.-Songadh I 0.000 1.50 0.117 3 2215 0.562 I 0 0 20 0 0 0.53 3.33 0.75 0.06 0.28 21 Dholka-Bagod. 1 0.045 1.43 0.135 2 2089 0.315 0 0 0 8 0 0 0.36 1.68 0.67 0.27 0.23 22 Watam.-Dliol. I 0.226 0.83 0.000 2 7.5 0.000 0 0 0 4 0 0 0.20 0.75 0.28 0.10 0.30 26 Jetpur-Junagadh I 0.000 2.04 0.377 2 2740 1.584 0 0 0 122 0 0 0.42 20.8 7.74 . 3.3 0.47 27 Rajkot-Morvi I 0.026 1.69 0.124 16b8M 0.261 0 0 0 1 0 0 0.24 3.00 1.1| 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.46 0.53 I ~~~~0.052L,721 0.31IS 676 0.670 0 73 331 23 443 5096 02 .3 04 .912 Les Associates

Table 7.15:Corridor Impact Assessment-IndicatorImpact and Total Impact for the Corridor NaturalEnvironment SocialEnvironmient Cult. Total

______I ______~~~~~~~~~~~~~_ __ __Po~~~~~~Larnduse daalon Env. I piiux

No. Conido,s Air Waterlody CDStnwict, Wells EsusionTwlm GTrees Cii.Twincl Udxu Village Iiiigdied N-lnig. ORlierSetl. Uiits 'Al's, V Ili Cul11IC 2 2 2 2 2 ______~QualitNoAkm NoAmu No./m Potentia Mass kmmmI mfkm mn/km nm/km m / m / m / NoJ NoJ NoJ NoJ NoAl 01 _a_Wfarna ___ _L __ L_ I M L I L M M M 02 VWaffgam-Mariva L L M L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 03 Mehsana-Palariu M L M L M LLI L L _ M L L L L L 05 Shamlaji-unavada L *M M M M M M L L L L L L L L M L L 06 Lunavada-1-ialoi L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 08 Ladvel-Qakor L L M L M I M L L L L L L M L L L L L 09 Dakor-Godlra L L M L M M M L L L L L 1L M M L M 10 Vadodara-Jambusar L . L H H H L L L L L L L I MI M

15 ld-hhapW-alsana LAMI - L LL ~ L L L L L L L M 17 Kadodra-Bajpura L L M I H M L L L L L M 18 Bafipura-Sriadh L L L H H I L L L L L L L L 21 Dholka-Bagodra M, L.....4j.. L__ L_ __ L 22 Wataman-11halera LI L _L __L_ LA L_ L 23 Bhawnaar-VerteJ L M'; H M ~M.j L L HMHM W K WI H HH M 26 Jetpur-Juiagadh L L H IM I H LML_L L_L_ M_ MI 27 Raikot-MonivLl II ~ I I I I L H L L__L_L L_L L_L 28 1 Raikot-Vadinar L _L__ H 1 1!1 1 1 1 111 H H I L L I M i __ lpodancevk,u% 11 3.75 4I 416.4 1 4.______4_1 4.1 1. 1.2 23 3_9_ __9_ *INDICATORVALUESVvWERE RANKED AS L (LOW),M(MEDIUM)AND H(HIGIMIMPACT USING %THRESHOLDVALUE OF THE HIGHESTVALUE INITHESERIES; 0-33% =L. 34-66% =M, 67-100% MH. *FOR TOTALIMPACT L, M ANDH WEREASSIGNED 1, 2,3 THENMULTIPLIED BY IMPORTANCEVALUE AND TOTALLED.

115 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

Overallimpact valuesfor the corridorsfall between 104and 217. Usingthe bumpup, about half of the corridors(eight out of 18) are low impactand fall into Low Impact Category,and eight corridorsare Medium Impact Category.Note that this reflects corridor-levelaverages and that withina corridoror withina link there may be short stretchof higherirnpacts which are refenredto as "hotspots". As the total number of units potentiallyimpacted was still significant for some corridorsranked as low impact,it was decidedthat a cut off pointwould be chosento act as a "bump up" to requirefurther socio-economic assessment to take place. It was agreed that 25 residential properties, 50 business properties or 50 agricultural properties would be the necessarycut off point for a bump-up to a full RAP. A corridorwith less than those numberswill completean EntitlementPlan, which is a smaller-scaleapproach to the resettlementof a small number of PAPs, yet ensuring they all receive their entitlementsand are consulted. The bump up requires a verificationof the numberof estimatedPAPs and furthersocio-economic surveys and assessments(including VGs such as Tribals)and communityconsultation.. None of the corridorsscored high enoughto be considereda High Impact Category project.Under Gol regulations,the proposedby-pass on Corridors03 will requirea completeEIA. Table 7.16 lists the environmentalcategorisation of all 18 corridors. (For graphicalrepresentation, see Figure 7.18). For Phase I there are two Medium Impact Category projects (Corridors01 and 17) and three Low Impact Category projects(Corridors 03 and 06),which willrequire further socio-economic surveys. For Phase II there are six Medium Impact Category projects and five Low Impact Category projects, three of which will require updated socio-economicsurveys. UnderIndian law, the bypasswill require a completeEA. For Medium Impact Categoryprojects an ESR will have to be preparedwhich will includean EMAP.For Low ImpactCategory projects the environmentalhotspots will have to be identifiedin a HotspotIdentification Matrix (see ESR, Tables73-7.7) and specificmitigation measures in the form of the HotspotMitigation Matrix (see ESR, Tables 8.3-8.7).This has been done for Phase I corridorsin the accompanyingESR document.

7.6.4 Summaryof EnvironmentalScreening Results The environmentalscreening of the 18 corridors(Corridor 03 was consideredtwice- thusthe actualnumber was 19),suggested that the overallimpact fiom the project,on both the natural and social environment,would be manageableand in many cases minimalif the proper mitigativemeasures specifiedin the EMAP are implemented. For Phase I corridorsthere were no High ImpactCategory roads, three (Corridors01, 03 and 17) MediumImpact Category roads, and three (Corridors03, 06 and 28) Low Impact Categoryroads. For Phase HA there is one High Impact Categoryroad as required by the GOI (Corridor 03-Bypass); two Medium Impact Category (Corridors05 and 09); and two Low ImpactCategory (Corridor 06 and 08). Phase II, the final phase of the project,has no High Impact Category;three Medium Impact Category(Corridors 10, 18 and 26); and eight Low ImpactCategory roads (Coridors 02, 12, 13, 15,21,22,27and28).

116 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts S

Table 7.16: Environmental Categorisation of Project Corridors No. Corridors PhaseI Phase IIA Phase II Length/km Length/km Length/km 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam MEDIUM 02 Viramgam-Maliya LOWb 03 Mehsana-Palanpur LOWb HIGH (Gol) 04 Deesa-Border LOW 05 Shamlaji-Lunavada MEDIUM 06 Lunavada-Halol * LOWb LOWb 07 Ahmedabad- Ladvel LOW 08 Ladvel-Dakor LOWb 09 Dakor-Godhra MEDIUM 10 Vadodara-Jambusar MEDIUM 11 Padra-Karjan LOW 12 Bharuch-Dahej LOW 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur LOW 14 Kim-Ank-OlpadXing LOW 15 Ichhapur-Palsana LOW 16 Surat-Kadodra MEDIUM 17 Kadodra-Bajipura MEDIUM 18 Bajipura-Songadh MEDIUM 19 Vapi-Daman LOW 20 Vapi-Kaproli MEDIUM 21 Dholka-Bagodra LOW 22 Wataman-Dholera LOW 24 Vertej-Dhasa MEDIUM 25 Vertej-Vallabhipur LOW 26 Jetpur-Junagadh MEDIUM 27 Rajkot-Morvi LOWb 28 Rajkot-Vadinar* LOWb LOWb 29 Khamnbalia-Okhaport LOW 30 Bhuj-Nakhatrana LOW

a- Containsbypasses b - hesecoridors will requimeverification of the estimatedrnwber of PAPs and firther socioenoric swvyj onceprelhmina,y designs ar completedto conflrmthe needfor RAP and consultation * PortionsofCorridors 06 and28 are included in PhaseI andPhase II.

117 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan

8. ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN-MITIGATIONAND MONITORING

8.1 Introduction This chapter begins with a descriptionof mitigation and monitoring measures proposedfor eachsignificant irnpact identified in Chapter 7. Secondly,a generic,ie state-level EMAP, describing how one undertakes the mitigation measures and assuresthat they are completed,is presented. When undertakingspecific EAs of projectscovered by this SectoralEA, investigators should use Sections 82 - 8.6 of this chapter in conjunction with the EMAP (Table8.3). An ImplementationSchedule for the EMAPand mitigationis outlinedin Table8.4. 8.2 NaturalEnvironment .2.1 AirQualityandNoise Mitigationmeasures would be taken in areas where significantair qualityproblems would arise due to constructionactivities or due to road operationin congested or highlyindustrialised areas. IMPACTSDUE TOROAD CONSTRUCTION. Impacts Mitigation Measures 1. Dust * Waterwill be sprayedduring construction phase, in the lime and earth mixingsites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporaryroads. In filling sub-grade,water spraying is needed to solidify the material.After the impacting,water spraying would be done at intervalsregular to preventdust. * Coal ash containing30% water contentor more will be used to preventthe ash from dispersing,in warehousesand pilingyards especially.The coal ashes will be covered, except where they are to be usedimnmediately. * Vehiclesdelivering materials would be coveredto reducespills. * Asphaltmixing sites would be locatedmore than 500 m down- wind from any communities/residences (However, in consideation of the air pollutiongenerated, such sites will be locatedat leastI km down-windfrom any communities). * Mixingequipment would be well sealed,and vibratingcrusher equipmentwould be equippedwith dust-removaldevice. 2. Air * Vehiclesand machinerywould be regularlymaintained so that Pollution emissionsconform to GoI (CentmlPollution Control Board of India, 1988and 1989) * Asphaltmixing sites would be locatedmore than one km from any communities/residences. 3. Noise * Noise standard of industrial enterprises would be strictly enforcedto protectconstruction workers from damage. Workers

119 .d1f 031- Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Associaes=a

in vicinityof strong noise will wear earplugsand heLnetsand theirworking time shouldbe limited. In construction sites within 150 m of residential areas, constructionwould be stoppedfrom 22:00-6:00. * Maintenanceof machineryand vehicleswould be improvedto keep theirnoise at a minimum. IMPACTS DUETO ROAD OPERATION. MitigationMeasures. The followingsummarises the mitigationmeasures. Impacts MitigationMeasure 1. Dust * Provisionof adequatefill heightto avoidaccumulation of dust on roadway. * Provisionof properroad surfacerunoff and drainageto preventaccumulation of sand/dustfrom storm water. * Replacement of roadside tree plantations lost to constructionand encouragenew afforestationprojects. 2. Pollution * Checkingof vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM,RPM - reinforcePUC Programmes. . Monitoring air pollution and health of roadside workers. * Afforestationprogrammes - TreePlantations 3. Noise * Accordingto monitoringresults, at placeswith noise exceedingGoI A and B-levelnoise standards,sound barriers,berms, or othermeasures will be installed. * Publicwill be educatedabout the regulationson air pollutionand noiseof vehicles.

TreesforPollutionAbatement Air pollutiondue to vehiculartraffic can be abatedby the presenceof vegetationalong the roadside.The following mitigation measures will be considered in areas of high air pollution load due to traffic volume: - plantingtrees alongthe roadsidesand on existingmedians in urbanareas where none previouslyexist. Plantingsneed to be denseand multi-layered;and, * green belts - Declaringareas of vegetationas off-limitsto developmentalong highways Several speciesof trees, shrubsetc be used as a natural sink for air pollution.Some plantsdestroy or fix air pollutants. Tree species such as; Betula verrcosa; Fagus sylvestris and Carpinus betula are known to absorb sulphur dioxide from the airl. Moreover, air flowing through

1 Severalbryophytes and lichensabsorb and retainions and radioactivematerials from precipitationand dry deposition;and variouslichens and mossesare usedto accumulate substanceslIke lead, arsenic,zinc, cadmium,copper, nickel, and chromium.This informationis froma studydone in Europe(Guderian, 1991). Studies of this tpe are unknownfrom India Whilethe speciesand plantforms are not nativeand notliely to growin the studyarea it servesto demonstateihe capacity for vegetationto absorband removepollutants from the ambient air.

120 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan LaAssociatrs

vegetationslows down considerablyto allow particulatematter to settle down and deposit on the leaves and other partswhich eventuallyget washed down during the rains or returnto groundthrough leaf fall. Planting along roadsides entail choice of' suitablespecies. Criteria for selection of suitablespecies would be as follows: * abilityto combatspecific types of air pollutants; * quickestablishment with a reasonablegrowth rate; * good survivaland growthin impoverishedsites; * adaptabilityto localclimate and soil; * mininum maintenanceand assistancefor growth; * act as a windbreakby the height of the crown and moderateeven a minimal pollutioneffect. The name of speciesresistant to particulartype of pollutantsare listedas follows: Pollutant Pollutionresistant species 1 Sulphurdioxide Thuja occidentalis,Citrus sinensis, Eucalyptus globulus, Sesbania aegyptiaca Prosopisjuliflora, Tilia cordata, Plantus acerifolia, Azadirachta indica, Terminalia tomentosa,Populus balsamifera Nitrousoxide Carissacarandas Ozone Junipern communis, Quercus penduculata, Pyrus communis. The specieswhich are air pollutionresistant, have good crownand foliageand satisfy the abovementioned criteria are: Ficus bengalensis,Alstonia scholaris, Azadirachta idica Tamarindusindica, Aegle rnarmalos,Aianthus excelsa,Albizia lebeck Holopteleaintegrifolia, etc. Observationsfrom primary survey reveal that the sections which are forecastedto have concentrationlevels exceeding the standardsin the forthcomingyears (ie Links 031, 032, 033, 063,064, 026,281, 282,283, 284 except Links091 and 271) generally have littlevegetative cover, mostly smalltrees of mediumand lowdensity and shrubs. Thereforeafforestation programmes will be implementedin these areas. While in some casestree plantationsexist alongthe road corridors,trees are fewer or absent as one approachesor passesthrough an urban area.The road stretch abutting the urbanand rural areas would have plantationsin orderto avoidthe harnful effects of air pollutionor green beltswill be developedaround the settlements. Treesfor TraSffwNoise Abatenent Vegetationwill be usedas a cost effectivemeans to attenuatenoise 2. In orderto use vegetationas a way to reducenoise, certain factors need to be considered,ie the intensityof noise, scale of activity,nature of activity,and

1 Sone of thespecies listed are exoticand can becorneinvasive or areotherwise unsuitable, suchas Prosopisjul lora.The Forest Department which it is responsiblefor afforestation alongthe RoW will choose the appropriate species. 2 Otherfornms of soundbarriers would be too costly to undertakein thecontext of Gujarat.

121 CZ 11t,Gujaratcz PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoclates

locationof activity.Plantings will containa mix of species,creating a multi-layered barrier,since vegetationis at best, a marginalnoise attenuation measure. Its benefitis that plantinghave a large multipliereffect for the natural and social environment- thus are required. The land use alongsidethe road stretchesare predominantlyagriculture. On some stretches,Industries/ Industrial estates are presentwhich are generally25-35 meters away from the road. Many rural settlementsare found to be locatedon or near the ROW, whichare presently(and potentiallymore so in the futurewould be) impacted by the road noise. Tree plantationsalong the ROW and developmentof green belts along the roads abuttingthe settlementswould help to attenuatethe noisedue to traffic. MONITORING FOR AIR QUALITYAND NOISE POLLUTION. An air qualityand noise pollutionmonitoring programme would be undertakenfor the projectcorridors where baseline data were collected for these environmentalcomponents and where predictionsindicated future levels exceedingof GoI standards.The followingis the suggestedlocation, schedule and costsfor this monitoringprogramme. Location: Link 033 Sidhpur Frequency: 4 times/year Parameters: SPM,HC, CO,NOx, SOx,Pb

8.2.2 Water Resources IMPACTSDUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCrION. The mitigation of the impact of constructionon water resourcesalong the projectcorridors are as follows.

Impacts Due To Construction Mitigation Loss of wetlands/water * Standingwater bodies which are affected bodies by 2 metersor more by the roadwidening, will be widenedby an equivalenton the other side of water body, if, the surroundingLand Use permits, otherwise a compensatorywater restoration areas will be identifiedwithin the vicinity of settlement so as to harvest the water facilityfor multipurposeuses. Alterationof drainage - * In sectionsalong water courses,earth and stonewill be properlydisposed of so as to not block rivers and sramms, resultingin adverseimpact on water quality. * In building permanentdrainage systems, temporarychannels and culverts will be builtfor the sake of irrigatingdrainage. * All necessary measures will be taken to prevent earthworksand stone works from impeding the rivers and water canals or existinginigation and drainagesystems. Siltation * Limestone and coal ash will be stacked

122 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan

L,,Assocj,tes

ImpactsDue To Construction Mitigation together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept awayfrom water. * Seemeasure for soil erosion. Use of Water Supply for * In a contractor bid specification, it is Construction clearly mentioned, that water used for constructionactivities from the standing water bodies by contractorwill pay for its use (as fixed by the proponentagency or as per the Water Cess Act 1978) to the local panchayat office. This would help the local Gram Vikas Board to develop that waterbody. Interruptingaccess to water * Washing and bathing ghats will be supply provided to facilitate the uses of water sourcesand separatecattle troughs would be made in the areasof water scarcity. * All wells affected by the project will be replacedor relocated.

Contaminationfrom Wastes * All practical measures,such as detention ponds and septic tanks, will be used to prevent the waste water produced in constructionfrom enteringinto rivers and irrigationsystem. Contaminationfrom fuel and * Vehiclemaintenance and refuellingwould lubricants be confinedto areas in constructioncamps designedto trap discardedlubricants and fuelspills. Sanitation and Waste * Sufficientmeasures will be taken in the Disposal in Construction construction camps, ie provision of Camps garbage bins and sanitation facilities. Waste in septic tanks will be cleared periodically. * Drinking water would meet Indian NationalStandards. * Garbage will be collected in a tank and disposedof daily. * Special attention will be paid to the sanitarycondition of camps. IMPACTSDUE TO OPERATiON.The mitigationof the impact of operationon water resourcesalong the projectcorridors are as follows.

123 le=iltl GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA isiAssoawtes

ImpactsDue to Operation Mitigation 1. Contaminationby fuel and * Accidental spills will be cleaned up lubricants accordingto contingencyplan. * Vehicle maintenance would be confinedto areas with fuel / lubricants traps. 2. Stormwater Runoff. and * Culverts would be raised to desired groundwvater recharge levelto allow free flow of water during monsoon,reduce the soil erosion,and will increase the availability for inigationand viabilityof many species of fauna and flora, as well as recharge groundwater aquifer throughpervious strataor sub-surfaceriver channels. * Embankments would be raised to desired level (or as required by engineering design) to prevent occasionalflooding, over the highway. MONITORINGMEASURES. The village ponds, or rivers with major bridge reconstructionwhich would be impactedas a result of constructionphase activities willbe monitoredto assurepotability and/or quality for otheruses. As discussedin Section6.2.4, the monitoringof water bodies is conductedby GPCB underMINARS. Proposals will be put to GPCBto monitorthe standingwater bodies which would be impactedby the proposedhighway. Altenatively, the proponent would set up a separatecell for monitoringthe air and waterquality. The unit cost for monitoringof BOD, COD, DO, oil and grease is Rs 5,000 per day. Appropriate locationsfor monitoringwater quality are specifiedin the ESR

8.2.3 Mineral Resources IMPACTSDUE TO CONSTucrIoN Impacts Mitigation I SoilErosion * In slopes and other suitableplaces along the roadside,trees and grass will be planted.On sections with high filling and deep cutting slopes will be coveredby stonepitching and plantedwith grass,etc If existingirrigation and drainagesystem ponds are damaged, they will be rebuilt or recovered by suitablemethods. 2 Lossof topsoil * Arable landswill not be used as earth borrowing.If needed, the topsoil (15 cm) would be kept and refilled after excavation is over to minimise the impacton productivelands. 3 Compaction of * Constructionvehicles would operate on temporary Soil accessesto avoiddamaging soil. 4 Instability of * Proper excavationtechniques to improve stability Quarrymaterial and safetywill be ensured.

124 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan

One quarnylocated on Corridor 18 (Songadh,rock slides) has some envirornental problems(rock slides) associated with it hence,will be stabilisedif the R&BDdecided to use it for this project.Appendix 7 providesa list of the quarries licensedby the GujaratPollution Control Board under the Air Pollutionand PreventionAct (1981). MoNIToRING. Monitoringwould not be requiredfor the rest of the quarrieson the list (see Appendix7), since these would continueto be used often by the proponent agencyfor the rehabilitationand maintenanceof otherstate roads.

8.2.4 Flora IMPACTSDUE TO CONSrRUCTIoN. ImpactsDue To Mitigation Construction

1. Loss of Trees * Areas of tree plantationcleared will be replaced accordingto CompensatoryAfforestation Policy underthe ForestConservation Act - 1980.Using the IntegratedForest Development Model (Govt. of Gujarat,1996a). 0 Tree clearing within RoW will be avoided beyondwhat is directlyrequired for construction activitiesand or to reduceaccidents. 2. Loss of GreenTunnels * Areas containingsignificant stretches of green tunnels recognisedlocally as important will be preservedand engineeringdesigns modifiedto accommodatethese. 3. Loss of GiantTrees * Giantneighbourhood trees recognisedlocally as important will be preserved and engineering designsmodified to accommodatethese. 4. Compactionof * Construction vehicles would operate on vegetation temporaryexcess roads to avoid damagingand compactingvegetation.

5. Pollutionand dust * See measuresfor dust controlSection 8.2.1 accumulationon vegetation Preservadionof Green TunnedsiGreen tunnels are found in Corridors05, 07, 10, 17 and 18. Corridor 17 in particularhas significantstretches (up to 20km long)of green tunnels that are posted with two billboards;one near Kadodra which declares"save the trees, hencethe environment,Social Forestry Department" and anotherone further on in Vyara which says the same in Gujarati.Corridor 17 will be more specifically addressedin the ESR. An attempt will be made to preserve importantstretches of green tunnels (as well as significantgiant trees).For Phase I corridors,the Hot Spot IdentificationMatrix (ESR, Tables 8.3-8.7)and HotspotMitigation Matrix (ESR, Tables9.3-9.7) have pinpointed the locationof the tunnels and have advisedon their conservation.This information has been given to the engineeringdesign team in order to suggest realignmentsor

125 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

other safeguardsto minimiseimpacts to these criticalfeatures. This approachwill be taken with Phase n1corridors using informationfrom the database on existing roadsidetree. One approachmight be to narrowthe carriagewaywidth at the entranceto the 'green tunnels' and provide signs at a number of locationsalong this stretch of the road describing that one is enteringa natural conservationarea featuringan unusualtree canopyand roadsiderest areas,etc. Additionalexplanations conceming the ecological and communityvalue of the conservationareas, etc. could also be providedat these locations. Speed reductionmeasures should be employedand trees will have small reflectivetape sectionsaffixed, so as to avoidthe dangerof collision. Engineershave been advised to give seriousconsideration to the conservationof the Green Tunnel along,at leastcorridor No. 17. Conservationof Giant Trees:Some roadside trees stand out, are substantiallyolder and largerthan most others.These are referredto as giant trees and can often be found close to villagesand towns.The species involvedare usually Banyan,Neem, Pipal, Mango,Gulmohar or Tamarind.Giant trees which are found withinvillage limits,are substantiallyolder and largerthan most others.These are referredto as gianttrees and can often be foumdclose to villagesand towns. The species involvedare usually Banyan,Neem, Pipal,Mango, Gulmoharor Tamarind.Giant trees which are found withinvillage limits are often focalpoints for socialinteraction or used communally-as largeshaded areas, social gathering places, bus stops,and as retailsales areas. All giant trees within the RoW that would be affected by road constructionwere enumeratedfor each corridorand as such every effortwould be made to retainthese trees, particularlyin urban/villageareas, where they servea multipurposefunction. In rural areas they are also importantas the provide shade for bus stops and mobile vendors at intersections.Narrowing of the CW width and other speed reduction measures,would improvethe safely on the urban roads, and help to retain at least someof the gianttrees IPAcrTS DUETO OPERATION. Impactsand Mitigation. Thefollowing are the impactsduring operation. ImpactDue to Operation Mitigation Pollutionand dust accumulationon * In areasto be afforestedplant pollution vegetation resistantspecies * See measuresfor dustcontrol Section8.2.1 CompensatoryAfforestattoLTrees removedas a resultof constructionactivities will be replacedthrough compensatoryafforestation. The target area for replacing trees should be in within the RoW rather than in some area removed from the project corridors.Some of the immediatearea of strip plantationswithin the RoW cut for constructioncan be re-plantedup to a safe distanceof 5-7 m from the CW. In many casesthis will be one row oftrees. The rest of the stripplantations which are removed would be compensatedthrough afforestation in areas of the RoW within the same corridorwhich presentlydo not have any tree plantations. Afforestation using tihe Integrated Foresthy Development Model (IFDA1). Governmentof Gujarat(1996a). The SocialForestry Department developed a new

126 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan Le.Assciates

programmefor plantationforestry with supportfrom OECF which includesa greater use of native speciesas well as a multi-speciescanopy concept.This creates a more natural forest with higher species diversity better habitat for wildlife as well as increasednon-timber forest productswhich could be harvestedfrom the RoW. At present there are two models SI and S2 for aestheticshelter belts which would be appropriatefor strip plantationswithin the RoW (see Appendix10). MONITORING.The implementationand monitoringof tree plantingwill be done by the Social ForestryDepartment using the IFDM. The IFDM consistsof plantation programmewhich includesa fouryear plantingand maintenanceschedule after which time the trees are largeenough to havegood survivorship.

8.2.5 Fauna IMPACrSDUE TO CONSTRUCrION. Impactsduring Construction Mitigation Hunting Constructionworkers would be told to protect naturalresources and wild animals.Hunting shouldbe prohibited. _MPACISDUE TO OPERATION Impactsduring Operation Mitigation Collisionwith Wildlife * Forthe operationit is recommendedthat signs be postedfor Wild Ass crossingon Link 021 km 105. MoNrroRING.Monitoring of any huntingactivities near protectedareas will be done by the Forest Department Contractclause would includea provisionfor enforcinga huntingban in the constructionarea and vicinityfor the workers. Monitoringof collisionswith wildlifewould be done by the ForestDepartment and if any increasesare noted then actionswould be taken, such as increasedprovision of signageand publiceducation campaigns.

8.2.6 EstimatedCost of Implementingthe EMAP Table 8.1 summarises the Cost for the Mitigation of Impacts on the Natural Environmentfor the EMAP.Data were derived from estimatesof unit costs,obtained fromGoG and other sources. Table 8.1: EstimatedCost of ImplementingEMAP Requirements (NaturalEnvironment) Phase I-II (in Rs) ProjectPhases Monitoring Mitigaton Other TotalCost Phase 1 122,000 15,905,000 400,000 16,427.000 Phase11 A 225,000 14,800,000 400,000 15,425.000 Phase 11 377,000 22,210,000 800,000 23,387.000 Total 724,000 52,915,000 1,600,000 55,239.000

127 a112=s~ ,Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LewAssocxates

8.3 Socialand Cultural Environment

8.3.1 Introduction The followingsection discussesthe mitigativemeasures that will be necessaryat a mnacrolevel for each componentof the social environmentimpacted by the road corridorsas documrentedin Section73. In Section 9, the RAP and the EntitlementPolicy provide practicalmeasures for compensationand assistancewhich will mitigatethe directimpacts of the road project on individualpeople and their property,as well as common property resources, includingthe followingcategories: * ResidentialLand, Structuresand Assets; * BusinessLand, Structures and Assets; * AgriculturalLand, Structures and Assets;and, * IndustrialLand, Structuresand Assets. The Entitlement Policy and RAP outline the details of the compensationand assistancegiven to entitledpersons (EPs) for the followingadditional losses: * Loss of incomedue to relocationfor an employee; * Loss of income due to relocation for a business(including case by case situationsof mobilevendors); * Lossof rentalincome for a landownerwith rental property; * Lossof rentalproperty for a tenant;and, * Loss of illegalresidence or business(squatters). Only additionalmitigation needed for impacts on human settlements,people and cultural heritagefeatures that are not covered underthe RAP in Section 10, will be discussedfurther in this section.

8.3.2 Mitigaton of Impacts on HumanSettlements MMGATION OF IMPACrSDUE TOROAD CONSTRUCTON By Passes, New Alignmnents and Four Lanes. In the case of by passes, new alignmentsand sectionsof four lane road, if any propertyor peopleare impactedthe mitigationmeasures are discussedin the followingSection in the RAP. Loss of Access& The engineeringteam will provide for temporary access for businesses, residences and other properties includingaccess at intersectionsand interchanges. Congestionand Detows Detours or congestionand trffic jams caused during constructionwill require mitigation.The engineeringteam will establish plans for detoursand diversionsand the contractorswill implementthem. The R&BD and the Police Departmentwill work togetherto alleviatethe problemsduring the periodof impact. Road Safety and Collisionsbetween ConstruchtonVelicles and thzePublic. Road safety will be controlledduring the constructionperiod by enforcingspeed lirnitsfor constructionvehicles. Adequate room will be allowedfor pedestrianand vehicular traffic flow aroundconstruction zones. Signage,barriers and flag peoplewill be used

128 Chapter8-Environmental ManagementAction Plan LuAssadates

to control pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The public will be notified of the constructionactivity, time frame and the scale of activitythrough the radio and TV as well as localnewspapers, govermment offices, schools and otherpublic places. Location of WorkCamps. The locationof Work Camps has been specifiedin the contract documents.They would avoid locating directly in built up residential or businessareas at all cost and be locatedwhere there is adequateinfrastructure such as electricity,sewage and water. MITIGATIONOF IMPACIS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION Severanceof Human Settlements The impactsof severanceof human settlements by the road project(affecting existing communications and social networks)will be mitigatedby providingfor improvedcrossing facilities or altemativeaccess routes, the use of signalisedjunctions, pedestrian refuges, under passes, overpasses service roads or alternativearrangements for localtraffic movement. In the case of a by pass and the potentialdrop in businessin the centreof the town or village, serviceareas near the new route or at the junction of the by pass will be provided. Local businessmen will be encouraged to take advantage of new opportunitiesalong the new road alignment Encroachments The impact on encroachmentscan be significantin these types of projects,particularly in urbanareas. When road improvementsrequire the removalof these local people,alternative space would be providedfor their businessoperations. In some cases improveddrainage (coveringopen sewers) can result in increased roadsidespace that can be used for mobile carts. Other possibilitieswould include allowingextra land withinthe RoW not neededby the road alignmentto be used by encroachers TranportationofHazardous Materials ContingencyPlans will be drawnup to deal with any spillsor accidentsthat involvehazardous chemicals such as fuel, chemicals or other materials.

8.3.3 People MITGATION OF IMPACTSOF ROADCONSTRUCrION. Mitigation of theseimpacts is dealtwith in the EntitlementPolicy and RAP in Chapter9. MmITGATIoNoFIMPACmSOFROAD OPERATIONS RoadSafety. Duringthe communityconsultation phase completedfor the ESR, road safety was a very important concem among communitieslocated along the road corridors. Pedestriansand non-motorisedtraffic are the most vulnerablegroup and accidents increaseamong this group when road users mix and traffic speedsare high.Often the benefits of increased speed and mobility for motorised traffic falls heavily on pedestriansand non motorisedusers, the mostvulnerable group consisting of the poor, elderly,disabled, women and children(Table 8.2).

129 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoWtes

Table 82: Mitigationof Impactson Pedestians and Non-MotorisedTraffic Problem Mitigation Pavementand ShoulderCondition Widenshoulder; Providesidewalks and footpathsoff CW; Paintlines to separateshoulder from CW. Lackof PedestrianCrossings ProvideCross Walks and pavement treatmentbefore and afterthem; Providelighting of CrossWalks in Urban Areas; Erectsignage; Constructpedestrian refuges in road way. Speedingin SchoolZones ProvideCross Walks; ProvideCrossing Guards; Providesignage. Lackof Signsand Markings Improvesignage and roadmarkings. Lack of PavementLayout Improvepavement layout. Poor Accessand 'Visibilityat Improvevisibility by removingobstacles; Intersections Improveintersection layout; Provideturning lanes. Lack of Bus Lanesat BusStops Add buslanes. Lack of Parking Prohibitparking and enforcein certain areas. Speeding Signagefor Schoolor Villageslow zones; Enforcementof trafficrules and I regulations.

8.3.4 Impactson CommunifyFacilities Impacts on communityfacilities will be mitigatedby providing improvementsof common areas, in particularin towns and villages. For example,the design will incorporateinprovements to the streetscapethat would be implementedduring the last phasesof construction.Things like roadsidemarket areas, bus lanes,landscaping and plantations,as well benches and bus stops improve the community and opportunitiesfor socialinteraction.

8.3.5 Archaeologicaland CulturalProperty Road projectsare consideredas an opportunityto improvethe regionas a whole and not just as a process of connectingtwo towns or destinations.The approach to mitigatingcultural impacts would be consideredas an opportunityto facilitate,protect, and enhance areas of culturalsignificance. GHSP will contributeto the process of facilitatingthe continueddevelopment of archaeologicaland culturalproperty and the general understandingthat development and conservation are complimentary phenomena.Mitigation measures are statedbelow for the protectionand enhancement of areas of culturalsignificance in an effortto establisha cultural conservationethic. The measuresare genericin natureand addressthe categoriesestablished for cultural propertyin referenceto this project The detailedprocedures and guidelinesof these measures are provided in the Working Paper on ArchaeologicalProperty in the RevisedInterim Report (NDLI, 1997c).

130 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan 4r, LaaAasciata

MIGATION MEASURESFOR IMPACTSOF ROAD CONSTRUCTION ShrinesWithin RoW. * Realignmentof CW- The first option was to realignthe CWs and incorporate shrines in their existingposition into the shoulderof the road corridor in a dignifiedmanner without losing its religiousand culturalsignificance. * Relocationof Shrines - The relocationof shrineswas consideredonly in cases whererealignment ofthe CWs is unfeasible. Sacred Structure WithinRoW (Tenples,Mosques, Memorials and other Religious Artefacts). All sacredstructures are to be retained in their existinglocations, while ensuringtheir safety and protectionduring constructionand operationof the roads. The relocationof sacred structurecan cause communitygrievances, and be a time consumingand expensiveprocess. The realignment of CWswould be donehere. The relocationof sacredstructures would be undertakenin extremecases where road safetyand the protectionof culturalproperty can only be maintainedby movingthe structureitself. This wouldbe considered,not as an alternative,but as a lastresort Sacred Centres Within and Adjoining ROW (Ashrams, Tenple and Mosque Conplexes,Memorials Conplexes,and ReligiousCentres, etc) Sacred centresare meant to accommodatepilgrims and highwayusers. The, open spacebetween the sacredcentre and CW would be designedin such a way as to create a sympatheticinterface, as well as to screenthe complexfrom noiseand air pollution. In addition,it wouldfacilitate access and accommodatepedestrians and highwayusers visitingthe centre.A prototypedesign solution is suggestedin the WorkingPaper on ArchaeologicalProperty in the RevisedInterim Report (NDLI,1997c). J>lagesand Settlementsof CulturalSignSifcance Within andAdjoining RoW The villagesand settlementslocated along projectcorridors are sensitivecultural features that requirespecial attention. A sympatheticinterface is requiredbetween the CW and the settlementthat enhancesthe environmentfor the local populationand the highway users, while maintaining the cultural integrity of the area. The development of pedestrian-friendlyspaces will be done. The detailed guidelinesand a prototype design solution are provided in the WorkingPaper in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c). ArchaeologicalProperty Within RoW All archaeologicalmonuments and sites of nationaland stateimportance have a 300 m area aroundthe boundaryof the property as a protecteddevelopment zone. The first 100 m of this protectedzone is a zone prohibitingdevelopment Subsequently,the 200 m zone is a regulatoryzone, where only those developmentswill be allowed which are not likely to affect the archaeological property. Measures adopted for conserving the archaeological propertiesare addressed in the Working Paper on ArchaeologicalProperty in the RevisedInterim Report (NDLL 1997c). ArchaeologicalProperties And Areas Of Cultual Significance Witlin 10 km Of Project Corridors Followingmeasures would be undertakenfor the Archaeological PropertiesAnd Areas Of CulturalSignificance Within 10 km Of ProjectCorridors: * Providedirectional signage at junctions of the project corridorswith approach roadsto the archaeologicaland culftualsites, so that they becomebetter known.

131 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA lezAssoaates

The intersectionand approachroad may also requireimprovement to facilitate access. Encourageagencies concerned with culturalheritage to protect and enhance areas of archaeologicaland culturalsignificance by instillinga conservation ethic throughinterpretative signage, as well as facilitatingvisitation. Visitation will be facilitatedthrough the provisionof parkinglots and rest areafacilities. OthIerCultural Properfies Old buildings,step wells, tanks, cultural activity and festivalsites requirespecial conservation prograrnmes which would be undertakenby the appropriatelocal, state, or nationalagency. Adaptive reuse will be consideredin caseswhere the propertyis unusedand in disrepair.(Refer to the WorkingPaper in the RevisedInterim Report (NDLI, 1997c)for details). Clhance Find of Archaeological Property. In the case of a chance find of archaeologicalproperty/artefacts in a road corridor,qualified and concernedagencies or professionalswill be notifiedby R&BD. These experts will use the mitigation measures outlinecdhere and in the WorkingPaper in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c) to ensure that the feature is protected and, if possible, enhanced throughthe project.

8.3.6 Vulnerable Groups VGs will be identifiedby the Censusand Socio-economicSurvey of the PAPs that will be carriedout on roadsrequiring a RAP.The experienceof the studyfor the ESR pointedout someinteresting issues concerning VGs, in particularTribal Populations. As this projecthas no new roadsand very littlefour laneadditions there potentiallyare very few impactson Tnbal populations,at leastno more so than on any memberof the VGs. However, if other roads identify tribal populationsas being significantly impacted,the followingmitigation measures are suggested: - Road agenciesshould act to preserveand protecttraditional rights and sacred land * A consultationprogramme will be very importantto allow the tribal peopleto help plan for their assimilationor protectionof their culture from outside forces; * Consultationwill give plannerthe chanceto assess if the tribal populationwish to remainin the same locationor moveelsewhere; and, * Tribalpopulations would be givenformer legal title to their land.

8.4 EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan The following EMAP (see Table83) lists the impactsalong with the appropriate mitigativemeasures organised accordingto the design, constructionand operation phase. For each of the mitigativemeasures described, the implementingorganisation and responsibleentity along with a unit cost where applicableis listed. In general R&BD (with assistancefrom other agenciesin some cases) is the responsibleentity for ensuringthat the mitigationmeasures are carriedout In many casesthe contractor will be implementingorganisation supervised by R&BD. A detaileddiscussion of the organisationalstructure of the agencies involved in implementing the EMAP is presentedin Section103 ofthis SEA.

132 Chapter S-Environmental Management Action Plan LwAssoimtes

The EMAP preparedfor this SEA is a detailedguideline for completingmitigation and monitoringmeasures but is not locationor time specificexcept in a few cases.The specificsof location and time are includedfor Phase I corridors in the'EMAP in Section9 ofthe ESR(Volume 2B).

8.5 ResettlementPlanning Guidelines It will be necessaryto completeeither an EntitlementPlan 1 or a full RAP for all road corridors.This needsto be done to properlycompensate and assist PAPs who have their property,structures, assets or livelihoodimpacted as a resultof the road project, to meetthe requirementsofthe WorldBank. Chapter9, the RAP and the EntitlementPolicy, would be used as a guidelinefor the completionof either an EntitlementPlan, with individualinterviews of PAPs or a RAP,with a full communityconsultation programme. Thereare six projectcorridors that may fall in the categoryof onlyhaving to complete an EntitlementPlan, these are: * 13 Alkeshwarto Ichhapur, * 15 Ichhapurto Palsana; * 17 KadodratoBajipura; * 18 BajipuratoSongadh; * 21 Dholkato Bagodra;and, * 22 Watamanto Dholera. Theother 12 corridors,included in the SEA and requiringa RAPand consultationare: * Sarkhejto Viramgam; * Viramgamto Maliya; * Mehsanato Palanpur, * Shamaljito Lunawada; * Lunawadato Halol; * Ladvelto Dakor, * Dakorto Godhra, * Vadodarato Jambusar, . Bhavnagarto Vertej; * Jetpurto Junagadh; * Rajkotto Morvi;and, * Rajkotto Vadinar.

Theentitlement plan (EP)is a subsetof the RAP,and essentiallycomplies with all RAP requirements,but utilises the existing entidement policy , andnegotates with entitled PAPs on an individualbasis-In otherwords it applies when small numbers of PAPsare involved (itsuggested that 50 propertiesin totalor 25 residentialproperties be thecut off.

133 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume LeaAssocwites 2A: SEA

Table 8.3: Environmental ManagementAction Plan for Gujarat State Highways(SEA)

Componentt MitigativeMeasures laken or to betaken Implementing Responsible UnitCost of Mitigation Impact i _ _ _ 1 Organisation 1 Organisation Meas. A. DESIGNPHASEI ._ Alignment Thealignmeni isselected soas to minimise the iand occupation toavoid archaeological sitesand DesigningUnit R&BD N/A templesand other environmentally sensitive areas. Environmental EngineeringCost In placeswhere significant stretches of densemature trees forming canopies over the road, Managementand alignmentswould be considered which avoid or minimiseloss of thesegreen tunnels. ResettlementUnit (EMU) Landand * Informationdissemination andpublic contact R&BD R&BD Referto RAPfor Property/Ass* Compensationwill be given to PAPsbased on the RAP which includes the Entitlement Policy.- EMU,NGOs EMU specificconidor etsacquired SeeRAP for details on all aspectsofresettlement recommendedin RAP Cultural * Culturalheritage sites along the alignment would be identified and surveyed upfront. In the case of ASI R&BD N/A Heritage Ahaeologicalsites and Temples ad.ustrnent of alignment issequired. In the case of shrines,they EMU maybe movedwith prior consultation and approval of local community. EMU Flood * Bridgesand culverts have been well designed for thepurpose of theflood discharge (100 year DesigningUnit R&BD EngineeringCost floodfrequency for big bridges and 50 year flood frequency for medium size bridges). Fill height Engineering hasbeen designed for 50 year flood avoidance. EMU ______Consultants CONSTRUCTIONPHASE Air Dust * Waterwill be sprayed during construction phase, in thecrushing and aggregate processing sites, Contractor R&BD Onewater tank i) Rs asphaltmixing sites, and temporary roads. In filling sub-grade, water spraying isneeded tosolidify EMU 3,000-one km costs Rs thematerial. After the compaction, water spraying would be done at regular intervals toprevent (At presentno in 15,000.At therate of 4 dust. house litres/m. * Accessroads and any unpaved construction roads will bewatered, based on a prescribed schedule, Environmental soas to prevent excessive dust. capacityin R&BD, * Vehiclesdelivering materials would be covered toreduce spills. InductEnv. Eng. Dustmask Rs 250. Ear * Asphaltmixing sites will beover one km from any communities/residences. FromGPCB for plugsRs 100 * Mixingequipment would be well sealed, and vibrating equipment would be equipped with dust- monitoring. removaldevice. Operators will weardust masks and ear protection. GERI- Monitoring qualitystandard of

134 Chapter8-Environmental Management Action Plan

ComponentV MitiptiveMeasures taken or to betaken Implementing Responsible UnitCost of Mitigation Impact Organusation Organisation Mcas. equipmentand materialsused. Air Pollution * Vehiclesand machineryare to be regularlymaintained so thatemissions conform to Nationaland Contractor R&BD Costprovided by StateStandards EMU contractor * Bitumenheaters are to use onlyhigh quality fuels, and be servicedregulary to avoidexcessive 502 anOSPM emissiors Noise * Noisestandard of industrialenteqpwises will be strictlyenforced to pmtectconstruction workers Contractor R&BD Cost providedby fromdamage. Workers in vicinityof stmngnoise will wear earplugs and belmetsand their EMU contractor woddngtime would be limited. * In constructionsites within 150 m of residentialarem, costctin wouldbe stoppedfiom 22:00- 6:00. * Maintenanceof nahinenyand vehicles would be enhancedto keeptheir noise at a minimum. __ _ Water ILMOf * Alignment and fillingwould avoid pondsand wells. DesignUnit R&BD Rs 6,000for excavation wdlandsand * Wherevillage ponds are affected an equivalentarea wouldbe excavated/replaced. Contaetor EMU and Rs 15,000for ponds ForestDept replaement Alterationof * Insections along water ourses, earth and stone will be properly disposed of so as to notblock Contractor RABD Costprovided by drainage riversand streams resulting in adversebmpact on waterquality. EMU contractor * in buildingpmanent drainagesystems, temporary canals and culveas will be buiht for the sake of irrigatingdrainage. * Allnecessary meaues willbe taklen to preventearthworks and stone works fimm impeding the rivers and watercanals or existingirrigation and drainagesystem. . Siltation * cernentand coal ash will be stackedtogether, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from Contractor R&BD Costprovided by water,to preventleachate formation and contamination of surface and groundwaterS EMU contraetor * See measurefor soil erosion. . ForestDept Contaminatio* Alljustifiable measures will be taken to preventthe waste water produced in constnuction fmin Contractor R&BD Costprovided by n from enteringdirectly into riveras and irigation system. A minimumdistance of 200 m fromwater EMU contractor Wastes sourcesis required. Work camps of more than 20 people will require, as a minimum,a well constructedPit privy at least200m from any water source Contaminaio * Vehiclemaintenance mid refuelling will be confined to areasin construction camps designed to Contractor R&BD Constructionofstilt Rs n fromfuel trapdiscarded lubricants and fud spills. EMU- GPCB 5,000 and lubricants . Sanitation * Sufficientmeasures will be taken h Sanitation~~~ il ebmi theh construction o camps, ie provisionof garbage Surcetm.etanks and Contractor _R&BD Costprovided by ComponenVt MitigativeMeasures taken or to betaken Implementing Responsible Unit Costof Mitigation Impact Organisation Organisation Meas. andWaste sanitationfacilities. Waste in septictanks will becleared periodically. EaMUrGPCB- contractor Disposalin * Drinkingwater will meetIndian National Standards. Construction * Garbagewill bccolleted in atank and disposed of daily. Camps * Specialattention will bepaid to thesanitaiy condition of camps.

____ _ * Campsshould be located minimum distance of 200mn fim watersources. Soil Soil Ersion * In slopesand other suitable places along the madside, trees and grass will beplanted. On sections Contractor R&8BD Rs 45/mZ. for turfing withhigh filling and deep cutting their slopes would be covered by stone walls and planted with EMU andgrassing gmss,etc If existingirigation and drainage systen ponds are damaged, they would be rebuilt or recoveredby suitable methodl Rs500/sq.m for stones Lossof * Arablelands will notbe used as caMr boniowing whenever possible. If needed, the topsoil (I cm) Contractor R&BD Costprovided by topsoil wouldbe kept and reilled after excavation isover to minimisethe irnpact on productive landsr EMU conmtror Compacion * Canstructionvehicles would opame on temporary accesses to avoid damaging soil. Contrctor R&BD Costprovided by of Soil EMU contractor Flora Lossoftrees * Areasof treeplantation cleared will bereplaced according toCompensatory Afforestation Policy Deptof Foresty(DOF) R&BD Rs 32,539/bafor four underthe Forest Conservation Act - 198Qas well as the application of theshelter belt planting EMU yearsplantation to be programmnedefined in the Imq ta Forst DeIop i Pknfor GuJcs(996), Deptof doneaccording to Forestry. Contractor IntegratedForestiy * Treeclearing within RoW would be avoided beyond what is directy required for construction DOF R&BD Developmentmodel. activitiesan or to reduceaccidents.Trees to be cut will beclearly marked EMU SeeAppendix 10 * Conservegreen tunelk by narrowingthe CW, introducing various speed control measures, and PIU,Chief Engineer, Deptof Foay encouragingtheconstruction if roadside rest areas. Contractorand DOF Comnpaction* Seesoil compaction. Contractor R&BD Seesoil compaction

of egtto ______EMU Fauna * Constructionworkers would be told to protectnatural resources and wild animals.Hunting is Contractor R&BD,EMU and N/A prohibited. Forest Department

136. Chapter8-Envimonmental Management Action Plan .04=ftls LemAssocl*fes

SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Lossof * Tetnporaryaccess will bebuilt at the interchange ofthe highway and other roads. Contractor R&BD Engineeringcost Access EMU Traffic includedin design Jams * If thereare traffic jams during construction, measures would be taken to relieve the congestion with Contractor R&BDand State N/A and theco-ordination oftransportation andtraffic police depaftent Police congestion Roadsafety * Controlspeed ofconstruction vehicles through road safety education and ftmes. Contractor R&BD Contractorto prepare Collisions * Allowfor adequate traffic flow around construction areas. Environmental withvehicks, * Provideadequate signage, bartiers and flag persons for traffic control. ConstructionGuidelines peopleand * CommunicatetDthe public dhrough radio / TV/ Newspapera nmentstegarding scope an formitigation measure livestock timefiameof prject incmeasein * Allow naturaldrainage to occurand avoidcreation of stagnantwater bodies especially in Contractor R&BD Contractorto prepare disease udWmdustirialareas. Standing wates evenscattered paddles, old tires etc., can become breeding Deptof Health Environmental waterbome groundsfor hsect- borne diseases, leading to seriousillness among work crews and othem Dept,GoG ConstructionGuidelines insectborne * Provideadequate sanitation and waste disposal atconstuction camps. formitigation measure communicabl* Provideadequate health care for workers and locate camps away from VGs. e diseases Accidental * Effectiwvesafety and warning measures will be taken to reduceaccidents. Contractor R&BD Contractorto prepare Risksfrom * Blastingwill not be carried out during rush hours so as not to cause traffic jams and injuries. StatePolice Environmental blasting * The managementand use of blastingmaterials will be in strictconfonnity with thesafety ConstructionGuidelines along requirementsfor public security. roadway formitigation measure in quansies Cultural * If archaeologicalrelics or remainsare discovered, the ASI vouldbe notifledimmediately. The Contractorwith ASI R&BD Contracorto prepare Remains construcionwill bestopped until aulhorised depaiment assesses theremains. Environmental * Archaeologistswill supervise the excavation to avoidany damage to therelics. ConstructionGuidelines formitigatiori measure C. OPERATIONPHASE Air Dust * Provideadequate fill heightto avoidaccumulation of dust Contractor R&BD EngineeringCost * Replaceroadside tree plantations lost to constrctionand encourage new afforestation projects. ForestDepanment EMU seeFlora - costsfor Tree I ~~~~~~Plantations Pollution * Checkvehicular emissions of CO, HC,NO, SPM,RPM - reinforcePUC Pigrgunes. MotorVehicle Dept. R&BD N/A 1 Monitoring air pollution EMU - GPCB seeAir Pollution MotorVehicle Dept MonitoringProgramme * Afforestationprogrmmfes - Tree Plantations seeFlora Forestdepaitment Noise * Accordingto monitoringmsults% at places with excessive noise, sound banriers orother measures MotorVehicle Dept R&BD Formeasuring noise Rs will beconsidered. EMU 2,000/day(24 hr period) * Publicwill beeducated about the regulations onair pollutionand noise of vehicles. MotorVehicle Dept

Contaminatio * Contingencyplans for leanup of spillsof oil, fuel,toxic dhemicals. FlyingSquad of FlyingSquad of Preparationof Spill n fromspills Motorvehicle Dept Motorvehicle Dept. ContingencyPlan - two dueto traffic andState Police andState Police personmonths for movement expert andaccidents Maintenanee * Thedrainage system will beperiodieally cekated so as to ensureadequate Storniwater flow. R&BD Labourersat Rs 30/day of MunicipalCorps. Stonnwa1ir

Systein

Collisio * Postsignsfor WildAss Crosing | ForesDept. |Rhl3D |RslOOO00forsignboard withwi?ldlf EMU EMUl

138 Chapter 6-EnvironmentalManagement Action Plan

LeaAs5vclafes

SOCIAL Accidental * Regionalor municipaltranspottation bureaux (State Police) will set up respective transportation co- R&BD R&BD PreparationofSpill spill of ordinationunit for hazardous substances. ContingencyPlan hazardous * Fordelivery of hazardoussubstnc threecettificates isWed by transportation depattment are FlyingSquad of (2 personJmonthsfor materials required-pernit license, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous MotorVehicle Dept expert) substanceswill be printed with unified signs. * Publicsecurity, transportation andfire fighting departments will designate aspecial route for these vehicles.These vehicles will only be harboured atdesignated paz*ing lots. * Thisproject's hazardous substances will be administered byhighway management department registrationsystem. * Incase of spill of hazardous materials, report to the relevant depaments atonce and deal with it in accordancewidt thespill contingency plan. Safetyand * Buildingsare prohibited within 50 m of the edge of CW.No schools and hospitals are allowed Env.Eng. Of each R&BD N/A noise within200 m of theedge of CW. Divisionof RBDand disturbance PlanningDept D. ENVIRONMENTALMONITORING Component Actionto beTaken Implementing Agency ApproximateUnit Cost Agency Responsible Atmosphere Parameters: R&BD R&BD Rs2000/day for investigator SSPM, SO 2, NOX EMU-GPCB MonitoringFrequency * OperationPhase: one time per season in ayear for 24 hour period * Lengthof time: 5years MonitoringPoint * OperationPhase: one location on Link 033 MonitoringStandard ExistingNational Ambient Air QualityStandard issued by the CPCB Noise MonitoringFrequency R&BD R&BD Rs2000/dayfor investigator * OperationPhase: two limcslyear for 24 hour period in consultationwith GPCB EMU MonitoringPoints EMU R&BD * ConstmctionPhase: Ad hoconly if complainedis lodged GPCB * OperationPhase: one cationon Link 033 MonitoringStandard GPCB R&BD Existingnoise standard issued by theCPCB WaterQuality Parameters: R&BD R&BD Rs4,000/sample * pH,BOD, COD, SS, Oil & Grease,Detergent, Pb EMU -GPCB Rs500/day for investigator MonitoringFrequency: * Construdionphase: one time per season in ayear for 24hour period during bridge constructionactivity MonitoringPoints: * At watercrossings where bridges and culverts are to bereplaced MonitoringStandard * Waterquality standard issued by the CPCB.

Flora Parameten R&BD,EMU R&BD Rs.15,000/d for inspector * No. tres survivingafler 6mhnths lyr andI .5yrs,in relationto totl planted LocalCommunities * revegetationsuccess, in terms of survivalof plantings ___

140 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan LeaAssocates

Table 8.4: Environmental ManagementAction Plan: Operational Schedule

1998 _ 1999 2000 _ 2001 _ 2002 ITEM Qtr.1Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr.2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Phase I Identificationof Hotspots - - - MitigationMeasures * - - - _ RecommendationsforRealignment of Corridors Designfor Phase I Corridors _ ConstructionPeriod for PhaseI MitigationMeasures Taken During Construction - - - _ Turfingand Revegetation…- TreePlantation ______- _ - OperationPeriod for PhaseI Air Pollutionand Water Monitoring Programme = - - - - -= = = - - - MitigationMeasures forOperation Period _ - - - PhaseIla Identificationof Hotspots __ MitigationMeasures Recommendationsfor Realignment of Conidors Designfor Phasella Corridors - - A - Phasellb * - - - ldentificationof Hotspots - - - - MitigationMeasures I RecommendationsforRealignment of Corridors _ - - - DcsignforPhase [lb Coffidors - - -

Progress A Milestone Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LiA soAates

8.6 Community Consultation Guidelines The communityconsultation progammne for the GSHPhas been plannedat two levels and is takingplace in two stages.As describedin Section5, initialcontact was made with NGOsworking in the projectareas. A secondstage of contactwill be necessary to establishwhich NGOs will be the mostlikely candidates to work withthe R&BDto implementsome components ofthe RAP and EMAP.As well,NGOs willbe askedto evaluatethe progressand successofthe RAP and EMAP.In this phasethe TaskForce was formedand has meettwice to discussthe progressand issuesabout the projects.A finalTask ForceMeeting for this Phase of the projectwill be held to obtainfeedback once the Final Reportsare completedand Task ForceMembers have reviewedthe SEA and ESR Thismeeting will take placein November.At that meetingthe future role of the TaskForce will be discussedfor the nextPhase of the project Some of the NGOsand Research nsiuktesthat have been identifiedfor consultation during the second stage of the programmeare noted below. Many have previous experienceon developmentprojects, environmental management and resettlement planning.Some of these may be candidatesto aid the R&BDin the implementationof the RAP and EMAP iitially, as they have prior experienceand the human and technicalresources to completethese Plans. The researchinstitutions are: * GandhiLabour istite; - * GujaratInstitute of AreaPlanning; * IndianInstitute of Management; CCentre for SocialResearch; * Centrefor Environment,Planming and Technology, - Instituteof RuralManagenent; and, * ConsumerEducation Research Centre.

TheNGOs identifiedwere: * SEWA; * DISHA- AklavyaSangathan; * Aarch Vahini; * Aga Khan HealthService - Aga KhanHousing Board for India; * FamilyPlanning Association of India;and, * WWF-lndia. All inputs stemmingfrom the consultationswith the govemmentagencies (as this is the SEA)were recorded and relevantinputs incorporation in the road designand when addressingthe proposedmitigative measures. During the Phase I work, PAPs were specificallyconsulted regarding their entidementand input to compensationoptions. An numberofthe suggestionshave been addedin Chapter 11.

142 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ?0> LaAsnaakS

9. RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN

9.1 Introduction To make this a 'near-stand-alone'chaptr, some informationon the projectfound in earliersections is rpeated here. The ResetflementAction Plan (RAP) is a mnajorelement of the EMAP.The EMAP matx table describespoints in the design,construction and operationstages of the project,at whichRAP actions need to be initiated. This RAP, and the incorporatedEntitement Policy1, forms the basis of any subsequentproject-specific RAPs needed in this project's five-year duration. This chapterpresents the levelof detail necessaryfor a project-specificRAP. It highlights the prblems faced in meeting regulatoty requiments, including World Bank OperationalDirective 430. The ResettlementAction Plan is a living docwnent At this point, the written documentationhas been completedas accuately as possibleand the reportshave been finalised. However,as the informationon the Entited Persons is collected and verified,more accuratecosting and planningwill be completed.The followingtasks are outstandingand needto be completedfor PhaseL suchas: * the consulationwith EntitledPersons on theirentitlements; and, * the implementationofthe reselement; relocationand rehabilitation. As these tasks are comnpletedfor each of the project Phases, it will be necessaryto prepareRAP Addenda,which will updatethe RAP with the latestinformation and the outcome of outstandingtasks. In this way the RAP will be used by the EMU as a valuableplanning tool, a livingdocument to be usedat all levelsas wellin the field. 9.2 Policy,Objectives and Principles At presentthe ndiannational policy on resettlementis in draft form and past practices have been inconsistentand confusg There is no ste-level policy for resettement and rehabilitationin Gujart However,Gujarat has had considerableexperience in resettlementand the issuessunmunding kt as a result of the Narmada Dam Project. RecentlYthere have been High CouwtDecisions made on the issue of resetflementthat have been supportiveof good practiceand provide some guidance.The WorldBank OperationalDirective (OD) 430 is based on best practiceand is in compliancewith otherIndian legislation.

1 The terms "En_iemen FrameworK',"Entiement Policy FrameworK'and "Entitement Policy"are usedinterchangeably in the lireratue.English syntax and meaningsuggests that a "fiamewoda"is aprelimiuay or skeletalsc=re whea a "polic is somethingmore concrete,such as mightbe based on a weli-developedfirmeworLk The entitlementwork on this projectgoes farbeyond a mere fSmework.For that reason"Entitlement Policy" is used in thisSEA.

143 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeeAssowates

The main objectiveof the RAP is to ensurethat PAPsare resettledin accordancewith OD 430 and otherguidelines based on Indianexperience. In particular * Whereverpossible, displacernentwill be reduced or avoided altogether by sensitive design of civil engineeringworks (eg alternative alignmnentsor modificationsto the design). * Where displacementis unavoidable,those displacedwill have their living standardsimproved, or at leastrestored to the level priorto resettlement.They will be locatedas a village or family unit, as is their preference,and will be assistedto integrateinto their new community.Particular attention will be givento needsof the most vulnerablegroups to be resettled. * PAPswil be compensated,at replacementcost, for assets lost.Adequate social and physical infiastructure(such as housing plots, communityservices and facilities)will be provided. * PAPsand hostcommunities will be encouragedto participatein the designand the implemnentationofthe RAP. 9.3 Project Description and Planning Precedingthis project,a StrategicOptions Study (Lea AssociatesSouth Asia, 1995) evaluated3000km of Gujaratroads. In Febmaly 1997, 1500kmof roads were chosen to becomethe base from which up to 1000kmof roads would be improvedunder a fiveyear programme. From the 1500km,250km were chosenearly in the projectto be fast-trackedthrough to completionof detaileddesign, meeting all environmentalrequiremnents of the GoI and World Bank. Work on the 250kmnfell in PhaseI of the project, leaving the remainder for Phasew. Sections of the 250km with significant environmental problems-and thedore classedas High Impact Categoryprojects-would require full EAs. An Environmental Study Report (ESR) Volume 2B-as opposed to an EnvironmentalImpact Statement;reserved only for High Impact Categoryprojects, was completed for the 250km. Time constraintsdictated that, for High Impact Categorysections, only EnvironmentalAssessment (EA) actionplan guidelinescould be preparedin PhaseI. EAs wouldstill need to be completedand approvedbefore the constructioncould commence. The project budget is about US$530M.By comparison,the likely cost of a good resetdementpackage is estimatedto be $US2I less than 0.5% ofthe projectbudget 9.3.1 TheBoundares In rehabilitationprojects (where no new roads are constructed)using RoW widthsof 30 to 60m, or a natural environmentimnpact zone of 200m, as boundariesfor enumerationof PAPs is extreme,and overestimatesthe numbersof PAPs. A more realisticCorridor of Impact (CoI) approachhas been proposedby the GoG and the World Bank1. It is being appliedon a test-basisto this and other WorldBank

Ihis conceptcan be appliedto rehabilitationand improvementprojects only. Comidoms of impactfor new roadsare much wider. Theyare project-specific,often extendingbeyond

144 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan

road improvementprojects in India. The Col is defined on the basis of roadway design-speedand the distanceneeded (the clearzone) for a vehicleleaving the road to come to safe stop or to swerveback ontothe carriageway.For example,for a design- speed of 80-100km/hthe clear zone should extend 4.5m beyondthe standard2.5m road shoulder, thus creating a 7m-wide cleared area, beyond the edge of the carriageway.For this designspeed the Col wouldbe 21m (4.5m clear zone plus 2.5m shoulderplus two 3.5m cariageways).This is shownin Figure9.1. In urbanareas, with lowerdesign speedsof 50-60 knmh,the CoI is dependenton the cross section spanning the travelled lanes (2 or 4), the median and the shoulders/footpaths. The total width will vaiy from 10 to 26m. These Col boundanes,when drawn onto the stip maps, yield much lowerand, hopefully,more realisticcounts of entitledPAPs. In this project,the CoI concepthas not been applied as an absolutemeasure but, rather, as a guideline.For example,when schools or hospitalsborder the RoW, the Col is extendedto include the RoW boundaryand beyond. In this project, engineeringand safety1 concems dictated that adjacent obstacles located withinthe Col must be completelyremoved. All PAPs experiencinglosses due to this clearingare entitledpersons (EPs). Project affected persons in the strip of land betweenthe Col and the RoW, will remain in that strip for the present If, at a laer date (no later then the year 2002),the R&BD need to relocatethem for furither engineering works related to this project, they will be compensatedunder this ResettlementAction Plan, based on the Census of PAPs. For projects after 2002 anotherCensus will be necessary. 30 m Typical Right-of-Way - 1_ ~~~7.0m 3.5 m _J_ 3.5 m_L- 7.0 m _ - ckw zo r Lane ]- Larnel Clearzorie I i ~~~~~12?5m A51 m

F Comdorof Impact - Figure9.1: Design CrossSecdon for2 lane Runl Highway (80-100km/hrdesign speed)

9.3.2 Measures taken to MinimiseResettlement In the preliminarydesign phase, priorto initiationof the RAP, the team can minimise the numbersof PAPs needingto be resettledby * avoidingunnecessary displacement by modifyingproject alignments, reducing the widthof the corridoror modifyingdesign; * mducingthe widthofthe RoW or corridorof impact;

the RoW. Air and noise impactmnes often extend 10-12mbeyond the edge of the caniageway,and caneven affect people beyond the CoLlhus theCol mustbe viewedin thecontext of the toal environmentaleffect of a projeca It is difficultto prvide concmteevidence that plantion trees,located outside the 25m shoulderbut withinthe CoL need to be removedfor safety reasons.Nevertheless, the Col has benefitsfor the naturalenvironment since it restrictstree cleaing beyondtheCol.

145 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LsAav.cies

* buildingoverpasses or by-passesaround crowded and congestedareas; * providingaccess to businessesand residentialunits that would otherwisebe impactedby construction; * using land outsidethe RoW, takenby R&BDbut not neededafter construction, to relocatepeople quickly, * minimisinglosses of publicproperty, such as tree plantationswithin the RoW, by minimisingthe widthto be cleared. These avoidance actions were undertakenfor the Phase I mads and will be consideredfor PhaseI projectroads. Secdon9.1 in Volume2B givesspecific details of the co-ordinatonbetween the engineeringdesign team and the environmentalteam.

9.3.3 Responsibility The GoG and R&BD are responsiblefor implementationof the RAP and other recommendationsand guidelinesadvanced by the consultantsin the EMAP,SEA and ESR To satisfythe World Bank's policy,the involvedgovernment departments need to endorsethe RAP and need to technicallyand financiallyassist PAPs with rebuilding theirlives, livelihoodsand socialand economicnetworks. The RAP is a development package,not sirnplya welfare solution.It encouragesPAPs to help themselves,by enablingthem to activelyparticipate in the selectionof appropriatecompensation and assistanceoptions. This will be accomplishedby the EnviromnentalManagement Unit (EMU) I under the auspicesof R&BD. Its functionwill be to implementand monitorthe RAP and EMAP activities.The EMU will be staffed with a co-ordinatorand at least two technical specialistsas well as an NGO representative.It will intract with local communityrepresentaives to decide how to operationalisespecific measures.Use will be made of establishedgovenment SUpportprogmmmes that have a successful track record of helping people r-establish themselves.Please see the following SectionI, on Istitutional CapacityBuilding and Trainingfor a completedescription ofthe EMU and the processfor implementationofthe RAP. 9A Entitlement Compensationand Assistance Three types of entitlementare defined below and are summarisedin Sections9.4.1, 9A.2 and 9.43 (see Table9.1)

9A.1 EntidementsforProject-afectedHouseholds(PAHs) These entitlementsare to cover loss of land,structures and other assets,such as crops. Included also are a shifting allowance,rights to salvage building materialsand counsellingon alternativeassistance. The startingpoint is the Land AcquisitionAct underwhich title-holdersare awarded compensationfor property,structures and other assets, such as crops, surrenderedto

1 TheEMC withi fth R&BDdepatm is,at presentfonly conceptuaLhe EMCwill be establishedas a functioningenvironment sector inplemena¢tioncell within the GoG.The EMCmay take the form of one of severalmodels, presented in Section10 of this SEA.

146 Chapter9-Resettlement ActionPlan 'A-a the project The Act requirescompensation to be at marketvalue. Sometimes the legal compensation,paid by the government,is lowerthan the market value.For Phase I of this project,the PCC has conducteda market value assessmentto determineWhether additionalassistance is necessary in orderto reach realmarket value. In Phases II (and if warranted in Phase I, also) an independentcommittee will assess a true market value.The proposedcommittee is to be headed by the Collectorfor the respective districts.The other membersof the cormnitteeinclude eminent engineers, and value assessors.Committees for the Phase I projectare being formed now. Consultation with the Revenue Departmentwill also take place. Additionally PAPs will be consultedon and will be informedof the method of determiningmarket value of assets. Thosenot eligiblefor legalcompensation for lossoftheir strucus and assetsmay be assistedby other supportmechanisms, such as existinggovenument housing schemes. If a householdasset is to be taken, the family, as a collective unit, is "entitled". Compensationis givento the head ofthe householdbut, if it is new land or structwres, boththe husband'sand wife's namesare to appearon the title. Thereare nine generalcompensation actions for the PAH category. 1. ConstAon cownselligregarding alten7atives, and assistancein idenfying new sitesand opportunities. PAPs are eligibleto receive consulation and counsellingwiti regardto their entitlementsand compensafion.Additionally they will be shownall altematives available for relocation of their business or households.They will receive assistance in identifyingnew sites for relocationand will be guided on what opportamuiiesare available to them for vocationaland trainingopportunities. 2. Compenstionfor land at replcement cost plus allowancesforfees or other chares. Only tideholdersare eligiblefor compensationunder the Land AcquisitionAct Some titleholdersmay be members of vulnerable groups and will thus be eligible for other supportmechanisms. Squatters, encroachers and tenants are not eligible for compensationfor land All fees, taxes and other charges incurred in the relocation and re-establishmentof EPs, will be met by the project

147 GujaratPCC Final Repont-Volume24: SEA

Table 9.1: PAPs and Their Entitlementsl Tpesof Pmje AffectdPeoples

Outside PublicRigt of Wav Iide PublicRight of Wav

TitdeHolders Teants Squae and Enc,adirs 3 |Tenamns

Vubel |V Non VIm*C I Non _ __V_le v uln IMe LOSS OF LAND AND OTH ER ASSETS Unitof Eitlement: Project-affectedHozssehold(PA)

3Id YES YES YES YES YES YES

3A"=amyFCanmmiaai lopamv it nwpanaq anlgem.aupLr rai f r fiw rainmwAgapLwl*m - YES YYES YESNO YOYES i YES YESNO

64f amyiam mu. YES YES YE YES YES YE

' _ -ES MNO YESV/ YES NO NO ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I NT-*" 0M ffWWWuffim(Nw,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~yMa9=MCbCWMW.' eI ue.zdemuW0&WU YES YUI_YES YES YE YES YES 9 Odn . r "t _ " _ , YE f s YES rr If YES YES YES YES

LOSS OF LVELJIOOD U1 of Entidement:Project-afcted Person(PAP)

10 bo mdaismfitard*Imdkvdiuod YES YES YES YES YT YES

I I AQtbunal ana mtd_uui fo i,a puu x ze. s- ar _nimg YS NO YESv/ YES NO 4 NO

12 LjWmmemmnt ,mhF0)0C.It nmmm memm YES YES YES YES YES i

LOSS OF COMMINrTY STRUCrUREIFACIriTES Unitof Entitlement:Projec-affected Group (PYAG)

13 ItawrimnWmmat of laiippisa.aiiahnaJhmmgtin.mdI

14 1tmmmfiurimmsaaispmmWdvremsST,okeaiofurwjnof(wwdiweea&soc imypopuswybeazsdm.

15 omit aspthnmhdxmfrbuw ,Liaq ; adpjbcu e

16 &-ahty enmfi ngut~u muA*iIdiimx.dabeduxr da

17 Lmi|ngot

I/ Mhis Tibewil be teamnplwaitmm*usofrsfeiEPswpmpKamimyh linr R a*Dpstho whObe inmie Rmibe

2/ Tamn cndle Vuhicegnie NaNixVuNiup(NV)e ieul u W.edwxai a mi nm*fif iowppsm NON-Nanvbwable PAPswenoE YESv-VVblednPAs wealdde 3/ E.5im wahOdin el oWswi l behe e if ai xy of ade hey U kdm m wM&idsc dxy wfl fU idx tic wdealbb~~y. YESWN- YESNX-

4/ If PAPs emmed offdnRoW wii ne2 naioxiclom pad _iy pim hnmo sc m milek maxny hmighi be pwI. a%

148 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan r=rt LaAssnd2~

3. Advance notice to harvest non-perennialcrops, or compensationfor lost standingcrops. PAPs will be informedthat the land on which their crops are planted will be used by the projectin the near futureand that they must harvesttheir crops in time. If standingcrops cannot be harvested,EPs will be compensatedfor the loss. 4. Compensationfor perenimi crops and frees ill be calculated as annuad producevalue times remainingproducingyears. Only titleholders are eligible for recompense for perennial crops. The compensationwill paid equivalentto the capitalisedvalue, ie, the net present value of all fiture production,at a discountrate of 12%per annum. 5. Replacementor comensationfor strctures or othernon-land assets. EPs are eligiblefor replacementor compensationfor structuresand other non- land-relatedassets that are impactedby the project 6. Right to salvagematerialsfrom existing structw. EPsare eligibleto salvagematerial fiom theirexisting structures and sites,with the exceptionoftrees. 7. Inclusionin exsting governmenthousing schemes. Only those EPs belongingto a vulnerablegroup, as defined by the project,are eligible for the existing housingschemes for the weaker sections of society. Vulnerable groups are defined as Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes, Women-headedHouseholds, Land-less Agricultural Workers and any EP with an averagehousehold income of lessthan Rs2,OOO/month. 8. Shjfiing assistance.(Note: Replacement housing nust be available before people are made to mave) EPs are entitled to a shifting allowanceto move their belongings.If their relocationsite is not ready for them, at the end of the two month notification period, the project must make temporaryarangements until their permanent structuresare ready. 9. Option of moving to resettlent sites, or clusters, incorporatingneeds for shelter and livelihood EPs will be giventhe optionof voluntay relocationto a site they have chosen themselves whereverpossible or a site chosen by the implementationteam. Whicheveroption the EP chooseshe/she will receiveas muchsupport fromthe EMU as is requiredto resettleand rehabilitatethe household.

9.42 Enttements for Project-affcd People(PAPs) Every householdmember over the age of 14 is eligible for assistance for loss of livelihood.Thus there may be more than one personeligible i each household.The projectwill providerehabilitation and assistancefor lost or diminishedlivelihood for any individualimpacted by the project Additionalsupport mechanisms will be made available to vulnerablegroups to re-establishor enhance their livelihood through

149 d2£§:, GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA

existing governmentemployment programmes. If available,employment associated with the projectshould be provided.Three compensation actions are possible: 10. Rehabilitationand assistacefor lost or diminishedlivelihood EPs are eligiblefor help to regaintheir originallevels of economicwell being. Vulnerablegroups will receive the most-targetedsupport All EPs will be counselledon optionsto improvetheir economic circumstances. 11. Additionalsupport mechanismsfor vulnerablegroups in re-establishingor enhancinglivelihood Membersof vulnerablegroups who are EPs will receivetargeted support from the EMU workingwih the project's implementationunit MPIU).Counselling on alternatives,guidance on appropriatetaining progrmmes and advice on marketingnew productswill be given. 12. Employmet opportwdtiescomected with theproject, to the extentpossible. Localpeople whose livelihood is impactedby the projectwill, wherepossible, be offered jobs and trairnig associatedwith the project However these employment opportumitiesare not necessarily limited to the entitlements necessaryto restore EPs livelihoodbut are additionalopportunities. These peopleare not necessarilylimited to vulnerablegroups, although they shouldbe tgeted. Also the projectwill requiresome labourfor construction,operation and maintenance.Thesejobs, at leastin the semi-skilledand unskilledcategory will be offeredto EPs and PAPs beforeother local people.A clausehas been ncorporated in the cotract documents requiring conftactors to give emnployrnentopportuities to localpeople, as muchas possible.

9.4.3 Entitlementsfor Project-affectedGroups (PAGs) Community-basedentitlements will be pwvided where possible, and targetd especiallyat vulnerableand weakergroups. Six compensationactions are listedunder ftiscategory. 13. Restorationand buprovemet of commonpropery resources,such as public waterpunps,sanitation and drainagefacilities. 14. Provisionfor women'sneeds, partic7uarly related to locationof sources of waterandfirewood Socialforesty prograns may be considered 15. Provisionofsafe spaceand accessfor businesspwposes, local transport,and public use. 16. Safety measuresfor pedestrians, partiuarly children, and other non- motorisedtransport. 17. Landscapingofcommunity common areas in urbanenvironments. I& Provisionof roadsiderest areas.

9.5 Gujarat's Compensation Package Compensationfor land acquisitionis govemedin dia by the Land AcquisitionAct (1894),which was amendedin 1984.According to past court decisions,each state can modify the Act and set its own compensation package. The Act allows the

150 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan

govemmentto expropriateany privateland for a publicpurpose, providing the owners havinglegal title to occupythe land and structuresare compensatedL Gujarat's current compensationpackage determinesthe value of land (Rs/m2) as follows. * Compensationis initiallycalculated as the averagevalue of land sales recorded by the Officeof the Registrarfor the past three years. This doesnot necessarily reflectmarket value as the seller often understatesthe sale price to reducethe tax leviedon the transaction. * A Solatium1 of 30% is addedto the amountdecided for compensation. * On top of the previoustwo figures,an "IncentiveAward" of another35% of the initiallycalculated land value is added if the owner voluntarilysunrenders the land, in writing,stating that he will not raise an objectionand contestthe acquisitionprocedures in court * Replacementcosts of all assets,structures, trees and standingcrops are addedto the total compensation.This compensationis deternined by the Revenue Collector'sOffice. * If paymentof compensationis delayed,interest is added at the rate of 9%/Ofor the firstyear and 15%each year thereafter.It is paid on the sum of the above four componentsfromn the date of award or date of possession,which ever is earlier. Accordingto the Act, land-for-landcan be awardedin specialcircumstances. Disputes over compensationare settledin court If, as a resultof acquisition,a land holdingis no longerviable 2, the entireholding is acquiredand the appropriatecompensation awarded.

9.6 The Entitlement Policy The strip mrappig survey, completed in May 1997, and the census of the PAPs confirmedthat people living and working along the project roads will experiencea wide range of losses (and benefits). These losses may be temporary, during the construction,or permanent,during the operationof the inproved highway.Some of these losses are concernedwith individualor householdproperty. Others involve collectiveor communityresources. EPs eligible for an existinggovernment programme will be advised accordingly,by R&BD's Enviromnenl ManagementUnit (EMU). EPs who are not eligible for existing government programmeswill be resettled by R&BD in an area of their choice.The EMU, which will includeNGO representaion,will be responsiblefor relocating and rehabilitatingEPs who are not eligible for governmentand other programmes. Existng government assistance includes pravision of a plot of

TThe Land Acquisition Act definesthe solatium as: "Anadded value at therate of 30/ on thecalculated average market value to neutralisethe marketvalue and to compensatethe constiuonalfidamental right of livmg ofthe person affece" 2 Neitherdhe Land AcquisitionAct nor associatedregulains clearlydefine the term "viabDiy.The World Bank's exince sugstat foragriclaul landsanydtig more thana 25%/oloss may trigger the option of compensatingland-for-land. (See the definitionof viabilityin Section9.8.1 and Box 9.1).

151 45et, Gujarat PCC Final Report Volume 2A: SEA

governent land, assistance in building a replacementunit, or assistance with establishinga new income-generationscheme. If a householdasset is taken,the family as a collectiveunit is entitled.Compensation is givento the head of the household- but, if it is new land or structures,both the husband'sand wife's namesshould be on the titledocuments. If lossof livelihoodis the issue,every household member over the ageof 14 is eligiblefor assistance. 9.7 Definflions This sectiondefines the categoriesof project-affectedpeople-who are entitled,and the unitsused for calculatingan assistance/compensationpackage. Compensation refers to restitution made to property owners under the Land AcquisitionAcL The Govemmentof Indiaand the State of Gujaratare msponsiblefor paying compensation.In this contex compensationrefers to paymentmade by the governmentwhen "eminentdomain" is exercisedand titleof a propertyis transferred from a private aitity to the government The project loan does not finance this payment Assi#ance refersto all other support mechanismssuch as moneys, grants, assets, services,etc, givento eligiblepersons or groups (suchas squattersand encroachers). Assistanceis financedby the project ProjectAffected People (PAPs)are individualsliving, cultivatingland or active in business,trade or any other occupationwithin a projectcorridor 1 and who may be impacteddirectly or indhetly by the project The date of the censusof PAPs is the cut-off date establishingwhedher a person,located in the RoW, qualifiesas a PAPor EP. Peoplewho can demonstratethey were livingor workingin the CoI/RoWat the cut-offdate, but 'were not enumeratedby the cenms, willbe consideredto be PAPs.In the firs istance only PAPslocated in the Coj willbe Entied. Howeverin the future if R&BDneed accessto the strip of land betweenthe Col and the RoW, those PAPs will be entitled to the same compensationand assistance,under the project which would be based on the Census. After the lifetimeof this project(2002), if R&BD need additionalland witin the RoW, a newCensus will be necessary. ProjectAffected Howeholds (PAHs) are householdsthat may be entidedto benefits as a householdunit ProjectAffeted Groups (PAGs)are groupsor communitiestiat may be affectedby the projectwith a focuson the more vulnerableand weakergroups in society. Entdled pesons (E?s) are PAPs who qualify for, or are entitled to, assistance/compensationsince they willbe resettledor otherwisenegatively impacted by the project."EPs" is deemedto includePAHs and PAGs. Privatepropey ,ownersare personswho have legal title to structures,land or other assets and are accordinglyentitled to compensationunder the Land AcquisitionAct In the case of a joint-titledeed, the replacementland or cash will be givento the joint holderswho will be tated as a unit

1 Thephysical bounday of the projectconidor, in relationto assessingimpacts on PAPs,is definedas the RoW or, wherepossible, a lesserand more elevant "corridor of impac Col.

152 Chapter9-Resettlement ActionPlan

Squattersare landlesspeople occupying stnucus (atchas and semi-puccas)within the public RoW for residentialand businesspurposes. Squattersmay qualify as a vulnerablegroup but it is dependenton the vulnerabilitycriteria established'by the project Enackers are personswho extendtheir buildingsand/or agriculural holdings inmt the RoW or use the RoW as spill-overspace. As a nle they are not eligible for compensationor assistanceand will be dealt withon a case by case basis. People losg theirlwehod are entdledpeople if they are at least 18 years old at the time they are affected by the project and they are impacted and will loose their prnmaryoccupation or sourceof incomeas recordedin the ensu survey.More tman one person in a householdmay fall into this category. Domestic help, casual ernployeesand personsnot usuallyresiding with, or dependentupon, this household, will be eligible for entitlementbenefits if their income or employmentis impacted. Landless labourers may also fall into this category but are classified also as a vulnerablegroup. Income-generating assistance is providedto personsaffected by loss of wage-earningopportuides or lossof accessto the land they work. Vulerabk growqsare PAPs who are more vulnerablethan averagePAPs and who may suffer more,economically or socially,fiom relocationto a new community.For this project, PAPs falling into one of the foLbkwinggroups are automatically consideredmembers of a vulnerablegroup: * Wooman-headedHouseholds. * Landless Agriculural Workers (includin in some cases, squatters and encroachers). * ScheduledTnbes or ndigenousPpulations. * ScheduledCastes. Additionally,PAPs from householdswith aveag monthly incomeRs2000 or less a monthare entited to the specialsuppot mechanismsfor vulnerablegroups 1 . The socio-economicsuvey of PAPs will provide the data necessary to idenify membersof vulnerablegroups in the project conridors.Children and the elderly,who could also be consideredas membemsof the vulnerablegroups, will be eligible for entitlementand supportmechanisms under the collectivegroups category. Indian best practice,High CourtDecisions as well as the WorldBank Guidelinesall note that the absenceof legaltide to landshould not excludevulneable groupsand the poor from some type of assistance.There has been debate in India on this topic. Encroachersand squattes are consideredto be breakig the law. To rward them encouragesillegal behaviour. The nub of the concern is the prospectof migrationto publiclands by peoplehoping t ake advantageofthe siion. The censusof PAPs located withinthe RoW, will act as a cut off date for the inclusionof PAPs in this

As set by the Gol PlanningComisin, he povety line for goveniniet economic progmmes is an annu householdincome of Rs2O,OOO.For this poject PAPswith an micomneof approxnmtely 25%/ above this povty lineare entitled,brigig the cut-offfor inclusionin the vulnefablegroup catgory to an avewagemonthly household income of RsZOOOorless.

153 ,IT-,1x wujdidL rianau pon-vLuume ,.L Q=m LeSASSWAts:u

RAP. The Censuswill also establishthe extentand typeof compensationthe PAPis entitledto PAPs.PAPs locatedoutside the RoW will be governedby the date of notificationgiven under the LandAcuisition Act The HowsekioldUnit is defined,for the pupose of this project,as all pesons living and eatingtogether-sharing the same kitchenand eatingfood togetheras a single familyunit. (The fact that a householdis entitleddoes not precludemembers of the householdfirtn qualfi for assistanceas individuals.): Unit See: If a taditional Indian extendedfamily (includinggrandparents, uncles, married sons,...) loses a house, all memberswill are in the compensationand assistance. The entitlementmay be a new housingunit for the family,but a "one size fits all" policywill not be adoptedsince some familiesconsist of a mariedcouple and twoyoung children, while others may haveten membersliving under one roof Unitsize wil be basedon a minimum 12m2 perunit and additional 6m 2 for eachadditional person beyond two. * Lost incomeoppopwifes will be assed and compensatedon the basisof individualearning capacity and the losse causedby the projectIf a household or familyhas seveal adultmembers who will losetheir incomes,all will be compe_sated.This is importantsince gFnderanalysis has shownmen and womento havedifrnt needLs. - Lostasset will be valuedat replacementcost An entidedhousehold is treated as oneuni It isup to themto distfiute assistanceamongst themselves. - Ct-off dat isthe endofthe socio.economicsurvey or censusof PAPs.It establishes, who among the PAPs v1 within the RoW, a entiled to compensationor assistance.Persons moving onto the RoW after the cut-offdate am not PAPs under this projectand will be evictedwithout assistance (and possiblyfined, to discourage such actions).It isrecognised that there will be a marginof errorin thecensus and any peson whOwas not surveyeddurimg the censusbut can showdocumentation or evidencethat they am rightflly an EP will also be considered(power for such recognitionrests with the EMU). Pivate land acquisiton underthe Land AcquisitionAct (Section4, Notification) providesthe fist notificationunder the law and is the cut off date for land covered underprivate land acquisition. For all otherland and assetsthe Censusof PAPs isthe cut off dat Peoplewho move in afterthe CenSus,or PAPswho do not movefrom the RoW after the two months' notificationis completed,may be evicted by the government Disputesor grievanmcesaising out of the definitionof householdor entidedpersons will be resolvedthrough the VerificationProcess and the GrievanceProcedure administeredby the EMU(see Section 9.14). 9.8 Entitements 9.8.1 Lossof PdvatePropert The compensaionoptions for most EPs impactedby tis projectwill be cash-based, withthe exceptionofEPs fallingint a vulnerablegroup category. For land owners, the WorldBank proposes there be a land-for-landoption available. Ihis option will be availablefor an EP if- the EP lost more than 250/oof the land: the land holding becomesnon-viable: or if therewere a chancethe EP couldslip into poverty.

154 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan 1eAssociafts

Since,in Gujarat,there is a shortageof large plotsof productiveland, a combinationof measuresneeds to be agreed.Most likely,the majorityof EPs will not wantto relocate to new land. Such personswill not make use of land (allocatedto them by GoGj that is far from their present holdings,but will accept a cash payment The land-for-land option will be consideredcase-by-case. For PAPs, such as vulnerablegroups, who cannot influencethe economicand social forces shapingtheir lives, a straight cash settlementis notthe best option.In thesecases a betteroption may indeedbe land-for- land-or a combinationof land-for-land,cash compensationand participationin an existinggovernment scheme to assistvulnerable groups. AlthoughGoG controlsthe entireRoW (usually3 0rn,but rangingfrom 24m to 60m), there are areas where private land will have to be acquiredto completethe project, eg for bypasses,m-aligned junctions or wherethe geometryof a curveneeds to be re- engineered.As the acquisitionrequirements will not be finalisedbefore submission of these reports (final designs and this RAP are being submittedsimultaneously), the censusdid not cover suchPAPs whoseprivate land will be acquired.Census for these PAPswill start concidingwith the notificationunder section 4 of the Land Acquisition Act, or with the startof negotiatedsettlement Thereare severalcategories of lossesthat are recognisedunder this entitlementpolicy. Eight losscategories (LCs) and the compensationoptions to be appliedby this project are presentedbelow. LC1 AGRICULTURALLAND AND ASSETS All EPs affected by the loss of agricultural land are entitled to cash compensation,allowing them to acquire replacementland of equal productivevalue, as well as to replace any structures (residentialunit or farm buildings)or otherassets suchas trees,crops or watersources. In this RAP, a grant will also be awardedto make up the differencebetween the compensationpaid by the governmentand the replacementcost determinedby a market value survey caried out by an independentcommittee (see Section9A.1). There will be situationswhere the land taken willjeopardise the viabilityof the entire agriculturaloperation in which case the GoG will be requiredto offerto purchasethe entireplot For the purpose of this project,the definitionof a viable plot of land is deduced as follows. The Land AcquisitionAct pays compensationfor irrigatedagricultural land 2.5-fold the amount for non-irrigatedland. In this project, the minimum size of a viable plot for irrigatedland is taken as 0.4haand the minimumsize of a viable plot of non-irrigatedland is I.Oha. The rule for this RAP will thereforebe the following.Plots reducedto lessthan 0.4ha for irrigatedand 1.Ohafor non-irrigatedland, requirean offerto be made to purchase the entire plot and will be subjectto the Non-viableLand PurchaseProtocol (see Box 9.1).

155 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LesAssocites

Landowners left with viable plots will be compensated by Box9.1. NON-VIABLELANDPURCHASE purchase of the land needed PROTOCOL for the project) as per the This protocol is recommended for compensation and Land Acquisition Act assistanceof landownets left with plots that would be no Additionally, they will longer viable.The R&BDwill pay the purchaseprice for the entire plot but take ownershipof only the land required for receive assistance according thisproject at the timeof sale.Any landowned by the R&BD to the entitlement EP but not used for the road work becomesSurplus Land and category into which they fall underlaw is renderedlegally inaccessible for productiveuse. and the sizes of their By buyingthe land butnot takingfull ownership,R&BD can household unit. permitproductive use to continue under specialagreenents withformer land ownersand others.Former owners will be LC2 SEVERANCE OF penmittedusifuct rights and the use of the land in an agment with R&BD for a penod ending when R&BD AGRICULTURAL LAND. needs the land for other project work. Owners will be There may be cases where a encouragedto do thissince it willbe difficultto find willing landowner's agricultural plot buyersfor small dividedpropeltes. When they want to use is severed, such as by the land, R&BD must give the holdersof these agreements construction of a new bypass. noticeof at least6 motnhs,prior to takiingit over. If a landowneesplot is no longer viable(ie the owner is left The landowner will likely with less than 0.4hafor irtigated land or 1.0ha for non- suffer less efficient use of his inigatedland) the landownermay choosefrom three options. land due to having a road pass ffirough the property. An i Ifthe EP wisheto remain on the plot compesation for additional grant will be made, the amountof lad acquiredas per the Land Acquisiton equal to 10% of the amoumt Act and receiptof assistanceaccording to the entitlement paid for the land acquired for policywil be given. A teiporary agreementfor the use the project of the land wil also be reuired the agreementwiHl be workedout throgh the NGOand GrievanceComrnmittee. One or both plots created by ii. Comption is paid for the total plot (as explainedin severance may be no longer the tet) as per the Land AcquisitionAct but titleto the viable. Non-viable plots will land not neededby R&BD is not transfeffedto R&BD. be dealt with as spelt out Assistanceis given accordingto the entitlementpolicy. above. ii. If the EP is fiom a vulnerablegroup, compensationfor the total plot is by meansof land-for-land,of equal LC3 NON- productivevalue (if such land is available).Assistance is AGRICULTURAL LAND AND given according to the enitlement policy. (rhe ASSETS. EPs who lose no govrnmentovenmentlaLndmay isneed not topavailale pase in land thearea by parvatein whichsale the if agricultural land and assets, EPwishes to sete.) to which they have legal title are compensated for land and structures under the Land Acquisition Act. The Act requires compensation rt be sufficient to purchase an equivalent replacement property and rebuild structures, if need be. For reasons stated earlier, compensation often falls short of this goal. In this project, EPs will therefore receive assistance to make up the difference between the government compensation and a price derived from the independent committee's property value appraisal. If the Land Acquisition Act (LAA) is found to be fair, those EPs will receive the relevant cash compensation and will not be eligible for additional assistance. EPs must relocate within the notification time specified in the LAA. EPs not covered under the LAA will have two months to relocate. Temporary arrangements or a grant of Rs 1800 to cover nine months' rentals will be provided until permanent structures are ready for occupancy, for a maximum of nine months.

t

156 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ZORAssoama

Tenants also sufferlosses when propertyis taken. They are definedas EPs who have some legal proof demonstrafingthat a tLansactionof moneytakes place betweenthem and a landlord/owner. The generalprovisions for title holdersof and tenantsusing non-agriculturallands and assetsare as follows. i. TENANTSwill receive assistanceas lump-sumpayments, paid in advanceof the expropriationof the property,made up ofthe following: * the amountofthe depositor advancepayment paid by the tenantto the landlord pro ratedon the basis of monthsremaining at the time of expropriation;1 * a sum equalto six monthsrental in considerationof disruptioncaused; and, * recompensefor any structuresthe tenanthas erectedon the property. ii. ABSENTEE LANDOWNEPSwill receive compensation and assistance for property,assets and structures.Any un-refundeddeposit paid by the tenant to the landownerwill be deductedfrom the assistance.(There will be no other payments. Even if there is a gap between relinquishingone property and purchasing a replacement,the cash can be placedin interest-bearinginvestnent in the interim.) iii. OWNER-occuPIERSwill receive5% more than landlordowners. This parallelsthe six months rent a tenant receivesas assistance.(Whether a tenant or an owner- occupier,the impactof forcedrelocation is the same.By not rentingthe propertyto someoneelse, an owner-occupierforgoes rental income of approximately10% of the propertyvalue annually.The equivalentrental for six months is, thus, 5% of the propertyvalue.) EPs may salvagematerials from structuresdemolished. They will also receiveRs500 to meet removalexpenses (see Section 9.8.4). If land acquisitionleaves a title holderwith less than the recommendedplot and unit size for his income group, that EP is entitledto compel acquisitionof the whole property. A title holder in a vulnerablegroup, whose existing plot is smallerby a quarterof the size recommendedby govenmmentagencies 2 may use his entitlement money to purchasea plot of adequatesize in one of the existingoptions suggested in LC6. Such a personwill be offereda loan,at favourableinterest rates, to coverthe cost difference or to help pay for new constuction. Squatters,by definition,do not have legaltitle. Squatterswho are EPs will be given a plot either(i) throughpurchase of privatelands or (ii) on a resettlementsite under an existing GovernmentProgramme. A cash grant will be made only if the EP use it to purchasesa replacementplot of land. Vulnerablegroups who are tenants will be offered income-generting assistanceor training,and accessto governmenthousing programmes.

I Oftentenants pay for a yearor two in advance,with no optionof a refund. 2 The Housingand UrbanDevelopment Coporan (HUDCO)and the NationalHousing Bank (NHB) have recommendedsiaes for plots and units for various socio-economic brackets.For vulnerablegroups the residentialplot size is 30m2 in a rural area and 24m2 in an urbanarea For an urban businessunit the plot sizeis 24m2.

157 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A.:SEA LesAssoiates

9.8.2 Loss of Livelihood,Crops and Shelter LC4 EMPLOYMENTOR INCOMEEPs in this categorywill receive a lump-sum grantto aid in the re-establishmentof their livelihoodand make up for the loss, due to relocation,of established markets and clients. VulnerableGroups are covered in SectionLC6. Specifically,EPs receivethe following. * A grantequal to six monthslost incomewill be paid.1 This provisionapplies to persons indiectly affected, due to his or her employer being displaced. Howeverit will be implementedon a case by case basis, as someemployment categoriesare very mobile (such as a carpenter)and will not be negatively impacted.Other EPs may need furtherassistance and if demonstrated,may be eligiblefor governmentschemes, or receivefurther help from the EMU, in the form of vocationaltraining or incomegenerating schemes. * An EP will be given notice to harvesthis existingcrops before civil works begin,if possible. * An EP will be paid a grant for lost crops due to forced relocation before harvest The grant will equate the market value of what would have been harvested,based on recordsobtained during the censussurvey, and will include the cost of replacementseeds for next season'sharvest D EPswho lose perennialcrops, such as fruittrees, will be paid a sumequal to the capitalisedvalue calculatedas the net presentvalue of all futureproduction at a discountrate of 12%. LCS ACCESSTO LANDAND IUVELHOOD-LLEGALUSE OF THE ROW. Squattersillegally occupy land in the RoW and erect structures(often of katcha or semi-puccaconstruction) for residentialor businesspurposes. Based on existinggovernment schemes, squatters will be given a plot of land free of chargeor for a low cost and assistedwith the constructionof a replacementresidential or business unit VulnerableGroups EPs will be supportedto the extent that their livelihood(if threatenedby the project)is maintained.Support mechanismssuch as vocationaltraining or incomegenerating assistance may be explored.If the EP is not eligiblefor a governmentprogramme, the EMU is responsiblefor adequateassistance suchas providingaccess to trainingor land. The projectwill financethe cost of these entitlementsby payingthe responsiblegovernment agency or initiatingthe assistance themselves.Ideally the squatter wiLl,in time, and with help of innovativeloan and financing,become the title holderof the new property.For the purpose of this project the entitledperson is the head of the householdas recordedin the censusof PAPs. ENCROACHERSonto thie RoW will generally receive no assistance.They will be notifiedand will be given a set time in which to remove their assets,except trees, and harvesttheir crops.The encroacherwill be consideredfor assistanceif the censusof PAPs showsthe encroacher(i) doesnot own the land adjacentto land upon which he is encroachingand (ii) is a memberof one of the vulnerablegroups. In such cases,the EMU will consider assistance,case-by-case, according to household income and existing assets--and particularlywhether the person already owns a viable plot of land.

1 The censusof PAPsfound the averagemonthly household income to be Rsl850for a tenantand Rs2200 for a properryowner.

158 D

Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan A LaAssdW

LC6 HOUSINGOR INCOME-VULNERABLE GROUPS. PAPs in a vulnerable group,as defined earlier,are entitledto extra assistance.This assistance-in the form of incomegenerating schemes, vocational training and accessto existinggovernment housing programmes-will improvetheir standardof living and, hopefully,end the cycleof displacementand poverty. For vulnerablePAPs who lose propertythere are governmentschemes to help them buildtheir own unitsand eventuallyown the plot of land they have been given. PAPs in this group will, in addition to some cash compensation,have the choice of participatingin one of a numberof resettlementoptions. HousiNGREPLACEMENr. Based on statusor eligibility,one or more of the following optionmay be offeredas assistanceto differentcategories of EPs:1: * land-for-land-either govermmentland or land purchased,on behalf of the project,from private owner-and a grant for buildingmaterials to constructa unit (the amount based on the project census survey and market prices of buildingmaterials at the time the expropriationtakes place); * a plot of 15-20m2 and a house constructionloan of a maximumof Rs30,000 underthe EconomicallyWeaker Section Housing Scheme; * a plot of 25-35m2 and a houseconstruction loan of a maximumof RslOO,OOO underthe Low IncomeGroup Housing Scheme; To assist these PAPs make the best choice,the EMU will be assigned the task of implementingthe RAPand in so doingwill providea free advisoryservice to all EPs. INCOMEGENERATING SCHEMES. Vulnerable EPs who lose their primaty source of income-due to loss of accessto their rented or share-croppedfarms, wage labouror employment-are eligible for assistance in the form of the following income- generating schemesor vocationaltraining programs (which are available to other entitledpersons also). * A hlmp-sumgrant of Rs2000/annumfor three years will be contributedon behalf of the EP to an income generatingor vocationaltraining option of the EP's choice. The interestsof the EP and a skillsassessment will be completed to identifythe best match to ensuigevalue addedto the project.After the initial trainingthey will be helped to find employmentor obtain insfitutionalcredit. They will be offered advice on financialplanning and how to set up a co- operativefacility 2 to start a suitableproduction or serviceactivity. The money not used in the initialtraining programme will be used to pay for the costs of time, labourand materialsto set up theirnew enterprise. * PAPs in a communityunit will be entitledto community-levelassistance. The assistancewill be providedon a case by case basis after consultationwith the villagepeople to ascertainwhat the specificneeds ofthat villagemaybe suchas a new well, bus stop or other enhancementproject related to the project Cost sharing between the community, other agencies and the project will be consideredin orderto achievesustainability. The assistancewill be possibly in

Examplesfrom the GujaratRural Housing Board, other programmes may be applicable also. 2 In India,Gujarat is a leaderin establishmentof co-operativebanking facilities for vulnerablegroups.

159 zrcsll, ~ Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

the fonn of a grant and will be given to village local governmentsto employ the PA]Ps.1 VOCAnONALTRAINING OPnIONS. The projectwill provide assistanceand offer the followingoptions for incomegeneration and vocationaltraining. Linkages with these "line agencies" are being explored to allow R&BD to fund the costs these programmesincur retraining entitled people. Gujarat Women Economic DevelopmentCorporation Ltd (GujaratMahila Arthik VikasNigam Ltd) was establishedin 1975aimed at improvingthe income-generating capacitiesof women in varioussocial and economicdevelopment programmes in the state. Varioustraining and loan schemes,as well as seminarsand exhibitionsfor the sale of goods produced by women's co-operatives,are offered to disadvantaged women.Additionally, the SericultureScheme (silk worms) provides"seed funds" to womenwishing to start sericultureventures. National Scheduded Caste and Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporationis a National agency channellingfunds through state agencies and recognisedinstitutions for economicdevelopment activities of ScheduledCastes and ScheduledTribes. Two such agenciesare the GujaratScheduled Castes Economic DevelopmentCorporation Ltd and the GujaratTribal Development Corporation. Many other income-generatingprogrammes aim to promoteself employment,wage employment,vocational tuainingand infrastructuredevelopment. The Integrated RuralDevelopment Programme (IRDP) is a nationalscheme aimed at familieswhose incomeis below the povertyline. The programme spends approximately Rs. 9000 per familyto aid them in trainingand startingtheir own business.They also run Training for Rural Youth for Self Employment (T775EM). The programme spends approximatelyRs 1800per persontrained. The JawaharRojgar Yojna (JRI9 is a joint state nationalscheme also aimed at generatingemployment and income as well as strengtheningumral social and economicinfrastructure. The target group comprises those below the poverty line, with ScheduledTribes and ScheduledCastes given preference.As well, 30% of employmentopportunities are reserved for women. Underthe JRY Scheme,in Gujarat,is the IndiraAwasYojna (IA19. This schemehelps the poor to conlstructtheir housing with a 100% subsidisedscheme. Also, HUDCO has produceda scheme for EconomicallyWeaker Sections (EWS) to gain shelter or constructtheir own. The state-levelprogramme Gokld Grama Yojanacontributes up to Rs200,000per villageinvolving training and other activities. LC7 BUSINESSLocAnoN-KIosKs AND MoBILE VENDORS. During constructionevery effort will be made to provide temporary access to frontage premisesso that businessactivity is not significantlyaffected. There are two types of businessesthat cannot always escape being affected by constructionwork. Theseare the shacksor kiosks, generallyon stilts,and ambulatory vendorsgenerally with wheeledpush carts2. Somepush carts circulateduring the day. Othersremain in one place,the positionbeing specified in a vendor's businesslicense.

1 Thegovermment is not well placed to providethis facility.If a personis employedby the govemmentfor 90 days,the job becomespennmanent 2 Vendorswithout carts, who sit on the footpath to selltheir goods fall intothis category. Theyalso may be licensed.

160 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan LemAssocdares

Kiosks, likewise,are fixed, althoughthey can be relocated.Construction work in urbanisedareas is likelyto disruptthese businesses for six months,on and off. Fullymobile vendors are not eligiblefor assistancesince they can continueto circulate to carTyout theirbusiness. Ambulatoryvendors licensed for fixed locationsmay be able to relocateand carry on business as before. Rather than have to make these judgements case-by-case, ambulatoryvendors licensed for fixedpositions will be consideredto be kiosks. Assuming the disruption lasts three months, after which the business resumes operating,assistance of Rs7,500will be paid to a kiosk owner. (This is based on Rs2,500/monthwhich is comfortablyabove the average monthly net income of Rs2,100 for a businessoccupying less than 3m2 floorarea.) Now assume that, once constructionis complete,the businesscannot resume in the same place as before.To offer assistancegreater than six months lost incomewould exceedthe LC4 provisionswithout good reason. Wherenumerous vendors are displaced,R&BD will purchasea site in the shopping area, if suitableproperty is available,and convert it into a mobile vendors' market. Structuresof a more permanentnature will be builtwhich displacedvendors can use rent-free for six months. They will be encouraged,collectively, to purchase their market site.1

9.8.3 Effecson Communffiesand Groups LC8 COMMUNiTY INFRAsmUcruRE,COHESION AND AMENITIES Community losses can be difficult to translate into compensationpayments to individuals,egto make up for loss of a communitywater supply it is necessaryto replaceit (witha bettersystem, if possible). Some communitylosses are, in essence,irreplaceable, egthe social networkspeople buildwhilst livinga longtime in the same place.Another is the giant tree underwhich the communitycongregates to discuss,negotiate and socialise. In cases of communitylosses, the communitywill be involvedin choosinga useful substitutebenefit Classesof communitylosses and compensations,are the following. i. REsToRATIoN AND IMPRovENEr OF COMMON PROPERTYRESOURCES. Community land uses that may be lost to the project include the following. * Common resources-tr and scrub in the right-of-way(fuel wood, food and fodder). * Utilitiesand services-substations,bus stops,wells. * Community facilities and institutions-clinics, schools, recreational areas. * Cultural, religious and archaeologicalheritage resources-shrines, temples, heritage sites.

1 Surveys in Phase I have identifiedareas where clustersof vendors will be impacted. If agreedto by a majorityof mobilevendors, new communalmarket areas will be developed as part of the redesign/constructionof a communitycentre and or bus depotcomplex.

161 `1=aazl GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA 4ce Associates

Easily-replacedcommunity assets will be re-establishedat new locationschosen by the conimunity.For shrinesand temples,a concertedeffort will be made to addressall sensitiveissues, in consultationwith the community.1 Replacementof trees in the RoW is more difficultto resolve. The project will mitigateimpacts of tree removalby recommendingnew plantationsites for certain species. Even so, it could be decades before the replacementtrees reach the maturityof the trees lost Communitiesin the vicinityof the trees lost shouldbe included in a social forestryproject, such as a communitywood lot. PAPs in vulnerablegroups are especiallyaffected as they usually rely on these trees for fodder,fuel wood and food for their families.Removing these trees will make supplyingthese daily necessitiesa more difficultchore, requiring people (usually women, childrenand the elderly)to forage further from home. By removing dependenceon wood for fuel, biogas stoves using readilyavailable grassesand plant materialscould be a low-costsolution to at leastone ofthese problems.2 Assistancein the form of a social forestryproject could be implementedin areas where newplantations will be required.In someof these schemes,the localvillage governmentwould be paid to implementthe project. To better co-ordinateand fund such compensationprogrammes, the Departmentof Forestry and R&BDs EMUshould consult during implementation ofthe RAP. ii. SAFETYMEASURES FOR PEDESTRIANS AND NON MOTORISED TRAFFIc. Many PAPs have raised concerns about road safety and pedestriantraffic. In some projectconidors footpathswind throughtrees flankingthe road. These footpaths couldbe upgradedwhen the RoW is reinstated,especially between villages that are close and which generatemuch pedestriantaffic. Specificmeasures have been addressedby the engineering design team and documented in Section 9.1 of Volume2B. iii. LANDSCAPiNGOF COMMUNIY COMMON-AREASIN URBAN ENvIRONMENTS. Someenhancement opportunities, such as landscapingand improvingcommunity commonareas, are elaboratedin Section11. In towns and villagesthis projectwill improvedrdinage and areassurrounding bus depots. iv. ROADSIDEREST AREAS.Another enhancement opportunity is provision of roadsiderest areas,especially near sitesof culturalor archaeologicalsignificance. v. EMPLOYMENTOPPORTUNMES. All the above suggestionsfor community-level compensationoffer potentialfor job creation.It may be possibleto providejobs for local people,especially vulnerable groups, during the constructionof the roads by requiringthat contractorshire a percentageof their constructionworkforce from areas alongsidethe projectroads. The EMU will pursuethis with the contractors

Prelinmaryconsultation with PAPs revealed that in many cases shrines and temples will be ableto be relocatedprovided the decisionto relocateinvolves the whole community, or at leastthose who use the facility. 2 Accordingto theForestry Department, people are allowed to collectone head-load of fallen plantmaterial each day and harvestany fruit from the trees. Additionally, animals, with the exceptionof camels,are permitted (unofficially) to grazeand consumeleaves, shrubs and grassesin the protected roadside plantations.

162 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan L"a4ss.,cafs

though the PIU. Other fundingfor these purposesmay be availablefrom the SocialDevelopment Fund of the WorldBank.

9.8.4 RelocationAssistance and TemporatyAccommodation EPs are eligible for relocation assistance, to move household fumishings and belongingsor businessgoods and equipmentto their new location.The following compensationmeasures are offered. * A flat sum of RsS00 will be paid to cover the costs of moving to a new residentialunit or a businessunit 1 * A grant of Rsl800 will be paid to cover nine months' temporaryrental accommodationfor EPs who have not found new accommodationby the time they must vacate their residentialor businessproperties. 2 EPs located in the Col must relocatetwo monthsafter their officialnotification is given or they will be ineligiblefor this assistanceand will be evicted.EPs shouldnot be told of this provisionin advance,as that wouldact as an incentiveto linger,in order to get the money. 9.9 Host Communities Host communitieswill be entitledto assistanceif the total numberof resettledpeople exceeds 200 or 10%bof the host community'spopulation (see Section 9.15.3 and 9.15.A for further details). Assistancewill take the form of amenities such as communityfacilities (schools and clinics),recreational facilities (playgrounds, sports fields), utilities(water, sewerage,wells), and will help to organise communityco- operativesfor incomegenerating schemes (crafts, small-business loans). The decision on which measureto apply will be based on a consultationbetween the EMU and localcommunity representatives.

9.10 Taxesand GovernmentFees The projectwill be responsiblefor all fees and taxesEPs must pay resultingfrom any iransactionassociated with theirrelocation or compensation.

9.11 TemporaryConstruction-Related Impacts EPs will be entitledto no compensationor assistancefor routinetemporary disruption during construction,such as when contractorsprepare sites, constructroads or carTy out mitigativemeasures. Only when there is sufficient evidencethat the level of disruption was particularlyhigh, and may have been inflicted consciously,or in contravention of the provisions of the contract (adequate clauses have been incorporatedin the contractdocuments to minimiseconstruction phase disruption and impactson public),then assistancewill be consideredin a case-to-casebasis. Cost of such assistancewill be coveredfrom the contractorunder the contractagreements.

1 Rentalof a camelcart for a shorthaul is approximately Rs250 and the rental of a smallvan is approximatelyRs750 for a longerhaul. 2 Theaverage monthly rent of the PAPssurveyed in the censusfor the ESRwas Rs1 63a month-so, Rs200 a month is adopted here.

163 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssocdates

i. Assistancewill be paid for businesslosses, based on the durationof the impactand the leveldisruption. ii. For crops lost or damagedby the project,EPs will be paid the marketvalue of the crops,that year, plusthe valueof replacementseeds for next season'sharvest.

9.12 Guidelinesfor Socio-EconomicSurveys and Censusof EPs The SEA is intendedto providea comprehensiveguideline to assessingthe socio- economicimpact of all road work in this projects.Its immediateuse will be to assist withthe completionof the socio-economicrequirements of the Phase I and II Project Roads by definingthe steps involved in conductinga Socio-economicSurvey and helpingto plan the censusof the projectaffected persons.

It has been recommendedby the World Bank that a 100% census of the potential PAPs be undeitakenalong the Phase II projectroads. This censuswould be limitedin collecting enough information to establish household size and the types of entitlementsthat may be expectedin eachhousehold (loss of structures,land and other assets).

As soon as adequateengineering details are known,the censusof PAPs shouldtake placeto establishthe cut off datesfor the entitlementpolicy. There is a riskof havinga very long gap betweenthis census and the actual implementationand this must be a considerationfor thetiming ofthe census.

The socio-economicsurvey will allow a profileof the EPs to be documentedand providea benchmarkfor indicatorschosen to monitorand evaluatethe success of the RAP. Such a survey will provide estimates of PAPs, and information on the entitlements for households, individuals and communities for each road to be documented.

9.12.1 Objectivesand Boundaies of the Censusof PAPsand the Socio-EconomicSurvey The objectivesof the PAPs census are to providea basis definingthe costs of the ResettlementAction Planby: * identifyingin a comprehensivemanner the physicallocation ofthe PAPs;and, * enumeratingthe PAPs' assetsand landholdings. The objectivesofthe Socio-economicSurvey are: * to attachactual values to key indicatorsof the PAPs socialand economicstatus and their vulnerabilityto socialand economicchange as a resultof the project; * to provide a benchmarkfor any firther infornation needed to monitor and evaluateEPs in the fiture; and, * to permitthe creationof a tailormade RAPfor the PAPs.

164 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan , Le&AsS="S

Peoplewho were not surveyedduring the censuswill not be considered1 as a PAP in the case of the project roads. Howeverany people,not surveyedduring the census, but able to show documentationor otherevidence that they are rightfullya PAP. will be consideredfor entitlements.

9.12.2 UndertakingtheSuiveys The surveys on the Phase II roads will be managed by the PCC and will use the Questionnairecreated for the Phase II projects. A single questionnairewill deal with the PAP census and the socio-economicprofile. This has been modified from the questionnairethat was used for the Phase I ESR. A single and combinedcensus is preferredin GSHP, in considerationof the relativelysmall numberof potentialPAPs, and the limitationof a sttified randomsample survey in the fieldsituation. Thecensus (inclusive of socio-economicsurveys) has been completedfor the PhaseI and the Phase HA road corridors.The Census and Socio-EconomicQuestionnaires used for the Phase HA roads were moreconcise than those used in the PhaseI survey. They will be availablein the Appendicesin Volume2B. Copiesof the Questionnaire Survey, covering socio-economicfactors, used for the Phase I project roads is in Appendix4 of Volume2B. A great deal of informationwas collectedon the PAPs surveyedand can be foundin the Environental DatabaseUsers' Guide. The surveyorswere be managedby fieldsupervisors, who in turn were supervisedby disciplinemanagers. All of them were familiarwith the surveymethodology, and to that end should participatedin week of training, in surveytechniques, basic quality controland data management A precisefield scheduleand data collectionprotocol were prepared(see the EnvironmentalDatabase Users' Guide).

9.123 TheProjectAffected People (PAPs) ESTIMATEOF NUMBEROF PAPS.Table 92 shows the estimatednumber of PAPs and propertiesfor the sixteenroad corridorsof PhaseII. CATEGORIESOF PROJECI AFFECTEDPEOPLE In Section 9.4 the categories of Project Affected People are discussed in detail. The following is a list of those categories: * Private property owners (land, structures and other assets); * Squatters; * Encroachers; * Wage Earners and Landless Labourers; * Indirectly affected persons; . Vulnerable Groups consisting of Women Headed Households, Landless Agricultural Labourers, Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes; and, * Others.

TThe end of the census survey will act as the cut-off date, and will be used to establish whethera personlocated in the coridor qualifiesas a PAPduring the implementationof the variousPhases of the project

165 G-D11=T1z1 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

9.12.4 FurtherCensus andSurveyResponsibility The environmentalmanagement unit (EMU) will be responsiblefor many of the outstandingtasks outlinedin the followingSections. The EMU will carry out the verification of the Entitled Persons and their entitlements.The costs for the ResettlementAction Plan will be updated by the EMU as more detailedand more specificinformation becomes available over the lifeof the project.

9.12.5 Descnrptionof ConsulttfionProgramme Generally,the first round of consultation,that of informingthe communityof the project and some of the potentialpositive and negativeimpacts expected, has been completedfor the PhaseI (250km)project roads. However, at the SEA level(a totalof 818km)no communityconsultation programme will takeplace. Thecommunities that will have potentialimpacts as a resultof the PhaseII roads, have been identified.But until the preliminarydesign is completedfor the remainingPhase II roads, it is impossibleto knowaccurately the numberof PAPsand EPsthat will be impacted.For the communities identified as sensitive areas and requiring a RAP a detailed consultationprogramme will be necessaryin the future,when Phase IHAand Phase IIB projectsare taken up.

When the engineeringdesign is completed and the PAPs are identified,a second round of communitymeetings must take place, involvingall the identifiedPAPs and EPs on each road corridor.This wouldbe taken up mainly by the EMU,with support fromthe PCC.The methodologyfollowed for the communityconsultation is detailed in Section3.7. For details of the consultationthat has taken place for the Phase I, 250kmof projectroads, please see the ESR, Section5. There,many issues were raised by communitiesthat were ultimatelyaddressed by the engineeringdesign to minimise and mitigate irnpacts. See Section8.2 of Volume 2B, the EnvironmentalStudy Reportfor more details.

9.12.6 Explainingthe RAP,Defining Entitlement and Verification The second round of the communityconsultation programme is concernedprimarily with the implementationof the RAP. The consultationprogramme will begin by explainingthe entitlementpolicy and resettlementoptions to the PAPs and soliciting their support and co-operation.In order to meet the requirementsfor community consultation, the EnvironmentalManagement Unit (EMU) will complete the followingactions: * preparean informationbrochure in the locallanguage, explaining the RAP and what is required of EPs in order to claim their entitlement.It should be displayedin publicplaces on the projectcorridors; * help of villageleaders to encouragethe participationof the EPs in the RAP; * complete a verificationprocess to ensure the correct informationhas been collected and each household has received an ID card. Each EP in the householdunit will be given a separate IdentificationCard. This card will containspecific details oftheir specificentitlements, and option,if any;

166 Chapter9-Resettlement Action Plan c, : LeaAssociates

Table 9.2: Total Number of Project Affected Properties and Persons by Corridor No. Corridor Name Residential Business (Private) Land Other Properties Total

Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam 1 5 10 65 2 12 10 5 23 133 02 Viramgam-Malaya l 6 2 12 5 30 8 48 16 96 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 5 29 30 180 13 78 20 127 68 414 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 10 60 19 112 9 54 14 84 52 310 06 Lunawada-Halol 2 12 45 270 14 84 29 131 90 497 08 LadveJ-Dakor 2 12 11 66 11 66 9 54 33 198 09 Dakor-Godhra 13 78 23 138 13 78 14 84 63 378 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 5 30 22 132 18 108 13 78 58 348 12 Bharuch-Dahej I 6 5 30 4 24 4 24 14 84 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 10 60 24 144 7 42 16 96 57 342 15 lchhapur-Palsana l 6 2 12 6 36 3 18 12 72 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0 0 I 6 l 66 4 16 16 88 18 Bajipura-Songadh 2 12 3 18 13 78 3 18 21 126 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 0 3 18 6 36 4 24 13 78 22 Wataman-Dholera 0 0 l 6 5 30 7 42 13 78 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 2 12 19 114 19 114 10 60 50 300 27 Rajkot-Morvi I 6 7 42 10 60 3 18 21 126 28 Rajkot-Vadinar I 10 lI 66 9 54 37 152 58 _ 282 Total 57 344 238 1431 175 1050 208 1125 678 3950 cl41-DIst~' GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates

* hold meetings in the villageswith the PAPs who live in the village and who live along the corridors,about 3-5km from the villages. The purpose of the village meetingwill be to explainthe RAP and answer questionsconceming the entitlements.Some individualinterviews will take place if PAPs cannot attendthe villagemeetings; and, * attempt to ensure that VGs and SquatterEPs understandthe process and that theirneeds are beingtaken intoconsideration explicitly.

9.13 The GrievanceProcedure The followingis the proposedGrievance Procedure. It was developedafter the first roundof communityconsultation on the ESR roads and it reflectssome of the issues raised by the communityand the NGOs consulted. There are some additional proceduralpoints that are based on experience from several other developmental projectsbut were riotreadily perceived by the communitiesconsulted. The GrievanceProcedure will be reviewedazain as the implementationof RAP for Phase I roads progresses.If changesto the process are recommended,the grievance procedurewill be revisedand then usedduring later Phases ofthe project The main objectiveof the GrievanceProcedure is to providea mechanismto mediate conflictand cut down on lengthylitigation which often delays infrastructureprojects. It also provides people who have objectionsor concerns about their assistance,a public forum to raise their objectionsand through conflictresolution, address these issuesadequately. The GrievanceCommittee will be headedby the respectiveDistrict Collector, and will consistof membersfrom an NGO, the R&BD, the RevenueDepartment, Department of Tribal Welfare(only in the tribal sub-plan areas),and selected local leaders.An ExecutiveEngineer of the concerneddistrict should be the membersecretary of the committeeand shall act as the GrievanceOfficer. The processfor constitutionof the grievancecommittees has been initiated.

The functionsofthe GrievanceCommittee should be: * To providesupport for the EPs on problemsarising out of their adjustmentto theirnew environment; * To recordthe grievanceof the EPs, categoriseand prioritisethose grievances that need to be resolvedby the Committeeand if necessarythe PIU; * To informthe EPs ofthe decisionsof GrievanceCommittee, or in seriouscases the PIU. The GrievanceCommittee will have the power to resolveall but the grievances,which it forwardsto the PIU; * To refer any seriousGrievances to the PIU withinan appropriatetime-frame; and, * To report to the aggrievedparties developments regarding the hearing of their Grievancesand the findingsof the PIU. The decisionof the PIU will be fmnal and will not be contested in any other forum except the regular arbitration forum or, if required, in the courtsof law.

168 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan zr=z LS.Assodates

The GrievanceCommittee should hear grievancesof the EPs once1 a month. The representativesof the NGO working with the R&BD on this project should work closelywith the EPs to help them solve problemsand shouldrecord and registerthe grievancesto the Committeewith the EP.

The NGOsand the representativesof GrievancesCommittee should discuss the issues in closedmeetings with the EPs concernedand attemptto resolveall grievances,only referringthem to the PIU if it is not possibleto reach a settlement

The GrievanceCommittee should place only the most serious and controversial grievancesbefore the PIU. The GrievanceCommittee should inform the EP of a decisionwithin one month,if the case is deferredto the PIU,the GrievanceProcedure willtake up to six weeks.

The importanceof the communityconsultation Programme must be stressedas it is the forum wherethe EPs willhave the GrievanceProcedure explained to them as well as what they need to do to file a grievances.The R&BDhave initiatedprocesses to have the institutionalarrangements in placeto allowthose responsible in eachdistrict to participatein the consultationphase so that the EPs can beginto establisha dialogue with the localrepresentatives who willbe involvedin the implementationof the RAP.

9.14 Guidelinesfor Resetlementof PAPs As Table9.2 demonstates,there are approximately10,000 PAP for the total project; Phase I and Phase H projectroads. The estimatednumbers of PAPs will be updated when possible.Details of the PAPs for Phase I are providedin the ESR This project involves linearresettlement and is unlikelyto requirethe resettlementof an entire villageor largecommnunity in any one location.During consultation most PAPs have expresseda desireto make their own anrangementswith regardsto new housing as long as they receivefair compensation and assistance.

9.14.1 LandMarket Value Assessment It will be necessaryto carry out a true marketvalue assessment;in severallocations at the time the governmentand its representativesare valuing land for compensation. This will establishwhether the compensationpaid underthe Land AcquisitionAct is fair and close to the market value, allowingthe PAP to replace their lost property, units and assets. If the marketvalue assessmentestablishes that the compensationis not the true market value, then a level of assistanceis necessaryto allow PAPs to replacetheir property, units and assetsfairly.

The marketvalue assessmentwill be completedby an committee(section 9.4.1). The problemarises on wherethe marketvalue surveysshould take place,as this is a linear projectand coversa greatdeal of area.It is recommendedthat oncethe EPshave been

1 Grievancesfor the PhaseI prjects wil haveto be heardin a timelymanner and fast tracked,as theentire resettlement pmcess, must be completed before construction which is proposedto beginin the latefall of 1998.If necessarythe GrievanceCommittee will meet moreoften.

169 GujaratPCC FinalReport- Volume2A: SEA LeaAssociates

verifiedand the locationswhere there are clustersof affectedproperties are identified, marketvalue assessmentshould take placein thoseareas.

Marketvalue of assets,so determined,will be comparedwith the compensationand its variouscomponents. A decisionwill be made on how much assistanceis neededto increasethe compensationto providea fair entidementpackage that will allowthe EP to replace his land, structures and other assets. In the process of market value assessmentthe committeewill consultwith the EPs, and explainto them the basis of arrivingthe marketvalue.

9.14.2 Availabilityof Land There is a shortageof quality land, in particularagricultural land, in the state of Gujarat. The EMU in consultationwith the Revenue Departmentand the Urban DevelopmentAgencies in urban areas, will work togetherto identify and locate suitableland to be used for the purposeof resettlementif necessary.In all possible cases the EMU/R&BDwill establishlinkages with GovermmentDepartments, for examplethe Rural HousingBoard, who have existing Programmesin place as it is inconceivablethat it will be necessary for this project to complete a full scale ResettlementPlan, completewith infiastructure,utilities and communityfacilities. Opportunitiesfor Land Swapswith other GovenunentDepartments or agencieswill be discussed.Additionally, the projectwill consider,facilitate and purchaseprivate landto use for resettlement,either for individualsites or clusterresettlement locations.

ManyPAPs who are identifiedas belongingto a VG, as definedby the project,will be eligiblefor the housingassistance under the WeakerSection Housing Scheme. Other PAPs who are not coveredunder these existinggovemment housing schemes will be aided by the implementingagency (possiblly an NGO or other institutionattached to the EMU)to receivea housingloan fromHUDCO or otherfinancial institutions in the Stateof Gujarat

The EMU will organisethe EPs to assist them in gettingthe loansneeded to finance their new units and facilitate training to impart requisite skills and tools for constructionof new units. The training may take place under one of the existing governmentschemes mentioned in LC6,Section 9.8.2.

9.14.3 Identificatonof PotentialResettlement Sites PAPs were/willbe asked-during the communityconsultation phase to identifywhere they would liketo resettle.If at all possible,voluntary resettlement will be encouraged and replacementland and units will be soughtin the chosenlocal areas. PAPs will be encouragedto identifythe land of their choice and to enter into discussionswith a willing landowner.The EPs will discusswith the R&BDand the EMUthe land they have identifiedand the EMU will aid the EPs in the negotiatingprocess with the private land owners.The EMU representativeswill, along with communityleaders, visit all potentialhost neighbourhoodsto encourageland owners to sell their land to PAPsat reasonableprices and to acceptthem as neighbours.

Once the EPs are identified,the EMU will go to the HousingBoard and ascertainif there are any programmes underwayor sites available in particularareas, where

170 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan

peopleare willingto relocate.Another option available to the R&BDif they purchase the land necessaryfor relocationis that an Agencylike the Rural HousingBoard will administerthe programme.

9.14.4 Profileof HostCommunffies Although in this project, it is not anticipated,the other major group in a large resettlementplan are the host population.However, considering the eventualityof such a happening,it is importantto includethem in the planning stage, otherwise serious problems could arise during implementation.It is very rare that an implementingagency will find green field sitesto relocatePAPs. In locatingthem in an existing settlementthere is a risk that an increasein the populationdensity will increasedemands above the carryingcapacity of the land and resourcesavailable to the hostsand the newcomers.

If EPs need to be resettledin a new community,there are a number of issuesthat will need to be addressed.Firstly, a socio-economicand demographicprofile of the host communitywill needto be completed.This willallow plannersto have a betteridea of the abilityof the hostcommunity to assimilatethe new comers.The carryingcapacity for existing resourcesand the potential for intensificationof the settlementwill be assessed. The host communities will need to be included in any community consultationexercises to allow them to air any concems they may have of the incomingpopulation.

9.14.5 PhysicalDevelopment Plan Physicalplans will need to be producedof the new sites selectedfor resettlement,if any. Altemativedevelopment options will be developedfrom which EPs may chose the option that best fits their household and needs. Engineeringof the new sites includingsite design and layout for infrastructure,and communityfacilities will be completedif necessary.

9.14.6 Demolition/Constructionof Structure All EPs may salvage any materials or other items from their land before the demolitionof the structurestakes place, excludingtrees. EPs will be encouragedto replantsmall trees and plantson their new property.Every effort will be made to make the new plots availablebefore notification to move is given,so that EPs can movethe salvagedmaterials directly to their new site. Also duringthe demolitionof structures by the contractorsor R&BD, the PAPs can removeany buildingmaterial they want, after which the site is handed over to the authorities.EPs will be given at least 2 monthsnotice to move,and ideallythis will be four monthsbefore the scheduledstart of civilworks.

9.14.7 MovingArrangements PAPs will be made aware of all the optionsavailable to them during the community consultation.PAPs will receivenotice that they must relocateat least2 monthsprior to the date they must move.They will have receivedtheir photo ID cards, explainedin Section 9.16.1,with details of their entitlements,and the implementationprocess for

171 .. a09z= Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates

receivingcompensation and assistancewill be explained.It is recommendedthat a major effort be made to avoid any moves during the months of mid-Juneto early Septemberas the monsoon can cause many difficulties.Assistance in the form of shiftingallowance and temporaryrental accommodations, if required,is availablefor all EPsneeding relocation.

Paymentof compensationand assistancewill take placeduring a publicmeeting with all the other EPsof the area included,and will be witnessedby the EMU,in particular the NGO workingon the projecLMembers of the GrievanceCommittee will also be present

9.14.8 Provision of Basic Ameniffes As this is a linearproject and it is not expectedthat there will be a need for any major resettlementsites, there shouldbe no need for the provisionof basic infiastructureand amenities.However during implementation if there are clustersof residentiaLbusiness and agriculturalproperties in one area which need to be relocated,an assessmentwill be made on a case by case basis. The PCC will be responsiblefor advisingthe EMU if sucha case shouldarise.

9.14.9 Income Generaton and Training One of the potentialimpacts of the resettlementof PAPs is the affectthe relocation may have on their employmentor incomeopportunities. Of particularconcem is the irnpacton VulnerableGroups as they are less mobile and may have greaterdifficulty findingnew employmentopportunities. As a resultone of the tasks of the resettlement plan is to provide opportunitiesfor VulnerableGroups and other PAPs in income generatingactivities or vocationaltraining.

In Section9.8.2, LC6,several options of existinggovernment sponsored programmes for incomegeneration and vocationaltraining were identifiedand discussed.Some of these existing GovenmmentDepartments and line agencies are membersof the Task Force providingguidance to the projectand are proposedto interactwith the EMU that will implementthe RAP.

Discussionare being held with these agenciesto identifythe programmesthat EPs will be eligibleto take part in and how the R&BD will co-ordinatewith the agencies offeringthe programmes.It will be the responsibilityof the EMU to implementor assignthe responsibilityta a capableNGO or agencyto initialisethe programmesand to deal withthe financialaspects of these programmes.Cost towards this will be bome by the project

9.15 Guidelinesfor Implementationand Schedule The followingsection gives some details on the proposedimplementation of the RAP. The EMU will firther detail out the implementationschedule, with support from the PCC. The timelinefor the remainingmajor tasks of the ResettlementAction Plan are shown in Figure 9.2. This timeline will be up dated as the project progresses.An ImplementationPlan and timeline such as this will be required for each RAP completedduring the project.A simplifiedsummary of the operationalaspects of the

172 Chapter9-Resettlement Action Plan LaAssociales

ImplementationPlan will be preparedby the EMU when data becomesavailable, that will be given to the Districtlevel R&BD officers,who will have to put the plan into action in theirjurisdictions.

9.15.1 Implementaton Procedure The implementationofthe RAP will consistof four majorstages: * Identificationofthe cut-offdate and notification; * Verificationof properties of EPs and estimationof their type and level of losses; * Preparationof EPsfor relocation;and, * Relocationand resettlementofthe EPs. IDENTIFICATIONOF THECUT OFF DATE ANDNOTIFCATION. With the help of the Strip MappingExercise and the Census of potentialPAPs alongsome of the project corridors,an estimateof the numberof potentialPAPs has been prepared.Once the verificationof the EPs (co-ordinatedby the EMU)has taken place,the finststep in the implementationprocess ofthe RAPwill be to notifya Cut Off datethrough displaying a list of eligibleEPs in publicplaces on the projectcorridors. The cut off point in most caseswill be the date of the Census carriedout for the differentroad corridors.The EMU will completethese exercises.

VERICATION OF PROPERTIES OF EPS AND LOSSES.The secondstage of the RAP irnplementationis to clearlyidentify all the EPs. Thisverification will includethe EPs whose land is beingacquired. The verificationprocedure will includerecording their exactaddress, type of propertywith their surveynumbers, and estimationof type and level of losses.This stage also involvesexplaining the entidtlementframework to the EPs, as well as the processfor paymentof compensationand assistance,the grievance procedures,and so forth.

An EntitlementPhoto IdentityCard (see Appendix 11) will also be prepared giving detailsof theirtype of losses and type of eitlements and each EP will be given an identificationcode. This card will be verifiedby the three partiespresent and signed by each of them. Each EP shouldbe given a copy.These tasks will be undertakenby the EMU, at the districtlevel, with the help of the ExecutiveEngineer of the R&BD. In the case of householdentitlements, the head of the householdalong with his/her spouse will both sign the documentation.For individualentitlements concerning the loss of livelihood,every person in the projectaffected household over the age of 14 will be identifiedand givendocumentation oftheir entitlements.

PREPARATION OF EPS FOR RELOCATION.The next step will be to preparethe PAPs for relocationand resettlementthrough various methods including community based meetings,dissemination of informationin witten form,and individualinterviews. The role of NGOs in this respect will be very important The period between the first Notificationand the actualrelocation of EPs will notbe more than 2 years.

Effortswill be made to restrictall developmentactivities with the exceptionof capital resourcespending during the land acquisitionand resettlementperiod, for the EPs. No physical relocation from agriculturalland, residentialunits, business units or other

173 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssaciates

properties will begin unless the altemate land and units (or temporary accommodation)are ready for the EPs. This includes cultivable land, completed residentialand business units, housing plots with temporaryshelter availableand minimum communityfacilities and infirstructureready at the proposedresettlement site.

RELOCATIONAND REsETTLEMENT.During the periodof transition,the EPs will be allowedto have accessto theiroriginal property and any assets locatedthere until they becomeunusable or access is denied.The EPs will be givena relocationallowance, as finalised in the entitlementpolicy. Provisions for the transfer of facilitiesincluding buildingaccess roads to new neighbourhoodsif needed,will be the responsibilityof the EMU at the District Level. All the necessarysteps, for example,the fbrnation of a joint committeeof representativesof the host and newly resettledcommunities and regular visits by the officialswill be undertakento facilitateresettlement and resolveany issuesthat arise, in the case of a substantialresettlenent neighbourhood.

9.15.2 riming of LegalPossession of LandandEvictfonNotice Table93 givesthe timing of the stepsof the land acquisitionprocess under the Land AcquisitionAct It is extremelydifficult for this procedureto take place any faster then a ten monthtime period, from the start of notificationunder Section 4 to the paymentof compensation.

Table 93: Steps of Land Acquisition Process Step Steps of Land Acquisition Process Length of Time I Preparation of Plans and Scheduledby R&BD and Submissionsto LAO 2 Publication of PreliminaryNotification Under 2 to 4 months including Section 4 in Gazette and Newspapers. Hearing of Objections 3 Preliminarysurveys to determine exact 15 to 30 days after the portion of land required and Filing of preliminary notification Objections under 5a. under Section (3) 4 Hearing of Objections. 15 days after notification. 5 Declaration of Precise Boundaries in 2 to 6 months, including Newspapers under Section 5: Duration of time Hearing of Objections, between notification of Sections 3 and 5. beyond which the procedurelapses. 5 Order from State Governnent to Possess Land under Section 6 Step I to Step 5- 6 to 12 months 6 IndividualNotices sent to Affected People under Section 7, land is marked and plans prepared. 7 Valuation and Compensation set under 2 to 4 months Section 8 and 9. Landownerssubmit claims for compensation. 8 Payment of Compensation and Possessionof 2 to 12 months the Land Under Section 11 9 Total Maximum Amount of Time Allowed 2 years

174 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan LeaAssociates

Figure 9.2: ImplementationSchedule for the SEA ResettlementPlan

. tSbhQ.,t.i~t .* .. . . tOO. |

A . UC... I.. o ,,Z,, s...... 40{UC 1*.0. Qe...A..It . by 01- GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA SeaAssociates

9.15.3 riming of Resettement All EPs must be relocatedbefore the contractorcan begin construction,in respective sectionsof the projectroads. There is only marginalland to be acquired for Phase I, but the processof land acquisitionhas alreadybeen initiated.As well, the Corridorof Impactwill be defined for the laterproject road corridors, in suitabletime, so the EPs can be identifiedand consulted about their entitlements. Figure 9.2 shows the schedulefor implementationof the ResettlementAction Plans for each of the three phasesof the project TIMINGOF CONSTRUCnON. The tenderswill be awardedafter the approvalof the loan from the World Bank in the September, 1998. The contractors will begin constructionafter the monsoonas early as Octoberof 1998,on the 5 contractpackages of GSHP. The design for PhaseIHA will be completedin July 1998 and construction will begin on that phasein January,1999. Thefinal phase 11 design will be completed by the middle of 1999.However construction will not beginuntil January2001. All contractswill last for a durationof 30 months.The requirements of the RAP, that of relocatingthe EPs must be completedbefore the conitactorbreaks ground on each of the projectroad sections. See Figure9.2. 9.16 OrganisationalFramework 9.16.1 TheEnvironmental Management Unit(EML) The organisationalstructure for the EnvironmentlaManagement Unit (EMU) within the R&BD is discussedin Section 10 of this Volume.The EMU will functionat the State, District,and Locallevel. The creationof this unitand the institutionalcapacity buildingthrough training is imperativefor the successfuland timely implementation of the aboveresettlement progammme.

9.16.2 Implementation Responsibility It is the responsibilityof the EMU/R&BDto ensure that the RAP is successfully implementedin a timelymanner. The EMU, will be empoweredby the R&BD,to act on its behalfon all matters addressedin the RAP and its EntitlementPolicy. The ImplementationPlan 1 or RAP for a specificroad corridor will be preparedas the informationfrom the engineeringdesign team becomes available and the timetablefor designand constructionis moreconcrete (see Figure9.2).

This timetablewill be updatedas more informationbecomes available. Co-ordination betweenthe PCC and the EMU in this projectis crucial for the success and timing of the remainingPhases.

9.16.3 DevelopmentPlan and Training Concurrentwith this project,an InsfitutionalStrengthening Review was undertaken. The PCC workiedclosely with the institutionalstrengthening consultants to establish

1 TbeIP is a formof RAPapplied in sitationswere, for a roadcorndor, the total number of PAPsis less than 50.

176 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan L,aAfssciates the best organisationalstructure and the staffing and trainingneeds of an EMU. Recommendationsare made in Section10 for trainingat the stateand districtlevel in the disciplinesrequired to implementthe EMAP and the RAP1. Co-ordinationwith the New Delhi Office of the World Bank will also take place to identify any opportunitiesthat may arise as a resultof the otherHighway Projects being completed and contemplated.

9.16.4 Involvementof NGO NGOs are useful in many stagesof the implementationof the RAP. They often have an establishedrapport with an affectedcommunity or if not, they providean objective soundingboard for PAPsto relatetheir concems to the R&BD.

In the proposedEMU institutionalframework (see Section10) NGOs will be a part of the projectin severaldifferent areas. NGOs have been involvedin the Task Forceand the earlyconsultation Programme.

To that end, an NGO shouldbe hired to providea link betweenPAPs and the R&BDs EMU.The NGOs will completethe followingtasks: * Developa rapportbetween the R&BDand PAPs; * Complete the consultationat the communitylevel and provide support by describingthe entitlernentsto the EPs and assistingthem in theirchoices; * Assist the EPs to obtain the compensationthough fomnalorganised group meetings; * Assist the EPs and the EMU identifyand negotiatefor the new land for resettlement; * Assist the R&BD in the transition of the EPs to their new residentialand businessproperties; * Accompanyand representthe EPs at the GrievanceCommittee meetings; * Ensure the EPs obtain the entitlementsand compensationthat is allocatedto them; * Assist the EPs to take advantageof the existinggovemment housing schemes and employmentand training schemesthat are selected for use during the project;and, * Cany out otherresponsibilities as requiredand identified. The PCC,in concertwith the EMU,will identifythe risks and benefitsassociated with eachoption of the entitlementpolicy. Contingency plans and a flexibleprogramme of implementationwill ensure that EPs are not disadvantagedby the project by unforeseencircumstances.

1 TheWorld Bank Headqurs oftenwill provide short training seminars on EMAPand RAPimplementation and monitoring.It is anticipatedthat suchprogrammes would be availablewith the New Delhi Office shortly.

177 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

SELECriONOF AN NGO. The NGO shouldhave adequateexperience, resources and skills to completethe ToR assignedto it by the project Qualificationsof the NGO shouldinclude: * A staffof trainedand capablepeople; * The ability to incorporatethe PAPs into existingProgrammes or set up new Programmesfor the PAPswith a limitedamount of new effort; * A comprehensivenetwork at the district level,to enable them cany out the consultationand other tasks, eitherwith their own resourcesand Programmes or an associatedNGO; * Competency,transparency and accountability,with a goodreputation as shown by past projects,audited, monitored and evaluatedby peers and govemment agencies;and, * Experiencein workingwith and representingVGs and protectingthem from abuseand exploitation.

A sampleTerms of Referencefor contractingan NGO are providedin Appendix12. A formalcontract and WorkPlan will be necessaryto outlinethe requiredtasks to be completedas well as a timelinefor completion.The NGOswill be requiredto submit monthlyreports on theirprogress and will be monitoredby the R&BD as well as the extemalevaluation agency.

9.17 ResettlementBudget

9.17.1 Estimateof Unit Costs Many of the costs that were usedto estimatethe budgetfor the RAP were used in the economic model. Other costs are based on informationcollected by the Socio- economic Survey and Census of the PAPs, and extapolated for use in the SEA. These costs will be updatedas the projectcontinues and more specific information, suchas the exactnumber of EPs duringeach Phase, becomes available. Unit costs will be updated,if the findingsof the committeeon marketvalue assessmentjustifies such updation. THE VALUEOF LA4ND. Table 9.4 showsthe differentland valuesthat were estimated basedon discussionwith localsources on propertyvalues and professionaljudgement Table 9.4: Estimated land Values Item Value Of Land in 000 Rs/ha Irrigated Non Other Village Urban Irrigated Land Land Land MarketValue 350 150 50 350 7,000 Compensation 175 75 25 175 3,500 Other Payments 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750 Assistance 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750 The compensationpaid by the revenue departmentis sometimes lower than the marketvalue, and in the case of this project,was assumedto be halfthe market value. However,the Solatiumat 30% and the IncentivePayment at 35% are added to that

178 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ac

figure. The project should be responsiblefor paying the difference between the compensationand the marketvalue and this is referredto as "assistance".

Not all the PAPs will acceptthe incentivepayment as part of their compensation paymnent.As a result,to simplifythings, it has been assumed that, of the estimated market value of a property,the governmentshould pay three quartersof the cost as compensationand the projectshould bear one quarterof the cost as "assistance".

As there are no figuresdifferentiating the amnountof agriculturalland from irrigated and non-inigatedfor the SEA,a fifty-fiftysplit wasassumed. THE VALUE OF BUILDINGS.From field surveys it was noted that on average residentialunit was one and a half storiesand commercialbuildings were on average one story. Residentialand commercial buildings are assumed to be of similar constructionand estimatedto cost Rs3000/m2 of buildingfloor area, which was how the surveyteam estimated the sizeof buildingunits (see Table9.5). Table 9.5: Estimated Value of Buildings Item Value of Building Unit 000 Rs/m2 Residential Commercial Numberof Stories 1.5 1.0 MarketValue 4.50 3.0 Compensation 2.25 1.5 OtherPayments 1.125 0.75 Assistance 1.125 0.75 The same assumptionsare madeas abovewith regardsto the amountof compensation paid of 75% by the governnentand 25% for assistanceby the project.

SHRIuuS.Small shrineslocated along the roadsidewithin the RoW will have to be moved (after consultationwith localpeople). The cost of replacinga shrine has been estimated at Rs5,000 per shrine. Temples and other cultural properties will be conservedat suitablecosts, as per design.

WELLS.There are three types of wells found during the surveys.Bore wells cost approximatelyRslO0,000 to replace.Tube wells that have hand pumps and go to a depth of only 50m cost approximatelyRs50,000 to replace.Tube wells that require electricpumps and go to a depthof 200mcost approximately300,000. The fieldteam did not surveyany wells fallinginto the later category.There is a rough estimateof the numberof wellsthat willneed to be replacedfor the road corridorsin the SEA.

TREES.Trees are covered extensivelyin the Natural EnvironmentalAnalysis and the cost of reforestationand plantationsare estimated in the EMAP. However,some individualtrees are potentiallylost on private propertyand their owners estimatethe value at an averageof Rs940per tree. This will be roundedup to RsI000 per trees. This value will be used to cost the number of trees lost In the ESR a total of 164 individualtrees are consideredimpacted in four corridors,an averageof 40 trees per corridorwill be usedto estimatethe numberof trees lost and their cost for the SEA.

INCOMEAND RENT. Based on the census of PAPs,the monthly averagehousehold incomefor residentialtenants is approximatelyRs1850 and the average monthlyrent

179 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates

paid by them is Rs I 63. (This has been roundedup to Rs200.)Of the total numberof residentialPAPs there are approximately13% that are tenants and 86% that are owners.

Lostrent for a tenant for 6 monthswill be Rs 1,3201.The amountof lost incomefor a 6 month periodfor a tenant will be Rsl 1,100and for a two month durationwill be Rs3,700.

The monthlyaverage household income for propertyowning PAPs is approximately Rs2,200.The amountof lost incomefor a propertyowner for a 6 monthperiod will be 13,200rupees. The amount of lost rentalincome for an ownerwill be the total vaiue of his land and propertymultiplied by a factorof 5%.

Thesefigures will be used as the basisfor calculatinglost incomeand lost rent.

SQUATTERSAND COSTS OF GOVERNMENTHOUSING SCHEMES. In the censusof the ESR, there are 27 residentialsquatter properties, approximately 20% of the total numberof residentialproperties. Additionally, approximately 60% of the total PAPs are classifiedas fallinginto the VG category.These figureswill be used to calculate the costs for GovernmentHousing and TrainingProgrammes for the SEA and the ESR.

Based on the ExistingGovernment Programme for the EconomicallyWeaker Section of Society,an averagecost to the projectof Rs22,000will be used. This is basedon the cost of Rs1,250per m2 per householdand an averageplot of 18m2, of which the State or HUDCO pays Rsl9,000 and the beneficiarypays Rs2,500 for a total of Rs22,000per unit

These figures are higher for those eligible for the Low Income Group Housing Scheme,which variesfrom Rs1250to Rs2650per metreper householdand a plot size of lOOm2 in the rural areas and 25 to 30m2 in urbanareas. In these casesthe State of HUDCO loan is Rs70,000 and the beneficiarycontributes Rs3O,000 for a total of Rsl 00,000per unit

MOVINGCoSTs. It is estimated that moving costs will be Rs500 for each EP householdor businessunit needing relocation.

INCOME GENERATIONAND VOCATIONALTRANNG. The amount used to estimate the budget for trainingwill be calculatedusing the sum of Rs2,0002, based on the Trainingfor RuralYouth for Self EmploymentProgramme and will be contributedfor three years toward a scheme of the EP's choice. Primarily people in Vulnerable Groupswill be eligiblefor this support.

1 Thisis 6 monthsmulfiplied by Rs200 by 5%. 2 The actal cost of training,of course,is muchmore than Rs 2,000.These government programmesare highlysubsidised. R&BD will need to pay for the non-subsidised componentonly.

180 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan a D LeaAssociates

CONTINGENCY.A 25% contingencyprovision of the total cost of the RAP has been made to coverany additionalcompensation or assistancefor PAPsor land acquisition that may be necessary.

9.17.2 TotalCosts of Resettement Table 9.6 gives the estimatedcost for the RAP for the SEA, which includesall 16 project corridors. The total estimatedcosts for compensation,extension of other governmentprogrammes, and resettlementassistance paid by the projectplus a 25% contingencyis Rs.71.4 million. The total cost to be bome by the GoG is Rs.15.3 million,whereas the total assistancefrom the projectwill be Rs.56.I million.

9.18 Monitoring,Evaluation and Reporting

9.18.1 Introduction The objectiveof monitoringresettlement should be to providemanagement with an effectivetool for assessingresettlement progress, identifying potential difficulties and problem areas, and providing an early warning system for areas which need corrections.Some of the risks associatedwith resettlementinclude impoverishment, malnutrition,increased morbidity, dependency, break down of communitynorms and mutualsupport systems. Monitoring should be carriedout by a specialisedgroup and shouldreport to the unit managingthe resettlementoperations.

Ongoingevaluation should address complex social, cultural and economicissues. The evaluation should be carried out by a specialised unit not under the direct administrativeauthority of the unit responsiblefor the RAP. That way management can obtainan in depth and independentevaluation.

Monitoringshould assess in particularthe VulnerableGroups such as small and marginalland holders,unskilled labourers, mobile vendors, tribal populations,ethnic minorities,women, children,elderly and disabled.One idea would be to use local residentsas field assessorsenlisting them to collectdata, assess and observethe host and newresidents in their community.

Baseline survey data is necessaryto provide the benchmarkfor measuring and evaluatingthe successof the RAP. This is one reasonfor the completionof the Socio- economicSurveys completed for eachPhase ofthe project.

Monitoringshould include: * Communicationsand reactionsfrom PAPs; * Informationfrom PAPs on entitlements,options, alternative developments and relocationtimetables; * Visits by PAPsto potentialsites; * Valuationof property, * Use of the GrievanceProcedures; * Disbursementof compensation;and,

181 Table 9.6A: Estimated Costs of the SEA - RAP (Resettlementand Rehabilitation)

PHASEI PHASEII TOTAL Compone_t GOG WNE Tital WsGNB Total tBoG WB Total AoqiidA rPva(etand 1,138,5t0 929.775 2,068.275 5.250,000 4,622,500 9.872,500 6,388,500 5,552,275 11,940,775 Acqstkd Pfivate Resklences^ __ . __ 1.687,500 562,500 2250,000 1,687,500 562,500 2,250,000 Ac nsfmd PvvateBuskesses 1 3,375,tX0 1,125,0001, 4,500,000 3.375,000 1,125,000 4,500,000 A Uondp"v\WW ees .Tr 1,10D0000 1,100.000f 0 1,100,000 1,100,000 AsslstanetloE so_ac_ 50.000 5t,000 200,000 200,000 0t 250,000 250,000 Assinoe b S'at.9 1,290. 1,2St0,0 5,160,000 5,1t,00t 0 6.450.000 6A50,00 Addfl AW 2A04000D2024,tXX 204tl0 800,000t 80000 0 1,004,00 1,004,000 9ShiftAssmi . 48000 403,tXX 160,000 160,000 0 20t,000 206,00 Resbh5g Ivegwodhr, _ 100000 100,0tot 4000t0 40000t 0 500,000 500,000 Restxabwn of C eu Resoa _Rwum 1,000000 1,000,000 4000,000 4,00000 0 5,000,000 5,000,000 Asss bcebTat. 0cier 1 ,35000 1,350000 0 1,350,000 1.350,000 cmutyna ua 8,000,000 8 000000 8,000,000 8,000,000 Cone ondTenVles 4,36000 4,35,000 0 4,365,00 ExJensI0dtGv%gT1tpvvalW 4,365,000 200,000 200,000 80,0 _600,00 800.00 0 80,000 Sub-Total .1386 3,6197751 4,958,275 10,912,00 31,814,W0 475 ,8 12,215,00 3,465,775 ,771ss,n StaffTtahhg ZOOO2. 200,00x 200,000 200,aOx 0 40,000 400.0oo NGOR.Eluabon000 500,000 1,000,0w 1,000 0 1,500.000 1_500,000 517e9 EMU(EquomfS, So , e') 2o, 0 2,0o00000 tolo,x 20200,000000 04 4,000,0 4,000,000 pulF C aorOtO,n 50000 500,000 1,000,00 1.000,000 0 1,50,000 1,500,000 Misc./Ohes 1,000.000 1,W0,0_X 1,000,000 1,000,000 0 2,000.000 2,000,000 Total 1,33,50 7,819,775 9,156275 10,912,60 37,045,000 47,95,500 12.251,000 44,864,77 7,116,77 CtrWncy (a25% 334,625 1,954W94 2,289,569 2,728,125 9,261,250 11,989,375 3.062,750 11,216,19 14,27,9 GrandTowal 1,673,125 94,719 11,447,844 13,640,625 46,306,250 59,946,875 15,313,7 56,080,969 71,34,719 1 Assstce overaid aboveVoe insrpaWtatuldr te rLad A Ad, h toderbopay atplaeentvakewil be met mbteV Uban

182 Chapter9-Resettlement Action Plan E!t LS,ASSacwte

* Trends in the retail and residential land markets in PAPs old and new communities. Monitoringshould also coverthe physicalprogress of the resettlementsite including preparation of the land, construction of community facilities, provision of infrastructure,construction of houses,plantation of wood lots and other necessities. The monitoringshould also coverthe relocationof peopleand their goodsto the new sites as well as the allocationof replacementassets. Quarterly reports will be made to the EMU by the NGO/themonitoring agency, as well as the EMU Co-ordinatoron the progressof the RAP.

918.2 IndicatorsforMonitoring Developingan early warningsystem to alert managersof the RAP to any potential problems of the PAPs is essential.This can be accomplishedby selectingsome sensitive indicatorsand monitoringthem over time. Two such indicatorsare the number of productiveassets owned and the educationalstatus of children. For examplePAPs may be having difficultyif they are selling assets such as livestock, farm equipmentand vehiclesto satisfybasic needs.Progress can be measuredwhen PAPspurchase such things.

A baselinedatabase required for futuremonitoring has been developedby the PCC. This will be handedover to the EMU.

9.18.3 ReportingAnangements The R&BDwill be responsiblefor monitoringthe project A performancedata sheet will be developedto monitor the projectat the district and project level. Quarterly reports will be receivedfrom those in the districtsand fed to the EMU who will be responsiblefor the projectlevel monitoring.

Monitoringand evaluationwill continue for severalyears after the relocation,but at less frequentintervals, for exampleannually. Case studiesshould be doneto compare statistics taken as a benchmark during the Census of the PAPs and comparedto evaluatechanges in the socio-economicconditions of the PAPs.

An externalagency, ideally an NGO, willbe engagedto cany out the evaluationof the implementationof the reselement and rehabilitationof the PAP. This agencywill be independentof the project and ideally will have previous experiencein evaluating resettlementor other social developmentprojects. The first evaluationwill take place after the Phase I project roads have completed their msettlementactivities. Any problemsencountered will be assessedand changesmade to the necessaryprocedures to ensure the same problems do not occur during the Phase II projectsresettlement activity.A finalevaluation will take place at the end of the project A reportwill be prepared by the evaluating agency after each of these evaluations and recommendationswill be made concemingthe implementationof RAPs on GSHPin particular,and otherroad projectsin Gujarat,in general.The evaluationof the project by an externalagency such as an NGO has been accountedfor in the budget

183 I I k Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training LeaAssociates

10. INSTITUTIONALCAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING

10.1 Introduction The R&BDwas formed in 1979as an independentdepartment of GoG to undertake constructionand maintenanceof the road network and buildings exclusively.The departmentfunctions under various legal rules and regulations1.

The R&BD Department,heade by the Secretary,consists of eight Units each headed by a Chief Engineer(see Figure 10.1). The Special Secretaryis responsiblefor externallyfunded Projects such as the GSHP.

10.2 The Roadand BuildingDepartments Organisation The Secretaryfunctions as the head of the R&BD, and is assisted by a Special Secretary (Special Projects and Capital Projects), as well as an array of Chief Engineers(Figure 10.1),who carry out the technicaland administrativefunctions of the DepartmentEight ChiefEngineers assist the Secretarieson all mattersrelated to finance,human resources,planning, co-ordination, maintenance and managementof the roads,buildings and bridgesthroughout the state.

The Special Secretary (Special Project) is the chief decision-maker for the implementationof various componentsof the GSHP. The R&BD Circles and Divisionsat more local levels (within a project area) operate as the implementing Icells'.At presenta counterpart'circle' has been createdby the Department,under the controlof the SpecialSecretary and headedby a SuperintendingEngineer and three ExecutiveEngineers (located in Gandhinagar,Rajkot and Vadodara),to deal with the GSHP.

10.3 Gaps and Deficiencies The Department,as currentlyconstituted, does not have adequatecapacity to deal with magnitudeof the EMAP,including the mitigationof impactsrelating to deforestation, environmentalpollution, and waterresources degradation. The R&BDis essentiallya highwayengineering agency, and will requireprocurement of the expertisenecessary to completethe implementation,monitoring or evaluationof the EMAP or RAP.The executionof an EMAPIRAPdepends on co-ordinationand'links with several line agencies;these linksneed to be strengthenedand formalised. The Quality Control Unit, in collaborationwith Gujarat Engineering Research Institute(GERI), monitorsthe activitiesof R&BD to ensure the quality of work, economicalutilisation of materials,etc. This Unit supervisesand checks construction

Theseare the GujaratPublic Works Manual Gujarat Financial Rules (1971), Bombay ContingentExpenditure Rules, Bombay Civil Services Rules.

185 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LgaAssowrates

projects and follows up complaintsregarding the quality of work performed by R&BDacross the state. TheUnit consistsof only one ChiefEngineer, one Supervising Engineerand six ExecutiveEngineers.

On matters of land acquisitionthe R&BD Departrnentis entirely dependenton the RevenueDepartment.

In summary,gaps and deficiencieswithin the R&BDare: * limitedexperience in environmentalmanagement; * lack of specific technicalskills in environmentalmitigation/management or EMAP/RAPimplementation; * insufficientinteragency linkages-needed to implementand carry out cross- agencymitigative measures; * limitedstaffing of monitoringunit(s); and, * relianceon revenuedepartments to addressgrievances associated with land and assetsexpropriation.

10.4 Strengtheningthe Organisation There is a need to build up the istitutional and organisationalcapacity to manage and/orco-ordinate ELAs, implement EMAP and RAP or to monitorand evaluatesuch activities.

10.4.1 A Framework for The Environmental Management Unit The R&BDneeds to establish,or have accessto an EnvironmentalManagement Unit (EMU) that wouldultimately be responsiblefor the implementationof the EMAPand RAP as well as handling all other enviromnentalmatters for the R&BD such as hazardous materials btnsport, emergencyresponse and environmentalhealth and safety.

Such an EMU would be underthe directionof PIU and staffed with a Co-ordinator and two technicalspecialists. The EMU wouldact as an implementingcell, triggering and monitoringactivities undertaken to meet EMAPIRAPcommitments made by the R&BD. The EMU would also be charged with confirmingthat actions needed to implementthe mitigativemeasures defined in the EMAP, have been taken at the appropriatelevel (ie state, district or taluka) in order to physicallyput measures in place. Detailsare presentedbelow.

To properlyexecute an EMAP(which includesthe RAP),the EMU shouldhave clear lines of communicationwith the following'line' agencies: * Departmentof Revenue(DoR); * Departmentof SocialWelfare and RuralDevelopment (DSWRD);

186 Chapter 10-institutional Capacity Building and Training LeaAssoclates, QW °

ChiefSecretary, Goo

Secreta RyS5 SpecialSecretary & Chief Erineer

Chb EqFefrrghltl hDeerCh btf&Er0hee Chief & EhDheetC NfelEnDhteerBoghieer Chief* & ChietErrgieer & SogieerChief C|e ngorr 6 .lohttSecetary JokeSecrelery hafer Jok Secretary JitSceay Jk ertr oeSceay Jk ertr S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~he" erAb

_a,e 00 I _w=

aElCrl Ettwet . | eS('e) sEEEn>EtAn) aE cole)E EE Dhkr EE(DMela Ettealeon) SE(cide) EE (rOea) a| (ckr) Er ( rMa

. V ad l AhediW AAMe| |E| |VVGaathiegar |I edndhw AhomedbiedA hN Ahmeobdl t _| ||wiln0VddngC^tt^ l ||Divn.. r1| III,,,,_, | U.- n |ecr|a.Vdoebd Vdaddara V.. CA |A n | Ahmoed2be11f l SOPS aLlWAYS CAPTA GM| ad | aR*w aRSa. Veecdodeair * RekotI J . Vedoadrs s.. OUAUTY VRe I t a a...' ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ONRO a.eoI J..M

*. NUIAeCHAW.ALStITUCAL Raihktli1 A-A. ItATIONALISOIWAYS RejkctIt a o.

Surnt v SE. SupetrtlndhDEngheer | Sunr _ft r0c E.E ExecutilvenEaw My_r JAeO.We GERI: Gujarat gErghenerhpResearch If Suate v.e. | Vedodere Sa - | Cil hImade up of sewiraldistrs (dcMson)and Is skfar lo a regionllevel wVadodra e

lTATeROAS$ A atearaeoa PANCrIAVAT

Figure 10.1: Organisational Chart of Gujarat Roads and BuildingDepartment Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 24: SEA

* Departmentof Enviromnentand Forests(DoEF); * Departmentof Agricultureand Soils(DAS); and, To provideadvice and to help implementthe RAP, an expertwith NGO background will be includedas a permanentmember of the EMU team. At the districtand taluka level, local NGOs, such as those presently being utilised by the Council for Advancementof People Actions and Rural Technology(CAPART) 1, should be identifiedand used for grass-rootslevel assistance.

Providingoverall advice and directionwould desirably be doneby a taskforceor inter- agencyadvisory group. The existingtask force establishedby R&BDfor the GSHP couldbe reorganisedand givensuch a role.

In summary,the EMU must, fromthe time it is activated,demonstrate the four key qualificationsneeded to manageEnvironmental Assessments, namely: * to demonstratetechnical competence in naturaland social environmentimpact management; * to implementand managemitigative measures such as those defned in an EMAPtRAP; * to be able to undertakecompliance monitoring of contractorsand evaluationof mitigativemeasures; and, * to undertakecommunity consultation, grievance management and reporting. With time,the EMU's functionshould broaden to includethe completionof EAs and associatedplans such as EMAPsand RAPs.

To meetthese needsthe EMUshould be structured. * to provide, via staff complement,through secondmnents,or staff training programs,the needed specialisedskills in EMAP/RAPimplementation and monitoring; * to have direct links to key line agencieswho have specificresponsibility for administeringthe mitigativemeasures being proposed; * to have at its disposalstaff and/or a collaboratingagency to handlegrievances; and, * to have in placethe 'triggers'2 necessaryto activatecompensation actions at all levelsof govemment,ie state,district, taluka or village. FUNCrlONSOF THE SECRETARY.The Secretary,R&BD will functionas the highest authorityof the EMU and for the implementationof the RAP and will be responsible for formulationof a State LevelTask ForceCommittee (or expansionof the existing Task Force), comprisedof the responsibleheads of the concemedagencies that need to be co-ordinatedwith on the abovetasks. Brieflythe functionsproposed are: to create the EMU, withinthe R&BD organisationalstructure and assist with preparationof an EMU operatingplan;

1 CAPARTis operatedunder the StateInstraue of RuralDevelopment 2 By triggerswe mean the necesary administrtiveapprovals and agencylinkages.

188 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training a t LaiAssoaste

* to interactwith and reportto the Task Forceon the implementationof the RAP and EMAP; * to definethe roleofthe EMUon the basisof requiredfunctions; * to monitorthe functionsof the EMU,any Sub-Unitsand the PIU;and, * to completethe tasks ofthe RAPand the EMAPin an expedientmanner.

FUJNCIONS OF AND TERMS OF REFERENCEFOR THE CO-ORDINATOROF THE EMU. The Co-ordinatorcan be a mid-levelengineer, interested in and willing to expand his or her knowledgebase. The co-ordinatormust also be skilled in dealing with peopleand a range of public issues,and be preparedto speakbefore groupsof peoplewho sometimeshave opposingviews. The proposedmain functionsof the co-ordinatorshould be specifiedin a ToR, and shouldinclude the followingelements: * the co-ordinatorwill be assignedto his positionfor a minimumof three years; * the co-ordinator'skey functions will be to organiseand implementa EMU withinRMBD; and in the shortterm, * to implementthe RAP and EMAP as presented in the environmental assessmentreports for the GSHP. Preceding such activities the co-ordinatorwill lead a needs assessmentactivity, establishingthe trainingand environmentalawareness raising requirements within the R&BD. Theco-ordinator's immediate tasks willbe: * to preparethe EMU's operatingplan for the next 2 years, with details for the next 6 months; * to be responsiblefor overll implementationof the Phase I and II RAP and the EMAP, and to co-ordinatefrequent progressmeetings and to report on this progressto the Secrety as the chief authorityofthe Unitand the project; to co-ordinatewith the Secretary, the line agenciesand to facilitatea smooth and constantinformation flow and sign off on compliancereports; and, * to implementa training program in environmentalmanagement targeted to administrativeand technicallevels of the Departmnent

10.4.2 Targetsand Tasksof the EMU Targets Withoutestablished fairly clear short and long term targetsthe EMU's successwill be difficult The short term tarnet should be to implementthe RAP and EMAP for the existing project,while quicklybuilding technical competence. The longterm taraetshould be to buildingenvironmental awareness and support,both withinand outsideof the Department Secondlythe Unit shouldbecome a valuedstep in the career path for engineers,in that, time withinthe Unit would be viewed as a advantage for promotions. This could be achievedthrough a career path cycling program.

189 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le A saoc*es

Tasks Functioningas the primary implementersof environmentalmeasures defined in the SEA,ESR and ETAdocuments, the EMU's tasks shouldbe as follows: ShortTerm * preparationof a Unit operationsplan (one time withannual updates); * interpretationof the requirementsof the EA documentation(including the RAP)into an EnvironmentalExecution Plan; * assist Engineeringteam with the incorporationof EMAP and RAP (few) requirementsin contractspecifications and conract termsand conditions; * undertakeand/or co-ordinate all internalcompliance monitoring and evaluation and secure necessary external monitoring (two times during life of each project)through suitable state level NGO or any otheragency, * monitorall constructionactivities as specifiedin the EMAP and as interpreted in the EnvironmentalExecution Plan; * prepareall monitoringreports; * advise R&BD Secretaryand PIU Project Directoron all matters related to enviromnentalrequirements of project; * confirm,at all times, that mitigativemeasures (both natural and social ) are being implementedat the local levels-on titne and as defined in the EA documentationand the executionplan; and, * provideall necessaryspecialised environmental expertise as neededduring the project'slife. Long Term LongterTn tasks shouldbe: * to developenvironmental training programs the targeta rangeof peoplewithin the R&BD,from managers to fieldengineers; * to have the EMU assist with the environmentalawareness raising withinthe contractor community, through imtenships of contractor employees at the EMU and trainingworkshops; if required,and, * to have the EMU leadthe improvementand standardisationof environmental clausesused in projectcontracts within the R&BD.

10.5 EMU Models Three EMU models,designed to meetthe needsdescribed above, have been proposed to R&BD. In the following section the models are defined, and their principal differencesidentified.

10.5.1 Model I: An EMU within the R&BD Model I (Figure 10.2) is basedon having a fully functioningEMU withinthe R&BD. This EMU would be staffed by R&BD people as well as by technical specialists seconded for long term duty, from key line agenciesand other organisationssuch as DoEF,GEC, DoR, DGSWand DAS. The staffingarrangement would be foundedon a Memorandumof Understanding(MoU) betweenthe key agenciesand the R&BD. The core of the EMU,its implementationcell, would consistof a co-ordinatorand key

190 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training LnsAssocjatas technicalspecialists from the naturaland social environmentfields. A state-level NGO would also become a part of the implementationcell. A contractors' representativewould also be attached to the EMU on a part time basis for each specificproject

TaSecretarya: RD& Secretary: DoEF, DoR, DoSW, DHSi Task:Corwl shon & TAdasT: Gdance and Adnhn,strairmSupport

l v ~ ~~~~~~~~~ManonLnof|_ TaskForce + ~ r

ImplementationCell (Locatedwithin R&BD) outside special - Co.okdiator(R&BD) dOutidSpoil Contractor'sRepesentatve AdEvoEMAPRP TechicalSpe(aats (atlast two)- seconded(mm EAEMAPJRAP ~~ommagentaes - NGORepeseaave TAsks.rnwrtnftron of EMAPARAP,CompnAnce Mo*on. EvaeubonReporting

DoEFD_uenl ofEnsem md Fo ProJectImphntitwton Cell/ DoR Depal oefRCReie PraF Engieer DOSW:1DOPerad.lSeeW E DNS:Dperto of ledlh Ger*e.

Contractor -..

Figure10.2: Environmental Management Unit Model No. I

The majorbenefit of this model is that technicalcapacity would be developedwithin the R&BD and with technical specialistsforming the bulk of the expert group providingthe inputs,the effectivenessof the technologytransfer would be enhanced. Model I does have a long learningcurve and start up will be slow, not meetingthe need for rapid implementationand managementof the EMAP. External technical expertisewill be requiredto help preparethe operatingplan for an EMU as well as to assistwith the operationof the Unit duringthe first 4-6 monthsof operationand three times peryear for the followingtwo years.

10.5.2 ModelI.: TheEMU External to R&BD Model n would functionthrough a co-ordinatorappointed from and operatingwithin R&BD. The implementationcell of the EMU would be staffed by technical specialistsfrom the DoEFand the GEC as well as a state-levelNGO (see Figure 10.3). The cell would be housed within the DoEF, taking advantage of the variety of environment-relatedexpertise within that agency.

191 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA tesAssociates

Secretary: R&BD Secretary: DoEFand GEC T,.k:G wAd.m £ T.k: GQd.. r_ d 19.~m A4fivn* Stpo

_ Task Force

Iv Co-ordinatorL from R&BD

Implementation Cell 4 v~~~~~~~~LW'M bhRAEiD) O..hId.Spl.~ -C_ (R6FD)

EA.EMAPIRAP T_Id*.i SP-am (atbS kw) . cm DoEF,GFC .NGO_I.P9 tr jTukxi.o£asIdB#AP*AP CaW.c ,as Apmw r.ap" cww

* Pha knph_no CR ChW Pnj Eng

DoEF D , E - l Wd Fa_. GEC G..G" E C_n I

Figure 103: EnvironmentalManagement Unit Model No. I As with all three models,the EMU and its co-ordinatorwould, for each project,have to operate througha ProjectImplementation Unit (PIU) and its Chief Engineer. In effectthe EMU would be attachedto the PIU and as the environmentaladvisory sub- unit,undertaking the compliancemonitoring ofthe contractorthrough the PIU. This EMU would also requireoutside EA and environmentalmanagement expertise to help preparethe Unit'soperations plan and assistwith the start up of the unit and it operations.Operational period assistance would be for a 4-weekperiod two times per year for the firsttwo yearsof the EMU'soperation.

10.5.3 EMUModelll: EMUStaffedByAn OutsideConsultant Immediatelyafter being activatedthe EMU must be fully functional,in order to implement the many EMAP measures requiring completion, prior to the commencementof construction.Model I and II can only partiallyachieve this since experiencein such areas is not fully availablein Gujarat The structureproposed in Model III (Figure 10.4) is that an experiencedoutside environmentalmanagement consultantbe contractedby R&BD to operate the EMUs implementationcell for a periodof years. Duringthat time specificfunctions of the consultant,in additionto EMU operations,would be to train a criticalmass of R&BD peoplewho would,after a periodof time, be handedthe EMU for managementand operation. In this way,the EMU would be totally functionalfrom "Day 1" and a long term capacitywould be builtwhile the necessarywoTk is beingdone, without project delays. A combinationof ModelsII and m may also work well.

192 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training a t, LeaAssociates

1 2 1z

Secretary:R&BD --- ContractDocument Task: AMoniton& EvaWuatnl

EMU Co-ordinator hwnRlaBD ImplementationCell: Outside Consultants (Locatedwithin R&DD) l J , - ~~~~~~~~~~Co-rktr(R&JD) - ContractoeReprsenta.. -NGOroprrsonove Tasks:Implementa onIEMA PAtAP,Compliance Monitong,Evaluation; Repo#ing,tlGOs SeAection Mogn|on.g

>|Pfow impementobfonCOIU Chief P>rojec Enginr |

DoEC: r_ st Eo ansmond Contractor

Figure 10.4: Environmental Management Unit Model No. m

The EMU co-ordinator would still be an R&BD employee but would work as a counterpart with the consultant, on the day-to-day operation of the EMU. The R&BD and the Task Force, as described earlier, would also be in place and operating as usual. Reporting and any punitive actions against the contractor would have to pass through the PIU and its Chief Engineer (as described for Model I and II).

A state level NGO would also be included in the implementation cell.

The major benefit of this model would be that its structure permits immediate optimal EMU operation, while assuring capacity building within R&BD over the long temr.

10.5.4 Comparsonof ThreeEMU Model Options

The three models will place significant pressure on R&BD to provide financial commitment, administrative/political support and technical capability to manage the environmental aspects of R&BD development projects. Five key indicators underscoring the differences among the three models are presented in Table 10.1, in order to point out of the level of commitment R&BD should expect in order to establish an EMU. These key measures are: * immediate staff needs; * outside technical assistance needed; * time required to achieve effective operation ofthe EMU; * Cost of Implementation; * Cost of Operation; and, * Assurance that capacity building will be maximised.

193 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Leo Asciates

A rough comparisonof these fiveindicators suggests that ModelIII would providethe smoothestoperation in the short term and permit ininediate operationof the EMU. Model I would involvea slow start up and gradual capacity building with a long learningcurve. Table 10.1: RelativeAdvantages of Proposed EMU Models Model Immediate Outside Timeto Costto Costto Effective No. Staffing Technical Effective Implement Operate Optimal Requirement Assistance Operation Capacity FromR&BD Needed AfterEMU Building Formation I HIGH HIGH > I Year MOD. LOW HIGH

11 MOD. MOD. > 6Months MOD. MOD. MOD.

III LOW HIGH Immediate HIGH HIGH HIGH

10.6 NeededHuman Resources and TrainingPlan The R&BDhas limitedcapacity to implementand managethe technicalrequirements stemmingfrom the environmentalstudies, yet must implement,at least the RAP before civil works can begin. In other words the EMU's operation is on the CRITICALPATH. To achievethis objective,immediate action is needed as well as somevision for the future. To that end a small complementof staff is proposed,with a view toward a gradual build up over time, as needed,relying primarily on one or two permanentstaff and a six-month(or more) career cycling progran throughthe EMUfor R&BDstaff. Environmentalcapacity building within the R&BDwill becomeeven more relevant as India's environmentalregulations are tightenedand enforcementimproved. There are clear signs that such changesare tacing place now. Moreover,the number of projectsin R&BD's 'projectpipeline' is sufficientto keep sucha Unit operatingfor at leastthe next 5-7years.

10.6.1 Additional Human Resources At the presenttime, there are no professionalor technicalpeople with any experience in Resettlementand Rehabilitationor EA in the R&BD. Which ever model is selected,there will be a need to hire, in additionto a co-ordinator at leasttwo new key professionalswho have expertisein these areas.

The EA Specialistshould hiave the followingskills: * experiencein EIA of infrastructureprojects, primarily roads or at least linear corridors; * backgroundin enviromnentalplanning, Integrated Resource Management; and, * understandthe workingsofthe stateand centralgovernment The Resettlementand RehabilitationSpecialist should have the followingskills: * past involvementin ResetflementPlanning; * backgroundin Sociology,Anthropology, or Planning; * understandingof engineeringprojects and experiencewith linearprojects;

194 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training

* experiencein communityconsultation and conflictresolution; * understandthe workingsofthe stateand centralgovemrment; and, * be able to assess genderand other VGs needs as relatedto RAPs and general projectimpacts. These two new professionalmembers of the R&BD Department'sEMU shouldbe responsible,under the co-ordinatorfor the day-to-daytechnical activities of the Unit. This Unit must have some "teeth" in that if there is a problemwith the contractors, they must be taken seriouslyand actedon by the PIU ChiefEngineer.

10.6.2 TheSelectedEMUModel(alreadyestablished) The EMU has been establishedin the R&BDby mid-March.The modelendorsed by the R&BDabsorbed advantages of all the three models.The EMUwill have an officer in the rank of SE as its co-ordinator,who will be in the PIU also. The co-ordinatorof EMU will be assistedby an EE (Environment).While the EMU has been created as internalto the R&BD, it absorbsexisting expertise in other line departmentsof the GoG. It also has providedfor outsidetechnical support; in order to overcomeinitial lack of adequate expertise from withi.l Financial sanction for outside technical advisorhas been providedto the magnitudeof 2 man-months,twice a year, for initial 2 years. Positionsfor technicalspecialists from GEC/DoEF/DoRhave been created, who will look after implementationand managementof the EMAP and the RAP, as proposed.Additional incentive for the technicalexperts to be taken from the line departmentson permanentdeputation has been providedby awarding promotionof one grade.A postfor an expertwith NGO backgroundhas been created,and financial sanctionfrom the DoF has been availed for this new post A task force also has been constuted, as proposed.The task force comprisesofthe followingoffices: i) Secretay, R&BD ii) Secretary,DoR ii) Secretary,DoEF iv) Director,Environment v) Chairman,GEC vi) ProjectDirector, GSHP A representativeof the contractorswill also be a memberof the EMU. Although the process has been initiated, identificationand appointment of the pernanent technical experts will take some time. Till such time when technical experts are recruited/permanentlydeputed, tree technical experts (one each from DoR, GPCB and DoEF)are workingwith the R&BD, and will look after immediate issues..The process for recruitingthe expert with NGO backgroundhas also been initiated.It is anticipatedthat the EMU will becomefully operationalwithin a short time. The EMU co-ordinator,working with the PIU Chief,will overseeimplementation of the EMAP and the RAP. Before the commencementof constructionthe projectco- ordinatorand his assistantswill undergotraining on environmentalmonitoring and evaluation.The training will be affangedby PIU.

10.6.3 Trainingof ExistingR&BD Staff To strengthenthe EMU, a series of training activitiesneed to be planned for the durationof this project Precedingany traininga short needsassessment within the R&BD shouldbe conducted. At the sametime a technicalresource inventory should

195 CazzcO, GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaA5socates

be completed, where local technical specialists and training opportunitiesare identified.The EMU co-ordinatorwill leadthis exercise.

The trainingactivity must not be limitedto technicalupgrading, but must also target mid-levelmanagement through environmental awareness raising seminars(l/2 day sessions).Only by buildingawareness at the decisionmaking level will commitnent be obtainedand the Unit remainfimctioning.

Thefollowing training will be providedthrough training courses, workshops, seminars as well as one-on-onecounterpart learning-by doing. Thetopics to be coveredshould include: * environmentalmanagement prncipals and EA, * environmentalinformation systems and dataanalysis; * socialassessment, resettlement and rehabilitation; * compliancemonitoring, evaluation and environmentalreporting; and, * inter-agencynetworicng/communication.

10.7 EstimatedBudget The EMU will have to functionfor at leasttwo yearsafter the completionof all work on GSHP has been completed.For the time being an iniial 4-yearestimate has been prepared(see Table 102). It is to be consideredas a roughestimate to be worled out in detailduring the preparationof a EMUoperating plan.

Table 10.2: EstimatedBudget for EMU 1998-2002Cm Rs millions) Staff Capital Operating PCC/ IBRD GoG Costs Costs TrainingI to pay to pay 2.8 0.665 6.8 5.6 6.265 9.6

10.8 Implementationat the Local Level The people most affectedby the impactsof the road rehabilitationare villagersand privatecitizens. Workingat the State level,the EMU musthave a clear understanding of the chain of command and the commumicationnetwork for organising and implementingEMAP and RAP actions, at the local level. Table 103 has been prepared to show the best possible route one takes to implementany of the 19 compensationoptions presented in the RAP. Thetable definesthe steps at three levels of government,therefore giving the EMU a startingpoint for planningand executing mitigativemeasures, particularly those related to resettlement

196 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training LeaAssociates

Table 103: Co-ordinatingAgencies for ImplementingEMAP and RAP R-BD DoSW DoR DoEF DoH Dev't. DoET LS Rura DDA Hsing/ SC Dev ST Dev GSWD GSWSS Do Arch NGOs Commr - Govt. Dev RHB Corp. Comr. Board State . STATELEVEL Co-od. Dir. DS CCF Dir. Commr Dir. Pres. Commr. Dni. M.D. GM Manager MD/GM Member EMU, (LA) (SF) Commr. Admn. Secretary Co-od. DBCW Coll. CF CDHOs DDOs Princi- Town Prog. Dy. Project Project Asn. Projec! DISTRICT/DIVISION LEVEL EMU Os Dy. POs SWOs pals Dev't. Officer Dir. Officer Officer Manager Officer Coil. CDPOs ITls Officers Projects I Consultation,counselling. etc. I I _I I . , 2. Compensation for land I - - 3. Advance e to harvestnon- v I I nerennial_crops.______4. Compensationfor perennial _ . cropsand trees 5. Compensationfor non-land _ / Iassets. _ _ _ _ _ 6. Right to salvage materials . . = 7. Inclusion in existing _ I government housing schemes S. Shifting assistance I = = . 9. Option of resettlementsites, I I / / needs for shetter & livelihood 10. Rehabilitation& assistancefor I/ _ _ _ loss of diminished livelihood _ _ I. Additional support for VGs I I I I _ _ _ 12. Employmentopportunities I V / I . 13. Commonproperty resources . I I / - / 14. P sin for women needs _ / 15. Provision amenities I _ _ _ _ 16. Safety measures - 17. Community common ares I . . . 18. Rroadside rest areas I - -

Dev'ti,cunr.: Devewient Comnissior DoSW: DepamnentofSocial Welfae DoET: DirectorateofEmploymentandTrminng Cup.:Coparation DoR: DepamientofRevcnrre GWSSB: Gujar StateWater Supply and Sewage Board DoEF. Depatmentof Envimnmentaid Forests DoA: DepatmentofAgiculturm DoArch.: DepartmentofAhiaeology DoH: DiecoraeofHealthSewices RHB: Rid HousingBoard DDO Distic DevetopmentOfficer SWO Socialwelfare Officers ICDS: lntegiatedChildDevelopnentSdseme Admn.: Acminisirstion CDPO: ChildDevelopment Project Officer MS: MernberSecretary DS: Depty Secretry CCF: ChiefConessterofForests GSWEDC: GuiaratState Wonen Ecnorsic Devlopment Corpation DBCWOs: DistrictBadckard Class Welfare Officer

197 I I Chapter11-Enhancement Opportunitiesand RoadsideRehabilitation Plan a z: LwAssomtes

11. ENHANCEMENTOPPORTUNITIES AND ROADSIDEREHABILITATION PLAN

11.1 ENHANCEMENTOPPORTUNITIES

11.1.1 NaturalEnvironment Aside from replacingtree plantations(through compensatoryafforestation) that are lost throughconstruction activities there is the opportunityto providesupplementary afforestationin areas without trees; particularlyin urban or village areas, or future roadsiderest areaswhere trees are lackingat the presenttime.

11.1.2 SocialEnvironment FOOTPATHSLINKING VILLAGESIN RURAL AREAS. In some instances, where villagesare locatedfairly close together,such as Unavaand Unjhaon the Mehsanato Palanpur Corridor, existing footpaths through the roadside plantationsshould be reinstatedafter construction. These paths help to removesome of the pedestriantraffic from the shoulder of the road and offer a pleasantshady environmentfor people walking from one town to another. Where possible,in new locationslinking towns withinclose proximity of eachother, footpaths should be added. LANDSCAPINGAND COMMUNMTCOMMON AREAS IN URBAN ENVIRONMENTS.In village or town centres, in particular in areas such as markets or bus station, landscapingdesigns shouldbe incorporatedinto the final engineeringdesigns. These should includesome form of plantationssuch as trees and shrubs, as well as some benches.These could be locatedbetween the serviceroads and the main road on small mediansas well as aroundthe bus statiQn. SIDEWALKSIN URBAN AREAS. Urbanroad sides are typicallypedestrian unfriendly in India. Traffic, noise, congestion,dust and the ever present risk of collisionsof vehicles with pedestriansprovides a hostile environmentfor those on foot. The provisionof sidewalksalong the road corridorsin urbanareas would go a longway in enhancingthe roadsideenvironment ROADSIDEREST AREAS. In areasof cultural,natural, recreational or touristpoints of interestor of long stretchesof uninterruptedhighway, the provisionof roadsiderest areas would enhancethe traveller's experienceas well as the roadsideenvironment The rest areas would be providedwith areas of shade, tables and benchesas well as sanitary facilities.Where appropriate,interpretative signage, in Gujarati,Hindi and English,could deliver information about the localculural or naturalfeature. 11.2 RoadsideRehabilitation Plan In generalthe corridorsexhibit significantexisting environmental problems along the roadsideand within the RoW. Most of the problems have to do with the improper disposalof liquid and solidwaste compoundedby inadequatedrainage. In other cases where there are areas of high fill, especially near bridges, there is improper stabilisationof slopeswhich has led to erosionproblems and siltation.

199 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaAosr#

11.2.1 BorrowPits/Drainage Ditches Within Row Improperlydrained ditches along the RoW can leadto stagnantwater bodies with risk of disease or accidentsfor local residents.Roadside ditches in urban/industrial areas are prone to disposal of solid, liquid and even toxic wastes. New borrow pits excavatedin these areaswill exacerbatethe problem.

Existingroadside ditches which were the resultof borrowingfill for the road become large receptaclesfor waste in urban/industrialareas. These should be cleanedup by removal of waste, filled in and replacedwith properlydesigned drainage ditches. Residentsand businesseswithin the area shouldbe educatednot to use the RoW as a dumpingground but to use and/ordevelop sanitary waste facilitiesin other areas. A system of incentivesagainst dumpingwithin the RoW such as sanctionsor fnes shouldbe instituted.

11.22 ErosioncausedbySlopeInstability Existingerosion problems caused by slope instabilityin high fill spotswill correspond to areas where the road constructionwill occur.If the mitigationmeasures for slope stabilisationthat are prescribedin Section 8.23 are implementedthe should solve existingerosion problems as well as futureones caused by the roadconstruction.

200 Chapter 12-References z

12. REFERENCES

Ajmera Hem (1997). Characterisaionof Factors Modulating Social Forestry Initiatives-ACase Study, Gujarat, (unpublishedthesis), School of Planning, Centrefor EnvironmentalPlanning and Technology,Ahmedabad. AnnualPlan for the Developmentof ScheduleCaste - 1997-98,Special Component Plan, Social Welfare and Tribal DevelopmentDepartment, Govermment of Gujarat AnnualReport - 1996-97,Gujarat State Housing Board. ArchaeologicalSurvey of India (1958). Ancient and ArchaeologicalSites and RemainsAct. Asian DevelopmentBank (1994). Design Manualfor Roads and Bridges,August Asian DevelopmentBank (1994).Handbookfor Incorporation of SocialDiversions in Projects,May. Bennet Lynn (1991). Wonen Poverty and Productivityin India An EDI Seminar Paper,No. 43, EconomicDevelopment Institute, World Bank. CanterLarry, Environmental Inpact Assessment Central Pollution Control Board-GoI (1988)Ambient Air Quality Standards. Govermmentof IndiaPublication Central PollutionControl Board-GoI(1989). Ambient Noise Standardsfor India- Ministryof Environmentand ForestGazete NotificationDecember 1989. Centre for Social Studies (1996). Report No.23 Monitoring and Evaluation of Resettlementand RehabilitationProgramme for Sardar Sarovar (Narrnad) Project.Gandhinagar, April-September. Cemea M. Michael(1988). Involuntary Resettlement in DevelopmentProjects, World BankTechnical Paper No. 80. Cemea M. Michael (1993). The Urban Environmentand Population Relocation WorldBank Discussion Papers. ChowdharyR Suijit (1990).Enironmental ImpactAssessmentforLight Rail Transit System, Case Study-Hydrabad(unpublished thesis), School of Planningand Architecture,New Delhi,January. CunniffF.Patrick, Environmental Noise Pollution,John Wiley and Sons. Directorate of Census operations (1981). Cemr of Atlas of India-Gjarat, Ahmedabad. Dixit K L. (1960). EighthFive Year Plan - Gujarat State,Govemnment of Gujarat EnvirotechCentre for Researchand DevelopmentEnvirotech Instruments (P) Ltd. (1996).Background Material for Short Courseson Air Quality Monitoring and Management(Compiled), New Delhi.

201 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA

FieldenBernard (1989). Guidelinesfor Conservation, A TechnicalMamnual, INTACI, New Delhi. GeorgeMichell, Monuments in India VolumeI&II, PenguinBooks Inc. Middlesex, England. GoodlandRobert IBRD (1989).Tribal People and EconomicDevelopment - Human EcologicalConsiderations, World Bank, May. Governmentof Gujarat(1965). Ancient andArchaeological Sites and RemainsAct. Governnent of Gujarat(1976). The Gz#arat Town Plnning and UrbanDevelopment Act, Gandhinagar. (1979). Planning Resource Atlas-1981 Directorate of Economicsand Statistics,Gandhinagr. Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendiumof Administrative,Financial and .StatutoryPowers of the Officersof Building Communicationand Irrigation Department,2nd Edition. Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendiumof Administrative,Financial and Statutory Powers of the Officers of Buildings and Communicationand IrrigationDepartments, Gujar Co-operativePrinting Press Ltd. Ahmedabad. Govemmentof Gujarat(1994). StateProgramme ofActionfor the Child in G4warat, Gandhitnga. Governmentof Gujarat, Commissionorateof Woman and Child. Mahila Ane Bal Vikas Sanstha - Nirdeshika Government of Gujarat, Directorateof Economic and Statistics (1996). Socio- economicReview-Gv*arat State, Gandhinagr. Govemment of Gujarat, Directorateof Economics and Statistics (1996). Guarat EconomicDevelopment, Gardhinagar. Govenunent of Gujarat, Directorateof Economicsand Statistics(1996). Statistical Outlineof Guarat, Gandhinagar. Govemrnmentof Gujarat, Directorateof Economics and Statistics (1996). Social StatisticsGujarat, Gandhinar. Government of Gujarat, Directorateof Economics and Statistics(1986). Statistical Abstractof G#arat State -Vol.I and II, Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996). Environmentaland Wildlife Conservationin GujaratState, A StatusPaper. Govermmentof Gujarat,Forest Department (1996). Gujarat Forests Government of Gujarat (1996a). Integrated Forestry DevelopmentProject-Final ReporLGandhinagar Govemment of Gujarat, Gujarat Planning Division, General Administration Department(1992). Eighth Five YearPlan, 1992-1997,Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Gujarat State Road Transport Corporation (1996). AdministrativeReport.

202 Chapter12--References 0Z LeAssocawtes

Govermmentof Gujarat, Gujarat Water Resource Board (1995). Water Resources Potential,Gandhinagar. Govermmentof Gujarat, IndustriesCommissionerate (1997). Industries in Gujarat (someStatistics). Gandhinagar. Govermmentof Gujarat, IndustriesCommissionerate (1997). Investment in Large Projectsin Gujarat UdyogBhawan, Gandhinagar. Governmentof Gujarat, Inigation Department(1997). Rainfall Recording (1901 - 1997) for 8 Districts,Gandhinagar, February. Governmentof Gujarat,Motor VehiclesDepartnent (1994).Annual Admmistration Report,Ahmedabad. Governmentof Gujarat,Nannada and WaterResources Departnent (1992). Report of the Committee on Estimation of Ground Water Resource and Irrigation Potentialin GujaratState, Gandhinagar, September. Governmentof Gujarat R&BD Department(1987). Gujarat Public WorksManual VolumeI (Orders),Gandhinagar. Governmentof Gujarat, Road and BuildingDepartment (1997) Kamgiri Aayojan - Part I(Gujarati)Plan and Non PlanSchemes, Governmentof Gujarat,Roads and BuildingsDepartment (1985). Gujarat Public WorksManual Vol.-4 Appendices,First Edition, Governmentof Gujarat,Roads and Buildings Department(1987). Gujarat Public WorksMawual Vol.-I Orders, 3rd Edition,March Government of Gujarat, Roads and Buildings Department (1995). Annual AdministrationReport (Gujarati) Govermmentof Gujarat,Roads and BuildingsDepartnent (1997).Budget Estimates of R&BD for Vol.-I, Government of Gujarat4 Roads and Buildings Department (1997). Kangiri Andapatra (Gujarati). Govemrnmentof India (1979).Report of the Narmada WaterDispute TribunalUnder Section5 (3) of the Inter-StateWater Dispute Act -1956 Vol.- 1, Govemmentof India (1980). TheIndian Forest (Conservation)Act Govemmentof India(1981). The Idian Forest (Conservation)Rdes GovemmentofIndia(1988).TheMotor VehideAct GovernmentofIndia(1996).7he IndianForestAct1927 Governmentof India 1894(Amended - 1984).T77e LIdAcquisition Act Govemrnmentof India, ? Draft NationalRehabilitation Policy Governmentof India,Directorate of Census Operations(1991). District Census Hand Books-Gujarat. Governmentof India, Ministy of SurfaceTransport (Road Wing). Specificationfor Roadsand Bridge Works(3rd Revision)

203 0Z~ Pzh Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Iasi

Governmentof India,The Ministy of Environmentand Forest(1989). Environmental Guidelinesfor Rail / Road / HighwayProjects, Departinent of Environment, Forestsand Wildlife,New Delhi. Governmentof MadhyaPradesh, Narmada Valley Development Department (1992). MadhyaPradesh Rehabiitation Policyfor OusteesofNarmada Project Governmentof Maharashtra(1986). MaharashtraPAPs Rehabilitation Act Guidelines and Principles for Social Impact Assessment, Inter-organisational Committeeon Guidelinesand Principlesof SocialImpact Assessment,May (1994) US Departmentof Commerce,National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administrationand NationalMarine Fisheries Unit Guidelinesfor Economic DevelopmentSchemes for SC and ST People,National Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tnbes Finance and Development Corporation,Govermment of India. Guidelines for Incorporationof Social Dimensionsin Bank Operations,Asian DevelopmentBank, SocialDivision Unit, October (1993). Gujarat PollutionControl Board (1991-1996). AnnualReports, Gandhinagar. Gujarat EcologicalCommission (1996). Current Knowledge Biological Diversity of Gujarat(unpublished report), Vadodara, Februaiy. Gujarat Ecological Commission(1997). A BenchnmarkSurvey Coastal Marine Environmentof Guarat, Gulfof KachchhVol-I, Vadodara. Gujarat EcologicalCommission (1997). A Status Report: EcologicalDegradation Around Gulfof Khabha4t Gtqarat,Vadodara, February. GujaratInstitute of DesertEcology (1996). Processof Desertificationin Kachchhand BanoskanthaDiitrictsof Guarat, India(1961 - 1991),Kachchh-Bhuj. Highway RehabilitationProgramme Transport Engineering Design Istitute, Hanoi Resettlementand RehabilitationAction Plan of Project Affected Persons, Vietnam. HorwitzL. Joel (1982).Air QualilyAnalysisforUrban Transportation Planning, MIT Press. IBRD (1994). Third National Highway Project, Initial EnvironmentalEvaluation Report (lEER)for Mediwn Term ConstructionPriorities for Expresswaysin India INTACH and Institute of Asian Cultures (1996). Process for Historic Site Development,Tokyo, INTACH, New Delhi. IRC (1979). EnvironmentalConsiderations in Planning and Design of Highway in India,New Delhi. IRC (1979).Landscaping of Roads,Publication, New Delhi. IRC (1996).Ribbon Development along Highways and itsprevention, New Delhi. IRC (1997).Specificationsfor Road and Bridge Worls (third revision),(Roads Wing -MOST), New Delhi.

204 Chapter12-References L&aAssoci"s

Jain Akalank Kumar (1997).Descriptive Law on Pollution and Environment,7th editionAkalank Publishers, New Delhi. Joshi Vidyut,Rehabilitation a Premiseto Keep - A Case of SardarSarovar Project, GandhiLabour Institute, Ahmedabad. KrawetzNatalia M. (1991).Social Impact Assessment:An IntroductoryHandbook; Environmental ManagementDevelopment in Indonesia Project (EMDJ), Jakartaand Halifax KuumarL. Ajith (1991). EconomicCost of VehicularPollution (unpublished thesis), Schoolof Planningand Architecture,New Delhi. NDLI (1998a). EnvironmentalDatabase Usees Guide. Final Report for Gujarat HighwayProject NDLI(1998b). Compendium of WorkingPapers for SectoralEA Study. Final Report for Gujarat StateHighway Project NDLI (1998c).Natural and SocialEnvironmental Source Information. Final Report for GujaratState HighwayProject Louis Berger International,Inc. (1994).Bangladesh-Second Road Rehabilitationand MaintenanceProject, Environmental Analysis and RAP. Menon AGK (1989) A+D, Conservationin India, Media Transasia(I) Pvt Ltd., November-December. MotorVehicle Department, Gujarat State (1994).AnnualAdministrative Report Nambiar Prithi ? Centrefor EnvironmentalEducation. The Report on The Marine NationalPark and Sanctuwy- Jannagar, Ahmedabad. OperationalConsideration for IntegratingWomen's Concemsin the TransportSector E. Rankin and D. Hines, Asia Technical InfrastructureDivision, October (1991). OperationsResearch Group (1993). Preparation of TalukaLevel EcologicalProfile, (Reportsubmitted to GujaratEcological Commission), Vadodara, August. Parikh S. Kirit (1997). IndiaDevelopment Report (edited)Indira Gandhi Instituteof DevelopmentResearch, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Peters Charles M. (1996). The Ecology and Managementof Non-Timber Forest Resozrces, WorldBank, Technical PaperNumber 322. PicholiaK. R (1983).Urbanisation in Gujarat,Nagarlok, Vol. XV, Centre for Urban Societies, IIPA,New Delhi,July-September. Pieni Christian,Dumanski, Jualian, Hamblin,Ann, Young, Anthony (1995). Land QualityIndicators. PrimarySurvey Results of PAP's Lea Associatesfor SouthAsia, 1997. RandhawaM.S. (1983).Flowering trees, India - the land and the People National Book Trust, New Delhi. Rohatgi Rajesh (1994). Traffic Noise Characteristicsin a MetropolitanCity Case Study-Delhi(unpublished thesis), School of Planningand Architecture,New Delhi,January.

205 GujaratPCC Final Report- Volume2A: SEA LeaAssociates

SantapanH. Dr. (1996). Comnon Trees,India - The Land the People, publishedby NationalBook Trust,New Delhi SMEC and AIIMS(1997) Environmental Management Plan, Andhra PradeshState HighwaysProject, April. Smith D. B., Wansem Mieke Vander, World Resources Institute (1995). StrengtheningEIA Copacity m Asia EnvironmentalImpact Assessment in Philippines,Indonesia and Sri Lanka June. Socio-economicReview Gujarat State - 1996-97,Government of Gujarat. StateProgramme of Womenand Childin Gujarat- 1994,Government of Gujart The Action Plan for Land Requisitionand Resettlementfor Quanzhou- Xiamen Expressway Section of Fuzhou - Xiamen Highway, Fujian Provincial DirectorateOffice of Fuzhou-XiamenZhangzlou ExpresswayConstruction, September,(1993). The Indian Road Congress (1989). Guidelinesfor EnvironmentalAssessment of HighwayProject The World Bank (1991). OperationalDirective: O.D. 4.20, (IndigenousPeople), WashingtonD.C. The World Bank (1991). OperationalDirective: O.D. 4.01, Annex (Environmental Assessment),Washington D.C. The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.30 (Involuntary Resettlement),Washington D.C. TheWorld Bank (1993).Environmental Assessment Souce book An updateNo.: 2.5, 8 and 14. The WorldBank (1994). Ro and Environment:A HandbookNew York The World Bank (1994).Environment Assessment Source Book Update,Cultural Heritagein EnvironmentalAssessment,September, No. 8. The World Bank (1994). People and Trees - The Role of Social Forestry in Sustainable Development, Economic DevelopmentInstitte of the World Bank, Washington,D.C. The WorldBank (1995). MonitoringEnvironmental Progress, WashingtonDC. The World Bank (1996) Sustainable Transport :Prioritiesfor Policy Reform, WashingtonDC. The World Bank (1996). Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles Standards and TechnologiesforControllingEmissions, Washington D.C, November. The World Bank EnvironmentDepartment (1994). Resettlement and Development- The Bank-wideReview of Projects involvingResettlement The WorldBank, EnvironmentAssessmentSource Book The World Bank, EnvironmentDepartnent (1993).Environment Assessment Source Book - UpdateNo. 4, October. The WorldBank, OperationalDirectives: 4.01 EnvironmentAssessment

206 Chapter 12-References 02

Transportationand RoadsResearch Laboratory Research Report (1990). A Model to CalculateTraffic Nozse Levels from ComplexHighway Costs Sections Tribal Five Year and AnnualSub-Plan, (1996-97). Tribal Development Division and TribalDevelopmnent Department, Govermnent of Gujarat. WorldBank (1990). Operational Directive- 4.20 - InvoluntwyResettlement WWF(1992). ProtectedAreas of the World Indiapp 2147. WWF(1997). National Parks and Sanctuaries of GQ#arat,Ahrnedabad. WWF, ENVIS Centre (1994). EnvironmentalNGOs in India, 6th edition, Lodhi Estate,New Delhi November. Zazoeta Aaron, World Resources Intitute (1995). Policy Hits the Ground ParticipationandEquity in EnvironmentalPolicyMaking, September.

207 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LesAssoates

APPENDIX1: PARAMETERSUSED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATIONALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS APPENDIX2: LIST OF INTER-AGENCYCONTACTS APPENDIX3: ENVIRONMENTALINDICATOR WEIGHTINGMATRIX APPENDIX4: NGO MATRIX APPENDIX5: EXAMPLEOF DATA SHEETON NGO/GOVERNMENTAGENCY INTERVIEWS APPENDIX6: EXAMPLEOF A CORRIDORPROFILE APPENDIX7: INVENTORYOF QUARRIESUSED FOR ROADCONSTRUCTION ALONG THE CORRIDORS APPENDIX8: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION- INDICATORVALUES APPENDIX9: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION- IMPORTANCEVALUES APPENDIX10: INTEGRATEDFORESTRY DEVELOPMENTPROJECT-PLANTATION MODELSS1 AND S2 APPENDIX 11: ENTITLEMENTPHOTO ID CARD APPENDIX 12: NGO TERMS OF REFERENCE

208 Appendix 1-Impact Identification Parameters 01zm LAeaAssofs

APPENDIX1: PARAMETERSUSED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATIONALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS

UrbanLand Use

Definiions

The major or predominantland use was recordedinside the RoW, as well as adjacent to the RoW butoutside. The land useswere recordedas follows:

R Residential B Businessand Commercial MIX MixedUse (eg Business on GroundFloor and Residential on UpperStories) IN Indusrial C Community/ristitutional(eg Police,Fire, Town Square,Culural Centre, Educational,Health Care) T/S Temple/Shrine(includes all religious) OS PaikLand/Recreational/Open Space/Sports Facilities A Archaeological/Heritage V VacantLand U Utilifies(eg Railwy Lands and Buildings, Power and Sub Stions)

Sizeof Unit The Survey Tearn recordedthe height of the unit by the number of existingstories (basement,ground floor, + 1, + 2, + 3, etc.). Also they recordedthe footprintof the unit by estimatingthe size, in m2 ofthe unit,for the followingcategories:

VS VerySmall(2mx3m=6mm) S Small(3mx4m=12 m) M Medium(4mx5m=20m) L Large(5mx6m=30m) XL ExtraLarge(5mxlOm=50m) 0 Verylarge building such as an industialplaMt, hotel, or apartment(estimated in m)

Typeof Constniction The SurveyTeamn also recordedthe type of constructionin the followingcategories: * Katcha (K): Temporary structures such as tents, wheeled carts, mud huts, structureson stilts. If the foundationit not permanent,or if the foundationis pennanentbut the wallsand roofare not permanentit falls in this category. * Semi-Pucca(SP): Semi-permanentstructur such as brick, tin and asbestos roofs.If one out of the three (ie the roof, wall or foundation)is not pernanent, the structurefalls in this category.

209 ,3,r'=~ GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2o4: SEA

* Pucca (P): Permanent Structures such as concrete blocks, wood frame, tile/concreteroof. If the roof,wall and foundationare permanentit falls in this category.

Notes and Assumptions The Teamidentified and estimatedwhere possiblethe followingitems: * footpath,cart tracksand approachroads; * important public buildings, such as those listed under community and institutional; * land uses of land adjacentto the RoW; * distancesof unitsform pavementwithin the RoW; * push cartson wheels(temporary) in nrualareas are able to move easilyand may relocateafter the road wideningbecause there are few land use constraintsas comparedwith, for example,an urbanarea. These were not recorded.However, in urbanareas, or where there are intersectionsalong the road corridor,where space is a constraint;the same type of mobilecarts may have troublefnding room on the roadsidewhere they were locatedbefore the road widening.As a result,these neededto be recordedas they may need to be relocatedand/or compensatedin some way and therefore should have been counted in the survey, * small unitson stilts weretreated as permanentbuildings as they may have been locatedon that site foryears;and, * The significantland uses outsidethe RoW such as tourismsites or large scale industriesthat may have an impacton trafficmovement in the area,were noted alongwith their locationand size.

Rural LandUse and EnvironmentallySensitive Areas Thefollowing is a listof categoriesdhat were recorded in the field along the roadside both within and outsidethe RoW.

Land Use/LandCover outside the RoW I hIrigatedcrops If Inigatedfuits trees N Non-irrigatedcrops Nf Non-irrigatedfruits u L Fallow G Grassland,pastre: grazing, absence oftrees Shr Scrubland.shrubs and scrubs, dnerareas, maybe grazed Wd Woodland:open forestwith grazig F Forestclosed cover, litle grazng P Treeplantation: regular, same size, RoWs oftrees B Barrensandy desertScnibland W Wetland- standingwater body (size in hectares and exact location on strip map) WO Unvegetateddry pond or tank WI Unvegetatedpond or tank W2 Semi-vegetated W3 Fullyvegetated: tall nuhes, emegents R River- majorrivers, where parallel to road

210 Appendix 1-Impact Identfication Parameters &rEL fraAssociate

S Stam - whereparallel to road C Canal E Erosion- severeerosion areas, sheet or gully

WithiinRoW D Densityof plantation Dl Lowdensity: I - 3 RoWs D2 Meditundensity: 4-6 RoWs D3 Highdensity: greater han6 RoWs

211 I Appendix 2-List of Inter-AgencyContacts

APPENDIX2: LISTOF INTER-AGENCYCONTACTS

Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. A. B. Aggarwal E.E. N.H.Division, Highways Institutional G'Nagar Capacity Prof. A. R. Shah Director, Academic Staff Sociologist Demographic Training College, Scenario of University of Gujarat, Gujarat Ahmedabad. Mr. A. A.Vaidya, Chief Conservator of Forestry Wildlife IFS Forests, Wild Life Gujarat Sanctuaries State Mr. Aggarwal Commissioner-MV Pollution Policies and Commisionerate, Acts Regarding Ahmedabad Pollution Ms. Amita Shah Gujarat Institute of Dev. R&R R&R Research, Ahmedabad. Programmes Mr. Aniket Bhagwat M/s Bhagwat Consultants, Landscape Re-vegetation Ahmedabad Design Plant Species Mr. Anil Jowhari Conservator of Forests, Forestry OCEFU, Integrated Forestry Models for Strip Project, GoG. Plantation Prof. Anil K. Gupta Centre for Agri.. R&R R&R Policies Management, IIM, NGOs Ahmedabad Mr. Atul Pandya Centre for Enviromnental Environment Environmental Education, Ahmedabad Problems & Issues Mr. B. R. Joshi Conservator of Forests, Law Forest acts and Sachivalay, Gandhinagar rules Mr. B. T. Mistry Dep. Director(Transport), Air Pollution Motor Vehicle Ahmedabad acts & Institutional Capacity Mr. B. V. Patel Dep. Conservator of Forestry Institutional Forest, Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. B. H. Patel GEER Foundation Forestry Thematic Mapping Mr. B. K. Mandal, O/o Conservator of Forestry Forest data and IFS Forests, Gandhinagar. about Clearance Mr. Bharat Pathak, Planning & Legal Cell, Law Legal Divisions IFS Forest Department, & Provisions Gandhinagar Mr. Bharat Trivedi Section Officer, R&B Training and Training and Dept. Gandhinagar HRD R& B Programmes Dr. Bhatt AITRA, Ahmedabad. Air and Noise Environmental Surveys Surveys Mr. D. P. Tripe Publicity and Liaison Forestry Wild Life Office, Gandhinagar

213 zl=zD Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeSAsSOcIWOS

Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. D. M. Naik Chief Conservatorof Forestry/Ecolo Wildlife Forests, Wild Life Gujarat gy Sanctuaries State Mr. Dave GPCB, Paryavaran Enviromnent Institutional Bhavan, Gandhinagar Capacity Dr. Darshini Centre for Environmental Architecture & Social Forestry Mahadevia Planning & Technology, Planning A'bad Mr. Givraj Mehta O/o Principal Chief Forestry Strip Plantation Conservator of Forests, along roads G'Nagar Dr. Gopi Chandra Centre for Environment Ecologist Social Forestry and Education, and Pollution Ahmedabad. Control Prof. H. M. CEPT, Navrangpura, Traffic Traffic Pollution Shivananda Swamy Ahmedabad. Environment Modelling Economics. Mr. H. S. Singh GEER Foundation Wild Life Thematic Mapping Mr. Harish Asst.Commissioner,R&R R&R R&R Policies Mangalam Commissionerate, and G'Nagar Progranmes Ms. Hem Ajmera Dalal ConsultantsLtd., Environmental Social Forestry Sakar II Ahmedabad Planning Ms. Indira Hirway Professor,Gandhi Labour R&R NGO's and Institute,Ahmedabad. Rehabilitation Mr. J. Jadeja Comet Enviro-Consultants Chemical Environmental Engineering Pollution Data Mr. J. V. R. Moorty Senior Planner,MACT, Architecture, Social NGO's 10, New Marine Lines, Planning & Bombay. Social Work Ms. Jonica Joshi Dalal Consultants,Sakar - Air and Noise Environmental II, Ellis Bridge, Surveys Surveys Ahmedabad. Mr. H. Joshi Hydrologist,Gujarat Geology Ground Water Water Resources Levels Development CoTporation, Gandhinagar. Mr. K. M. Shah Sr.Town Planner, Highway Institutional Ahmedabad Planning Capacity Mr. Kiran Desai CEE, Ahmedabad Community Rural Development Development Programmes Mr. Lavelekar Director, GEC, Vadodara. Ecology Ecological Profile, Environment Status Report Mr. M. M. Kalyani Dep. Collector & LAO, Land Land Sec: 1, Gandhinagar Acquisition Acquisition Procedure & Rules

214 Appendix 2-List of Inter-Agency Contacts 16tr eaAzssecaf

Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. M. M. Padalia Director of Agriculture, Agricultural 'Soil Paldi, Ahmedabad. Science Classification and Data Mr. M.M. Shah Vaibhar Enviromnental Env. Survey Environmental Consultants and Monitoring Surveys Mr. Mehta Inspector of Motor Air Pollution Motor Vehicle Vehicles, RTO office acts & Gandhinagar Institutional Capacity Prof. 0. P. Saxena Departmnent of Botany, Ecologist Plant Species University of Gujarat, Ahmedabad. Mr. P.G. Trivedi Under Secretary, Revenue Land Land Dept. Sachivalay, G'Nagar Acquisition Acquisition Procedure & Rules Mr. Prabhakar M/s Bhagwat Consultants, Landscape Re-vegetation, Bhagwat Ahmedabad Design Plant Species

Mr. Pranav Trivedi Educational Officer, Wild Life Wild life and WWF, Ahmedabad. Sanctuaries Ms. Preeti Rarnesh Research Officer, CEE, Environmental Ecological Atlas Ahmedabad Sciences Mr. R B. Pandit Dep. Secretary, R&B Highways Institutional Dept. Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. R K. Kankane Director, Indian Meteorology Windrose / Meteorological Climatilogical Department, Ahmedabad. Data Mr. R. K. Sama Member Convenor, Social Science Social NGO's CAPART, Ahmedabad. & Social Work Mr. R. V. Asari CFHQ, Block No. 14, Old Forestry Institutional |______|Sachilvalay, Gandhinagar Capacity Dr. Rama Rao Senior Research Director, Operations Vulnerable ORG, Vadodara. Research Groups Identifies Mr. S. S. Mehta Gandhi Labour Institute, Economics R&R Policies Ahmedabad and Programmes Mr. S. S. Rathore CE&SS, R&B Department Highways Institutional Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. Sandeep Marwell Engineers, Environmental Environmental Sangarpuri Gajanand Chambers, Chemistry Surveys Makarpura, Vadodara. Mr. Santosh Gupta Sundervan Nature Landscaping Plant Species Discovery Park, Ahmedabad Mr. Sardic Saha Ministry of Environment Environmental Environmental and Forests, Gandhinagar Engineer Clearance Procedure Mr. Sirish Sorani Manager (Tech.), Low Cost Schemes for GRUHU, Ahmedabad Housing EWS Housing

215 GujaratPCC Final Report- Volume2A: SEA .ea A5ssocates

Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Ms. Smita Kadikar ProgrammeOfficer, Social Science Social NGO's Shramik Vidyapith, Ahmedabad. Ms. Smita Pradhan State Director, WWF- Ecology Wildlife India, Ahmedabad Sanctuaries Mr. Sunil Jacob Programme Officer, CEE, Environment Environmental Ahmedabad. NGO's, Pollution Data Mr. Tambakuwala Chief Town Planner, New Town & Institutional Sachivalay,Gandhinagar Country Capacity Planning Mr. V. C. Trivedi Commissioner,Narmada R&R Rehabilitation, Nigam Ltd. Gandhinagar Narnada reference

216 Appendix 3-Environmental Indicator WeightingMatrix LenAssociat

APPENDIX3: ENVIRONMENTALINDICATOR WEIGHTINGMATRIX

The followingtable showsthe importanceplaced on environmentalindicators from a study in Gujarat Ptofessionalswere askedto assigna percentagevalue out of one hundredto indicatethe importanceof each main componentand sub-componentof the environmentas well as for each indicator.* denotesthose sub-componentsfor which values for indicators were requestedand which total 100 for that sub- component.

217 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoawtes

IMPORTANCEVALUES OF ENVIRONMENTALINDICATORS

E?'RONMENTAI rX*MPONFhTrrww, ______

JA7! JRAI FN~*AdM.%fJT ______

I ___

K _ _ _ _ _ T_ _M _ _ wilfglt ,,I ; , ...

A4askWS_ Nl A. -,1 - 7 1 Si,,_N hl

______A... ______K_ __A

Illbh811 Ah ,, -:: ;2.8

-2~~~~1 Appendix 4-NGO Matfix Le.Asecwtt

APPENDIX4: NGOMATRIX

The followingmatrix summarises the capabilitiesof variousNGOs.

219 i-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

j SS S's#iSt1Yl-I0s I -~ -~ ------~ -

*1]sI}}£j}XX]}Il}a-h] W~~~~~~~~ -4. -4. -> > > -> 4 A -4'

I - )~~~~~_ i 0t r0$t # Appendix4-NGO Matnx

N.mreofNGO | Loathat | Year | A ofWodk T| rgtGroup |Au fA

of li~dia' EMablsIj ______fbth E&I8iOnTwanhii T Women&CdildDevcIoanentI t''' O~bther. RedCmss Sodety RajkdtBFnlh 1954 Rajkd AU.Seclion of _ . dfirdia See- LokSeva Sam4 RBaia Rajiot Bw/wads SaushntRe. Rajilm . S auslU WonICYodh 4 4 Handicraftdus hy Samid SlamPudib Rajkod 1935 Rjkot Woma 4 4 dliog Maur Bbsali TRms R PDr" Bfumtaf a RuSE/ISC/ST 4 i 4 GaidriAdanm Mdsana 1964 Mdtsana Wamnen/Farmner 4 AAgikultre Dr.Ambedus Mdsm SC/STIBalsmud 4 D4Dcveb rngmrne NutmBlhu Madaga P Women 4 4 4 Hariom Ashn Srat 1955 Srnt,Naiad Rtusd/Tnbeb SariudWelfae AdijafiSwSunq Surat Surat Tie 4 4 TnrbaldD tpr KaslobSSri Via J_ah 1956 Junanr Womea 4 4 Groah AdluScwa Stbrarj t957 Sabka Tribal TnIb edm en Samti Kacdi VitA Bb; 1990 Kadudb Women/Fmmen 4 4 Agricudtre JeevnVika Tnat Ac Sta 1972 Surat Faesf/Women 4 b BhiaiGsmn Sa1a I953 Bhu-ra Fnamvs, 4Arw, Anb VvRdW Hu*mx2y

221 I Appendix 5-Interview Data Sheet LesAssecia

APPENDIX5: EXAMPLEOF DATASHEET ON. NGOIGOVERNMENTAGENCY INTERVIEWS

The following table is an example of the data sheet used in interviews with governmentagencies and NGOs.

223 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA eaAssocwtrs

Nameof the Organisation Jila GramVikas Agency Palanpur Year of Establishment : Name of the Contact Person Mr.Upadhyay Address/PhoneNo. JillaGran VikasAgency BehindJilla Panchayat Office Palanpur Banaskatha Area of Work/lype of IRDP(Integrated Rural Programmes DevelopmentProject)

TRYSEM IncomeGeneration Activities IndiuaAwasYojana WateshedProject List of Govt. AgencyAssociated : TargetGroup Villagers Area Covered All villagersof BanskanthaDistrict REMARKS All villagersof the projectcorridor are covered lPalanpurB.K Distict]

224 Appendix6-Example of a ComdorProfile 4-;5

APPENDIX6: EXAMPLEOF A CORRIDORPROFIL

Corridor 01 :Sarkhej -Viramgam A partof themost inportant east-west State Highway comecting Ahmedabad to Kandlaport, theproject corTidor start at theNH intesection at Sarkhej.

ConidorDetails Lengthofthe Corridor 47.7km Links 011Sarihej-Sanand(km 10.8-24) 012Sanand - Sachana(kn 24- km47) 013Sachana -Diversion to Viramgam(an 47 -km 58.5) ExistingRoW 30 nL ExisfingCW 7 nL

Treatment Proposed TreatrnentProposed 10 m pavementin year 2 By-passes None existing,one proposedat Sachana FillHeight Generally03 m CrossDrainages 49 culvertsand 16 bridges.

NaturalEnvironment The Land Use alongthe entirecorridor is predominantlyagricultural, the majorcrops being bajri, tobacco and cotton. The soil is of alluvial sandy loam type. The soil ferility graduallydecreases as one proceedswest; towards Viramgam. As regardsthe roadsideplantations, the large trees are found in a singlerow, neem, tamarind, banyan and pilu being the commonspecies of trees. The larger trees are found very closeto the CW (lessthan a metre).This continuestill Sachanaafter which the exotic thorny, fast-growing Prosopis julifera predominates. There are about 40 giant trees,found between Sarkhej to Sachana.

Wetands Location Village Distancefrom Carriageway 17.6 Telav 10 23.4 Sanand 5 41 20 47.7 Sachana 8

SocialEnvironment Townstraversed: Sarkhej(km 10.8),Sanand (km 24) Villagestraversed: Shantipura(km 14), Geetpura(man 19), Telav (km 17.4), Chharodi(km 35.4), Iyava (km 29.7), Virochbanagar(kn 41.0), Sachana(kn 47.0) The commercialdevelopment at the beginningof the corridor,continues for about a distance of 2 km, after which the land use is predominantlyagricultural. These

225 GujaratPCC FinalReport- Volume2A: SEA 'a Assocates

agncultural lands giving way graduallyto industriesand godowns. The corrdor passesthrough the town of Sanandfor a clear 2 km, between22.5 to 24.5 km, where we find the maximumnumber of PAPs of the corridor.After Sanand,there are huge industrialcomplexes, most of the industriesbeing chemical industries,to the left, while the railway track runs patallelto the corridorup to Sachana from km 31.8. Propertiesand Units likelyto be affected:

link Residential Commercial Agricultural Oil 18 66 2 012 17 14 O 013 5 19 o Total 40 99 2

Cultural Environment Temples - 5 Shrines - 13 HistoricalSites The Gayatri Siddhanathtemple, just after Sanand (kan 24.05), to the north of the corridor,is at 10 m from the CW. This templecomplex, belonging to the royalfamily of Sanand,houses apart fromthe temple,five cenotaphs,of the royal famnily,believed to be more than 100years old, one of whichmight be more han 500years old. ASI ProtectedMonuments within 10 km ofthe corridor

Location Nameof monuments/sites SarkhejRoza Rozaof BabaAlisaq, mosque, tank, tomb Near citygate, Viramgamn MansarTalav and shrines CriticalEnvironmental Featurs The temple on the edge of the CW and the railwayline across,at Sachanavillage (km 47.3).

226 Appendix 7-Inventory of Quarmes $Et LwAssoaatrs

APPENDIX7: INVENTORYOF QUARRIES USED FORROAD CONSTRUCTION ALONG THE CORRIDORS

The followingtables summarisekey detailson the quarriesfound along the project corridors. It shouldbe noted that these are the quarrieswhich were locatedeither adjacentto, or withina fewkilomeires, of the projectcorridors. There are manyothers at some distancefrom the projectroads which have not been included. The purposeof the inventorywas to suggestguidelines to retrievetheir aesthetic qualityto a desiredlevel by meansof landscapingor any othermeasures. The quarries whichare somekilometres away from the road,but next to settlementareas, might be developedin the formof waterresources (ifthe areais waterscarce) for localuse (ie a communitywater tank for multipleuses or communitycattle trough) or reclaimnedand revegetated.

227 CorridorName Distancefrom Nameof the Natureof theQuarry Sizeof the Statusof the Locaion EnvironmentalAttributes Corridor(km) Quarries (Sub-base+ Basecourse Quarry(mns Quarry Directon materialavailability) fromProject Corridor Viramgam-Maliya 10 Vasada Sandstone available IOOx 50 AcAve Noh Fagcnrubs with samdstom Ibffaton. No vegetetion, manyshrubs & scrubs aroud. Mesana- Palanpur 20 Malan rnmiteStone Available 200x 100 Active Nortieast Hillockswith little vegetation and no plantation. Mehsana-Palanpur 30 Mokeshwar GraniteStone Available 200x IOO Actve Centralas Hillockswith little vegetation and no plantation. Deesa-RajasthanBorder 0.5 Deesa Gravelmateral from Banas Liner river Active South Riverwith seasonalwater, susceptibility to erosionis river (Granite Stone bed low dueto compactrock formation. Aggregates) Deesa- RajasthaBiorder 30 Dantiwadi GraniteStone Aggregates 100x 100 Acive East Hillock caved, susceptibleto rock sliding, no vegetationand plantation. Deesa-Rajasthan Border 30 PWadanwadi Gravelmaterial 50x 100 Acive North NA. Shanlqi --Lunavada 3.5 Malpur (Qaltziterocks available 100x 100 Acive East Hillockwith little vegetation and no plantation. Lunavada-Halol 5 Vegapur GraniteStone available 100x 200 Acive CentnaEast Hillockwith little vegetation and no plantation. Lunavada-Haioi Pavagadh GraniteStone available Small Active South N.A. Ahmedabad-Ladvel 15 Kapadvanj Basaltrocks available Riverbed Active North Moharriver is a non-perennialtributary of Sabaffnati. Basalt rock ftrmation Is available,low erosion susccptbilitydue hard rock strta Ladvel-Dakor 8 Lasundara Quatzitercks NA. N.A. West N.A. Ladvel-Dakor 2 Dakor Quartziterocks N.A. N.A. South N.A. Dakor-Godhmr 5-10 Angadi, Basaltrocs fom riverbed Linearriver Active Mahiis a perennialriver with low flow,susceptibility Bevalis,Pali, bed,dug at no. to erosionand siltation. Timba,Tuwa of places Ankleshwar-Leehapur 20 Kosamnba Limestonesavailable N.A. Active North Ankleshwar-Leehapur 25 Tadkeshwar Limestonmsavailable N.A. N.A. East Kadodr-Bajipura 5 Valod Basaltrock aggregates 10Ox 100 Active South Smallhillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipuma-Songadh 3 Vyara Basaltrock available 50 x 100 Active North Hillocks,with little vegetation and no plantation.

Notes:NA. -Nor Available

228 Appendix 7-Inventory of Quames LeaAssoclates

CorridorName Distancefrom 'Name of the Natureof theQuarry Szeo the Statusof the Location EnvironnentalAttributes Corridor(km) Quarries (Sub-base+ Basecourse Quarry(mi 2 Quarry Direction materialavailability) from Project Corridor Bajipuira-Songadh 2 Songadh Basaltrock available 200x 200 Active North Incidenceof rocksliding Veatej- Dhasa 5 Sihor Basaltrock available 200x 200 Active South Hillocks,with littlevegetation and no plantation. Ankleshwar-Leehapur 20 Kosamba Limestonesavailable N.A. Active North Ankleshwar-Leehapur 25 Tadkeshwar Limestonesavailable N.A. N.A. East Kadodra- Bajipura 5 Valod Basaltrock aggregates 100x 100 Active South Smallhillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipura-Songadh 3 Vyara Basaltrock available 50 x 100 Active Nolth Hillocks,with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipura-Songadh 2 Songadh Basaltmck available 200x 200 Active Nolth Incidenceof rocksliding Ventej-Dhasa 5 Sihor Basaltrock available 200x 200 Active South Hillocks,with little vegetation and no plantation. Vertej-DDhasa 0.5 Dhasa Basaltmck available 100x 50 Active Flatrock mass with little shnubs and scrubs. Vetej-Vallabhipur 02 Chamavadi Graniterock 50x 50 Intermittent Denudedhillock. quany,used occasionally Jetpur-Junagadh 5 Vasavadiriver Basaltrock 200x 200 Active Noftheast Flatrock mass with thomy bushes. bank Rajkot-Morvi 0l Rajkot Basaltrock Linearquany Active Aji is a nonperennialriver withhard rock mass bed, alongriver Aji low incidenceof erosionbut susceptible of siltation. Rajkot-Vadinar 2 Paddhari Basaltrock MOx 200 Active Flatarea, with no vegetation. Khambalia-Okiaport 1.3 Near Quartzite 200x 100 Active South Flatrock mass anea littde vegetation and no plantation. Khambalia

Notes. N.A.-NotAvailable I I Appendix 8-Comdor Impact Identification Indicator Values

APPENDIX8: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION-INDICATORVALUES

The followingtable givesthe valuesof each of the enviromnentalindicators for all 30 corridors. A detaileddiscussion of the environmentalscreening process is described in the SEA. These values were used to rate the importanceof the indicatorsin Appendix9.

231 -t S6 -n R8 oo $--E I f"t._

l :o~w-8oo olsg3oosiao-Oowoot ¢

i _ _ S S S W W WW W W 9 S S -

|~~~ O O O c3oooo3o¢¢aOO - .J%t~

e 000.000 i0 0 00t080=U^ :w ow0woS o~vgwS!v

e.~ ~ ~ g OeOOOOO-OOO;O0O O ooooooo ooojo S oo

-,W iW rwiX

e W^O , w~bw2ow9w° 2 e'g$

g. g °Sgagw°w~ iwSS~owowi ,

o°° OO ° °° ~°o w8 C°- g° *~ _~ wr >Cz

_000 - w 0 _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 i0 0 S° 0° S 0 0 0 ° °° °t r_ Appendix 9-Conidor Impact IdentificationImportance Values

APPENDIX9: CORRIDORIMPACT IDENTIFICATION-IMPORTANCEVALUES

The followingtable gives the importancevalues as calculatedusing the envirornental indicators(Appendix 8) and multiplyingthem by a factor of 1, 2, or 3 for low, mediumor high impact

233 N*nI Social -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Lmis PqxdAbt Lb* Coidff / Air Wead WtrXbkg Wdh Eion Ti *t G0t t Go.Ture Jun Ve inigaiedUJe Non-inig NoFCns Sedtents Unis PAPs Vukgps Clt.Hnt 2 2 2 2 Totw Sealin QuDqNt NoAmh NoAm NAm Potnal MaseAm NoAm P=exrmcem hmn m kn *2jMhm m m2 m Nohkm. NoAm. NoAm. Nohkm Nohm Impact I SudViche ikwn 22 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 1233 4.11 4.11 124 124 234 5.79 3.78 14.80 624 9A8 12.4 4332 171 2 Vwamgarn-Maliya 11 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 L.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 104 3 Mds.sm.a npur 22 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 1233 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 234 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 137 4 DeFuBorder II 3.75 4.03 3.42 12.82 822 822 4.11 124 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 122 5 9SanMi-LiMavada 11 7.5 8.06 6.84 12.82 822 822 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 22.20 6.24 9A8 6.2 21.66 141 6 Lmiada-id II 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.8 6.2 21.66 118 7 Ahmedlabaj-1.dv" I 3.75, 8.06 3.42 12.82 822 12.33 12.33 124 124 2.34 193 126 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 21.66 138 $ La{4)kor 21 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 4.11 8.22 4.11 124 12.4 234 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9A8 6.2 21.66 122 9 D*"-Ciodcaa I1 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 822 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 28.44 12.4 21.66 151 10 Vadodara-Jmbums I 1125 8.06 3.42 1923 12.33 4.11 1233 1.24 124 234 1.93 126 7.40 12A8 9A8 61 43.32 169 11 PIbbKajm I2 1125 8.06 3.42 1923 12.33 4.11 4.11 1.24 1224 2.34 1.93 1226 7.40 6.24 9.48 62 21.66 133 12 BhxlsDle 11 3.75 4.03 3.42 1923 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 21.66 120 13 A*deahww-klqpur I1 7.5 8.06 3.42 1923 822 822 12.33 124 124 2.34 1.93 126 14.H0 6.24 9A8 62 21.66 144 14 KhrAnkpOladXing Ii 7.5 8.06 3.42 1923 8.22 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 22.20 624 9A8 6.2 21.66 144 15 klhapuw-Padsoa I1 . 3.75 12.09 3.42 19.23 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.4 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 2220 624 9.8 62 21.66 136 16 SuM41Cacxb I i 3.75 12.09 3.42 1923 4.11 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 7.02 1.93 126 2220 12A8 18.96 62 21.66 160 17 KBa,dMa-ipWa I I 3.75 8.06 3.42 19.23 8.22 8.22 12.33 1.24 3.72 7.02 3.86 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 62 21.66 150 i8 BiPtxa-sna h Ii 3.75 8.06 3.42 1923 £22 4.11 12.33 114 124 2.34 1.93 126 14.80 12.48 9.48 62 21.66 143 19 Vqi4)man Ii 3.75 8.06 1026 19.23 4.11 1233 4.11 124 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 12.48 9A8 62 21.66 146 20 V rdquIi Ii 3.75 12.09 1026 19.23 4.11 822 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 18.72 18.96 6.2 43.32 175 21 DIhoIkBagll a Ii 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 822 4.11 4.11 124 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 62 21.66 122 22 Watomar-Dbolera I i 1125 4.03 3.42 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 624 9AS 62 21.66 114 23 Bhamtnagar-Vrtbe 1 7.5 12.09 6.84 12.82 4.11 8.22 4.11 3.72 124 234 1.93 126 14.80 1248 28.44 18.6 64.98 217 24 VoeaDlhasa I 3.75 12.09 6.84 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 124 124 2.34 193 1.26 24.80 12.48 9.48 62 64,98 175 25 VaettVallabwipur II 7.50 12.09 3A2 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9.48 6.2 43.32 140 26 Jetptw-itmaga& 11 3.75 12.09 6.84 12.82 12.33 8.22 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 614 18.96 12.4 21.66 153 27 RajkdoMorvi I i 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 1233 4.11 4.11 1224 1.24 2.34 193 1.26 7.40 614 9.48 6.2 21.66 112 28 Rajk-Vadinar I 1 3.75 12.09 3.42 6.41 4.11 8.22 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 5.79 3.78 740 6.24 948 6.2 43.32 140 29 KhambdiahOadot I i 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 43.32 133 30 2lhad-Ncddtbatra I i 7.5 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 124 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9A8 62 43.32 12I wLHervaipiea iesqf1 3 7h e andlipiedyhe N'1Cit)lpcxeiyue vd 2dled

234 Appendix 10-Integrated Forestry DevelopmentProject 4@:,

APPENDIX10: INTEGRATEDFORESTRY DEVELOPMENTPROJECT-PLANTATION MODELSSi ANDS2

PLANTATIONMODEL -S 1 Modeldeveloped by OECF(Japan)for Department of Forest Title Aestheticshelter belt Location : All districts of Saurashtra region, Kachchh & part of Banaskantha,Mehsana, Ahmedabad, Kheda & Bharuch district. Type : Support irrigation

Design . Avenue RoW- 10 m apart Revenue RoW- 10 m apart Quinquintiallyplant population-400/ha

Species . AvenueTrees: pipal, vad, neem,plelhophorum, arduso, siras, mba, jamunetc. RevenueTree: Ist pipal & vad - every third plant le 33% otherspecies 67/o. Secondrow intimate mixtureof baval, Israeli baval, pilu, vijay,shami, ber etc. LandPreparation Firstrow. (a)Pitsofthesize Imx Imx Im-200pphsa Secondrow (b) Pitsofthe size0.45 m x OA5m x 0.45m-200 pits/ha (c) Crossbunds - 0.30m x 0.30m at 20 m intervals Protection : (a) Im away from the road boundarystone with live hedge fencingof impomneajatropha/dandalia (b) On the fieldside 0.30 m x 030 m trench. (c) Fencingfor individualtree 3.5 m, lengthfor each tree in fist-row. Plantation Technique : Minimum125 m tall plant in polypotsof the size 20 m x 30 m x 30 m of will be plantedin pits alrady dug. Firstwill be filledup with soil and farmyard manure. Dug out of soil trenchesand cross bund will be heaped in linear mounds and on flattenedtop of the mounds, desi, bavalfvijayshami seeds will be sown in two lines 0.15 m parts beforethe on set of monsoon.Soil will be treatedwith antitermite. Upkeep Maintenance : Fencerepairs, cleaning pruning & upkeep of plantationwill be done thmugh casual labour. One for 5 km length plantationup to the end of fourthyear.

235 GujaratPCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA ?Assocates

Natural growth existing in the areas will be tiinned and pnmed once in the firstyear. Istyear Mmreeweedings and soil workingsin the first year, four watering will be provided to the individualplants in the monthsof October,December, March, June. 2nd years Two weedingsof soil workingwill be done in the second year. Threewaterings followed by soil workingwill be done in the secondyear in the monts of Febniay, Apriland June. Fertiliser I 0 ofDAP wiflbe giveto a plant Harvesting Growthon trenchesof crossbunds andalso natral growdhin tte areas will be pennittedto be cut and fuel wood will be harvestedin fif h year. Thereafter fuel woodbe harvestedbi- annually. Total Cost Rs 32,539

236 Appendix 10-Integrated Forestry DevelopmentProject °

PLANTATIONMODEL: S2 Title : AestheticShelter Belt Location All the roadsides,Canal banks and Railwaysides in Gujarat region (except,roadside in part of Banaskantha,Mehsana, Ahinedabad,Kheda and Bhanichdistrict and Canal banks and railwaysides in Kachchhand Saurashtra) Type : Rain fed Design Spacing 4 m x 4 m staggered. Planting of ornamental shrubs 10 m apart betweenthe first and the second row. Plantppoion = 625 + 100 = 725 Speciescomposition Ist row a). Shady Trees: Vad, Pipal, Millingtonia, Peltophonra,Kijelia, Raintree etc. b). Ornarental: Gulmohar,Ganmala, Kashid, Eryfirina, Thespesia(Bindi), Bengali Baval 2nd row: Neem, Sissoo,Siras, Desi Baval Israeli baval, K.aranj,Bengali Baval, Arduso, SemaLCasuarina,gandu baval, Bamboo and Fruit trees Ike Jamnun,Amli, Khati Amli,Gunda, Boretc Shrubs: Quinquintiallybetween first and second row Bouganvel,Tecoma, Kaner or any herbspecies. land preparation : Pits of the size 0.45 m x 0.45 m x 0.45 m for tree species and 030 m x 030 m x 030 m for herb species. Protection : Thor, Ipomea,Jatropha or any other suitablelve hedge on the frontside. Onthe fieldside 030 m x 030 m continuous trench willbe dug andthe dug out and the dug out soilwill be heapedin linearmounds. On the flattenedtop of dug out soil, seedsof Desi Baval,Israeli BavaL Vijay shami will be - sown in two lines at 0.15 m apart before the onset of monsoon. Upkeep of plantation : Fence repairs,cleamng, pning and upkeepof plantedand natually regeneratedseedlings through casual labour for every5 km, wheneverrequed tillthe end of fourthyear. Planting technique : MinimumIm tall seedlingsraised in polypotsof 020 m x 030 m x 300g will be planted in pits already dug. 100 plants of sbrubspp. minimum 0.45 m tal raised in 0.15m x 0.25 m x 200g will be plantedquinquintially between first and second RoWs at every20 m. Soilwill be treatedwith anti-termiteinsecticide while planting. Tending operation : Natural gmwth existng in the area wiD be hinned and prnmedonceinthelstyear. Firstyear threeweedings and soilworkings will be done in the firstyear, supportwatering to first row seedlingsonly will be done. Four waterings: I) October,2) December,3) Maric, 4) June will be done. Soil workingwill be done afterevery watering.

237 GujaratPCC FinalReport-Volume 2A: SEA ezAssociats

Second year two weedings and soil workings will be done durng the second year. Two watering 1) Febnrazy, 2) April will be done followed by soil workings. Third Year One weeding and soil working. Ferdliser : Basal does of 10 g/plant DAP along with planting.

Harvesting Revenue Uees. Thinning in sbith year and Final felling in 12th year. Totel Cost : Rs 28,759

238 Appendix 1-Proposed Entitlement Photo ID Card ,

APPENDIX11: ENTITLEMENTPHOTO ID CARD :r,... = =,,<; =5- 31J 1 | 0 i E t | werilirlng~~~~~~~officer (EMU)E

E 5MURAMBHAI MERUBHAIZALA l ll|ll|1 ~~~~MRMAHI_Y NRPOIE TIOMRSAOD

ATSANAND,~24 TASNN,ISAMD1A Appendix 12-ToR For NGO Participatfon w

APPENDIX12: NGOTERMS OF REFERENCE.

TERMS OF REFERENCE

FOR NON GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATION Survey Preparation And Implementation of Econoinic Rehabilitation And Trining 1. BACKGROUND [PROJECT DESCRIPIION] 2. [OBJECTIVES OF REHABILITATION ACTION PLANI

i) imprve or at least regain the standard of living which they had pnor to displacement though the restoration of their economic productivity. [APPROPRIATE FOR ECONOMIC REHABILITATION ACTION PLAN] ii) be relocated in village units,vilage sections of imnilies in accordance with their preference [FOR RESEIrLEMENT OF COMMUNIES] iii) be fuly integrate in the comnmunityto which they are resettled; and iv) be provided with appropriate compensation and adequate social and physical rehabilitation infrastructure,including community services and facilities. 3. SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT The scope ofthe Agreement is as under i) The NGO shall conduct a detailed house to house survey of the Project Affected Families in the vilages. The survey will ascertain, inter aha, their present socio-economic satus, their family size, literacy levels, individual skiDs and resources. [MAY HAVE ALREADY BEEN DONE BY SOCIOECONOM[C CONSULTANCY FIRM. IF SO, THE INFORMATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO THE NGO IN DESEGREGATED FORMAT ON COMPUTERIZED DATABASE.] ii) The NGO shall conduct a detailed survey of the resources available in and around the village, iter alia, land surface, and ground water, location advantages, traditional skDlls. iii) The NGO shall identify the exploitable resources in the village and draw up economic rehabilitation schemes which shall capitalise on these exploitable resources. The NGO shall quantfy the number of units of each scheme which can be profitably implemented, based upon the resources available for exploitation in the immediate environment iv) The NGO shal identify eligible PAFs from the results of the household survey based upon the folowing criteria: a) The present annual income of the PAFs must not be more than Rs 8,500 r[IS IS VARIABLE, PROJECT TO PROJECT] b) The leftover land of the displacedperson must not be more than Acres 5.00(2 hectares)dry land[VARIABLE PROJECT TO PROJECT] v) The NGO shall basedupon a seriesof discussionswith the villagecommunity (at leastthree), and dependingupon the individualinclinations and skillsof the

241 GujaratPCC FinalRepoft-Volume 2A: SEA aAssowates

PAFsmatch individual schemes with PAFs.Based on this finalidentification of the economicrehabiLitation schemes to be implemented,the NGO shall draw up the totalcost of implementingthe projectwith PAF-wiseoutlays. vi) NGO shall selectappropiate schemesdepending upon the availableresources in the villages(andpreferences of the PAFs).The investmentfrom the RR Plan should not be more than Rs 8,000/- per PAF [VARIABLEPROJECT TO PROJECT].In case the schemesselected cost less than Rs 8,000/-,cluster of schemesmay be selectedto ensureequity amongPAFs. Where the schemes costmore than Rs 8,000/-the amountover and above Rs 8,000/-shall be met by the benefciary contnbutionor loan to the beneficiaryfrom Commercial Banks as per the nonnal CommercialBank lendmgprocedures or from other sponsoring agencies. [LOAN ARRANGEMENTHAS YET TO BE EVALUATEDBASED ON ACTUALFIELD EXPERIENCE]. vii) The NGO shal preparea draft reiabilitationplan based upon the above.The fonnat for the rehabilitationplan will be as perAnnexure nI. viu) The NGO shall submitthe draft rehabilitationplan to the Employerfor his approval.The Employeris at hberty to suggest qualhativeand quantitative changesto the plan,which changes the NGO shallincorporate. ix) The EmployerwiD fomally approvethe RehabiLiton Plan prpared by the NGO,subject to any changesas mentionedabove. The NGO shall not proceed with the implementationof the RehabilitationPlan withoutthe consent of the Enployer in writing. x) The NGO shall providefor trainingPAFs in variousskldls to enablethem to competently manage the assets provided to them under the Economic Rehabilitationscheme in the RehabilitationPlan This TramingPlan shall be part of the RehabilitationPlan for every villageand shall be estinated in the draf RehabilitationPlan, the NGO shall carryout a beneficiaryassessmnent and take all necessary follow up measures after the implementationof the RehabilitationPlan to ensuretat the objectivesof the scheme are achieved.In pursuanceof this, the NGO shall prepare a report detailingthe status of the rehabilitationscheme and the assetscreated PAF-wise. The firstreport will be submittedone month afterthe implementationof the RehabilitationPlan. Two morereports will be submittedat monthlyinrvals.

4. IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE The entireProgrmmme in the two villageswill be completedas per the scheduleshown hereunder: By Descriptionof Servicesto be Completed * i [I mo.after Implementationofthe economic BeginningDate rehabilitationscheme for one "BD'] villageafter training PAFs wherevernecessary. Preparaion of Final Report for the village giving detailsof schemes and PAFs to whom thesebenefits were given. Finalisation of the household surveys and prparation of the RehabilitationPlan for the secondvillage. iL [1.5mo. afterBD] BeneficiaryAssessment Prgamme in the first vilage to be in progress. Economic

242 Appendix 12-ToR For NGO Partcipation £aA,s50ats

RehabilitationPlan for the second villageto be implemented after training PAFs wherevernecessary. Final Report giving details of schemes.PAFs to whom these benefitswere given,total outlay and sourcesof funding:to be givento the firstvillage. iii. [4 mo.after BD] Beneficiaryassessment Programme to be in progress in the two villages. final report givingdetails of schemes. PAFs to whom these benefits were given, total outlay and sourcesof funding:to be givento the second village. Beneficiaryassessment report for the two villagesto be submitted iv. ETC. ETC

5. SUBMISSIONOF REPORTS TheNGO shallsubmit the followingreports to the Employeras detailedbelow: i) The NGO shall submita Draft RehabilitationPlan for everyvillage for the approvalofthe Employer. ii) The NGO shall submita FinalRehabilitation Report after implementationof the approvedRehabiliation PlanL This reportwill detail the economicbenefits givento eachPAF, the totaloutlay, the sourcesof funding. iii) The NGO shall submita BeneficiaryAssessment report about the status of the PAFsand the economicbenefits given to them. Threesuch reports will be submittedfor everyvillage - one villageevery month. The firstreport will be submittedone monthafter implementationof the RehabilitationPlan in that village. iv) The NGO shall submitmonthly progress reports both physicaland financial achievementsdetailing the amount spentand the numberof PAFs provided employmentvillage-wise. Such reportsshould be submittedby the 5th of the succeedingmonth to the employer.

6. DEPLOYMENTOF MANPOWER

The NGO shall deploythe followingpersonnel at all times for the execution ofthis agreement (a) ProjectDirector - Fullor Part-tine (b) ProjectOrganiser - No. (c) GroupAssistant - No. (d) SecretarialAssistance - Fullor Part-time The NGO shalldeploy personnel experienced in nrualdevelopment

Source: EconomicDevelopment Institue, World Bank:

Notes from the trainersfor three casesof Rehabilitationand Resettlementin IndiaPage 7-9, 1997.

243